From 2c7c537a01b88927aa544e74f775c4c472a72957 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Doc Manager Date: Fri, 19 Jul 2002 09:28:24 +0000 Subject: Create tag '4.6.1'. --- .../books/handbook/multimedia/chapter.sgml | 659 --- en/handbook/contrib/chapter.sgml | 5796 -------------------- en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/Makefile | 53 - en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/book.sgml | 311 -- en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/chapters.ent | 45 - .../books/arch-handbook/driverbasics/chapter.sgml | 390 -- .../books/arch-handbook/isa/chapter.sgml | 2483 --------- .../books/arch-handbook/jail/chapter.sgml | 611 --- .../books/arch-handbook/kobj/chapter.sgml | 298 - .../books/arch-handbook/locking/chapter.sgml | 333 -- .../books/arch-handbook/pci/chapter.sgml | 369 -- .../books/arch-handbook/scsi/chapter.sgml | 1983 ------- .../books/arch-handbook/sound/chapter.sgml | 687 --- .../books/arch-handbook/sysinit/chapter.sgml | 161 - .../books/arch-handbook/usb/chapter.sgml | 623 --- .../books/arch-handbook/vm/chapter.sgml | 255 - .../books/handbook/basics/disk-layout.kil | Bin 1450 -> 0 bytes .../books/handbook/basics/example-dir1.dot | 7 - .../books/handbook/basics/example-dir2.dot | 8 - .../books/handbook/basics/example-dir3.dot | 8 - .../books/handbook/basics/example-dir4.dot | 9 - .../books/handbook/basics/example-dir5.dot | 9 - .../books/handbook/mirrors/chapter.sgml | 8 + en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/multimedia/Makefile | 15 - .../books/handbook/multimedia/chapter.sgml | 589 -- ja_JP.eucJP/books/handbook/multimedia/Makefile | 16 - ja_JP.eucJP/books/handbook/multimedia/chapter.sgml | 397 -- ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/gtar.1 | 597 -- ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/aic.4 | 51 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/apm.4 | 160 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ar.4 | 108 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/cs.4 | 105 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/cx.4 | 289 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/el.4 | 58 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ep.4 | 121 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ex.4 | 84 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/fe.4 | 284 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ie.4 | 96 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/io.4 | 72 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/lnc.4 | 124 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/mcd.4 | 151 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/npx.4 | 79 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/pcf.4 | 65 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/perfmon.4 | 225 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/pnp.4 | 221 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/scd.4 | 65 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/spkr.4 | 234 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/sr.4 | 119 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/vx.4 | 102 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/wd.4 | 106 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man8/man8.i386/apm.8 | 157 - ja_JP.eucJP/man/man8/man8.i386/apmd.8 | 293 - share/sgml/freebsd.ent | 4 +- zh/FAQ/FAQ.sgml | 70 - 54 files changed, 10 insertions(+), 20153 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 de_DE.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/multimedia/chapter.sgml delete mode 100644 en/handbook/contrib/chapter.sgml delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/Makefile delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/book.sgml delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/chapters.ent delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/driverbasics/chapter.sgml delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/isa/chapter.sgml delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/jail/chapter.sgml delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/kobj/chapter.sgml delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/locking/chapter.sgml delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/pci/chapter.sgml delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/scsi/chapter.sgml delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/sound/chapter.sgml delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/sysinit/chapter.sgml delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/usb/chapter.sgml delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/vm/chapter.sgml delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/disk-layout.kil delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir1.dot delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir2.dot delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir3.dot delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir4.dot delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir5.dot delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/multimedia/Makefile delete mode 100644 en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/multimedia/chapter.sgml delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/books/handbook/multimedia/Makefile delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/books/handbook/multimedia/chapter.sgml delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/gtar.1 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/aic.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/apm.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ar.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/cs.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/cx.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/el.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ep.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ex.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/fe.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ie.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/io.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/lnc.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/mcd.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/npx.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/pcf.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/perfmon.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/pnp.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/scd.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/spkr.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/sr.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/vx.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/wd.4 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man8/man8.i386/apm.8 delete mode 100644 ja_JP.eucJP/man/man8/man8.i386/apmd.8 delete mode 100644 zh/FAQ/FAQ.sgml diff --git a/de_DE.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/multimedia/chapter.sgml b/de_DE.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/multimedia/chapter.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 961e8cd9fe..0000000000 --- a/de_DE.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/multimedia/chapter.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,659 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Moses - Moore - Von - - - - - - Benedikt - Köhler - Übersetzt von - - - Uwe - Pierau - - - - - Sound - - - Zusammenfassung - - FreeBSD unterstützt viele unterschiedliche Soundkarten, - die Ihnen den Genuss von Highfidelity-Klängen auf Ihrem - Computer ermöglichen. Dazu gehört unter anderem die - Möglichkeit, Tonquellen in den Formaten MPEG Audio Layer 3 - (MP3), WAV, Ogg Vorbis und vielen weiteren Formaten aufzunehmen - und wiederzugeben. Darüber hinaus enthält die FreeBSD - Ports-Sammlung Anwendungen, die Ihnen das Bearbeiten Ihrer - aufgenommenen Tonspuren, das Hinzufügen von Klangeffekten - und die Kontrolle der angeschlossenen MIDI-Geräte - erlauben. - - Nach dem Lesen dieses Kapitels werden Sie wissen: - - Wie Sie Ihre Soundkarte - bestimmen. - Wie Sie Ihr System so einstellen, dass die - Soundkarte richtig erkannt wird. - Einige Methoden und Beispielanwendungen, mit - denen Sie das korrekte Funktionieren Ihrer Soundkarte - überprüfen können. - Wie Sie Fehler in Ihren - Soundkarten-Einstellungen finden. - Wie Sie MP3s wiedergeben und - erzeugen. - Wie Sie CD-Tonspuren in Dateien - rippen. - - - Bevor Sie dieses Kapitel leben, sollten Sie: - - - Wissen, wie Sie einen neuen Kernel - konfigurieren und installieren (). - - - - - Bestimmen des korrekten Geräts - - PCI - ISA - Soundkarten - Zunächst sollten Sie in Erfahrung bringen, welches - Modell Ihrer Soundkarte Sie haben, welchen Chip sie benutzt und - ob es sich um eine PCI- oder ISA-Karte handelt. FreeBSD - unterstützt eine ganze Reihe sowohl von PCI- als auch von - ISA-Karten. Wenn Ihre Soundkarte in der folgenden Liste nicht - auftaucht, konsultieren Sie die &man.pcm.4; Manualpage. Diese - Liste ist zwar nicht vollständig, deckt jedoch einige der - verbreitetsten Karten ab. - - - - Crystal 4237, 4236, 4232, 4231 - - - - Yamaha OPL-SAx - - - - OPTi931 - - - - Ensoniq AudioPCI 1370/1371 - - - - ESS Solo-1/1E - - - - NeoMagic 256AV/ZX - - - - Sound Blaster Pro, 16, 32, AWE64, AWE128, Live - - - - Creative ViBRA16 - - - - Advanced Asound 100, 110, and Logic ALS120 - - - - ES 1868, 1869, 1879, 1888 - - - - Gravis UltraSound - - - - Aureal Vortex 1 or 2 - - - - - Kernel - Konfiguration - - - Um Ihre Soundkarte benutzen zu können, müssen Sie - den richtigen Gerätetreiber laden. Dafür gibt es mehrere - Möglichkeiten: Am einfachsten ist es, mit &man.kldload.8; das - entsprechende Kernel-Modul für Ihre Soundkarte zu laden. Sie - können aber auch die Unterstützung Ihrer Soundkarte - statisch in den Kernel hineinkompilieren. Der folgende Abschnitt - erklärt diese Methode. Weitere Informationen über das - Kompilieren eines Kernels erhalten sie in dem Kapitel Kernelkonfiguration. - - - Creative, Advance und ESS Soundkarten - - Für jede dieser Karten fügen Sie die folgende Zeile - zu Ihrer Kernelkonfiguration hinzu: - - device pcm - - ISA-Karten benötigen zusätzlich noch die - Zeile: - - device sbc - - Nicht-PnP fähige ISA-Karten benötigen die Zeilen: - - device pcm -device sbc0 at isa? port 0x220 irq 5 drq 1 flags 0x15 - - Dies sind die - Voreinstellungen. Sie werden unter Umständen den IRQ oder - andere Einstellungen anpassen müssen. In der &man.sbc.4; - Manualpage finden Sie weitere Informationen dazu. - - - Die Karte Sound Blaster Live wird unter FreeBSD 4.0 - nicht unterstützt. Dazu benötigen Sie einen Patch, - der in diesem Dokument nicht behandelt wird. Es ist deshalb - empfehlenswert, dass Sie in diesem Fall Ihr System auf den - neuesten -STABLE Stand aktualisieren, bevor Sie diese Karte - benutzen können. - - - - - Gravis UltraSound Karten - - Eine PnP ISA-Karte benötigt die folgenden Zeilen in der - Kernelkonfiguration: - - device pcm -device gusc - - Wenn Sie eine nicht-PnP fähige ISA-Karte besitzen, - fügen Sie die folgenden Zeilen ein: - - device pcm -device gus0 at isa? port 0x220 irq 5 drq 1 flags 0x13 - - Es kann sein, dass Sie den - IRQ oder andere Einstellungen Ihrer Karte anpassen - müssen. Lesen Sie dazu die &man.gusc.4; Manualpage - für weitere Informationen. - - - - Crystal Soundkarten - - In der Kernelkonfiguration geben Sie für Crystal Karten - die beiden folgenden Zeilen an: - - device pcm -device csa - - - - Allgemeine Unterstützung - - Für PnP ISA- oder PCI-Karten fügen Sie die folgende - Zeile zu Ihrer Kernelkonfiguration hinzu: - - device pcm - - Wenn Sie eine nicht-PnP ISA-Karte besitzen, die keinen - Bridge-Treiber hat, geben Sie zusätzlich die folgende Zeile - an: - - device pcm0 at isa? irq 10 drq 1 flags 0x0 - - Ändern Sie den IRQ oder - andere Einstellungen so, dass sie Ihrer Soundkarte - entsprechen. - - - - Onboard Sound - - Einige Systeme besitzen direkt auf dem Motherboard - eingebaute Soundgeräte. Diese benötigen die folgende - Angabe in Ihrer Kernelkonfiguration: - - options PNPBIOS - - - - - Erstellen und Testen der Device Nodes - - Device Node - Gerätedatei - Nach einem Neustart loggen Sie sich ein und geben - dmesg | grep pcm ein. Sie sollten etwas wie das - folgende sehen: - - &prompt.root; dmesg | grep pcm -pcm0: <SB16 DSP 4.11> on sbc0 - - Die Ausgabe Ihres Systems kann anders aussehen. Erscheinen - keine pcm Geräte, dann ist zuvor - ein Fehler aufgetreten. Wenn das passiert, schauen Sie sich Ihre - Kernelkonfiguration noch einmal an und vergewissern Sie sich, - dass Sie den richtigen Treiber gewählt haben. Lesen Sie den - Abschnitt Fehlersuche für weitere Hinweise. - - Ergab der vorige Befehl pcm0 als - Ausgabe, dann müssen Sie folgendes als root - ausführen: - - &prompt.root; cd /dev -&prompt.root; sh MAKEDEV snd0 - - Wenn auf den vorigen Befehl pcm1 - als Ausgabe erschienen ist, dann müssen Sie dieselben - Befehle ausführen, nur dass Sie - snd0 durch - snd1 ersetzen. - - - Die obigen Kommandos legen kein - /dev/snd Device an. - - - Der Befehl MAKEDEV erzeugt eine Gruppe - von Device Nodes, darunter: - - - - - - Device - Beschreibung - - - - - - /dev/audio - SPARC-compatible audio device - - - - /dev/dsp - Digitized voice device - - - - /dev/dspW - /dev/dsp-ähnliches - Device mit 16 bits pro Sample - - - - /dev/midi - Raw midi access device - - - - /dev/mixer - Control port mixer device - - - - /dev/music - Level 2 sequencer interface - - - - /dev/sequencer - Sequencer device - - - - /dev/pss - Programmable device interface - - - - - - Wenn alles geklappt hat, haben Sie jetzt eine - funktionierende Soundkarte. Nun können Sie eine Anwendung - wie audio/mpg123 installieren, - um Audiodateien anhören zu können. - - - Häufige Probleme - - - - - - Fehler - Lösung - - - Device Node - Gerätedatei - - - - unsupported subdevice XX - Ein oder mehrere Device Nodes wurden nicht - korrekt angelegt. Wiederholen Sie die oben angegebenen - Schritte. - - - I/O port - - sb_dspwr(XX) timed out - Der I/O Port ist nicht korrekt angegeben. - - - IRQ - - bad irq XX - Der IRQ ist falsch angegeben. Stellen Sie - sicher, dass der angegebene IRQ mit dem Sound IRQ - übereinstimmt. - - - - xxx: gus pcm not attached, out of - memory - Es ist nicht genug Speicher verfügbar, - um das Gerät betreiben zu können. - - - DSP - - xxx: can't open /dev/dsp! - Überprüfen Sie mit fstat | - grep dsp ob eine andere Anwendung das - Gerät geöffnet hat. Häufige - Störenfriede sind esound - oder die Sound-Unterstützung von KDE. - - - - - - - - - - - - Chern - Lee - Ein Beitrag von - - - - - - Benedikt - Köhler - Übersetzt von - - - - - MP3 Audio - - MP3 (MPEG Layer 3 Audio) ermöglicht eine - Klangwiedergabe in CD-ähnlicher Qualität, was Sie sich - auf Ihrem FreeBSD Rechner nicht entgehen lassen sollten. - - - MP3-Player - - XMMS (X Multimedia System) ist - bei weitem der beliebteste XFree86 MP3-Player. - WinAmp-Skins können auch mit - XMMS genutzt werden, da die - Benutzerschnittstelle fast identisch mit der von Nullsofts - WinAmp ist. Daneben - unterstützt XMMS auch eigene - Plugins. - - XMMS kann als - audio/xmms Port oder Package installiert - werden. - - Die Benutzerschnittstelle von - XMMS ist leicht zu erlernen und - beinhaltet eine Playlist, einen graphischen Equalizer und - vieles mehr. Diejenigen, die mit WinAmp vertraut sind, werden - XMMS sehr leicht zu benutzen - finden. - - Der Port audio/mpg123 ist - ein alternativer, kommandozeilenorientierter MP3-Player. - - mpg123 kann ausgeführt - werden, in dem man das zu benutzende Sound Device und die - abzuspielende MP3-Datei in der Kommandozeile wie unten - angibt: - - &prompt.root; mpg123 -a /dev/dsp1.0 Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3 -High Performance MPEG 1.0/2.0/2.5 Audio Player for Layer 1, 2 and 3. -Version 0.59r (1999/Jun/15). Written and copyrights by Michael Hipp. -Uses code from various people. See 'README' for more! -THIS SOFTWARE COMES WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY! USE AT YOUR OWN RISK! - - - - - -Playing MPEG stream from BT - Foobar-GreastHits.mp3 ... -MPEG 1.0 layer III, 128 kbit/s, 44100 Hz joint-stereo - - - /dev/dsp1.0 sollten Sie dabei mit dem - dsp-Device Ihres Systems ersetzen. - - - - CD-Audio Tracks rippen - - Bevor man eine ganze CD oder einen CD-Track in das - MP3-Format umwandeln kann, müssen die Audiodaten von der - CD auf die Festplatte gerippt werden. Dabei werden die CDDA - (CD Digital Audio) Rohdaten in WAV-Dateien kopiert. - - Die Anwendung cdda2wav die in dem - sysutils/cdrtools Paket enthalten - ist, kann zum Rippen der Audiodaten und anderen Informationen von CDs - genutzt werden. - - Wenn die Audio CD in dem Laufwerk liegt, können Sie - mit folgenden Befehl (als root) eine - ganze CD in einzelne WAV-Dateien (eine Datei für jeden - Track) rippen: - - &prompt.root; cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -B - - Der Schalter bezieht sich auf - das SCSI Device 0,1,0, dass sich aus - dem Ergebnis des Befehls cdrecord -scanbus - ergibt. - - Um einzelne Tracks zu rippen, benutzen Sie den - Schalter wie folgt: - - &prompt.root; cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -t 7 - - Dieses Beispiel rippt den siebten Track der Audio - CDROM. Um mehrere Tracks zu rippen, zum Beispiel die Tracks - eins bis sieben, können Sie wie folgt einen Bereich - angeben: - - &prompt.root; cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -t 1+7 - - cdda2wav unterstützt auch ATAPI - (IDE) CDROM Laufwerke. Wenn Sie ein IDE Laufwerk benutzen, geben - Sie beim Aufruf von cdda2wav den - Gerätenamen anstelle der SCSI Gerätenummern an. Um den - siebten Track eines IDE Laufwerkes zu rippen, benutzen Sie das - folgende Kommando: - - &prompt.root; cdda2wav -D /dev/acd0a -t 7 - - - - MP3-Dateien kodieren - - Gegenwärtig ist lame der - meistbenutzte mp3-Encoder. Lame - finden Sie unter audio/lame im - Ports-Verzeichnis. - - Benutzen Sie die WAV-Dateien, die sie von CD gerippt - haben, und wandeln sie mit dem folgenden Befehl die Datei - audio01.wav in - audio01.mp3 um: - - &prompt.root; lame -h -b 128 \ ---tt "Foo Liedtitel" \ ---ta "FooBar Künstler" \ ---tl "FooBar Album" \ ---ty "2001" \ ---tc "Geripped und kodiert von Foo" \ ---tg "Musikrichtung" \ -audio01.wav audio01.mp3 - - 128 kbits ist die gewöhnliche MP3 Bitrate. Viele - bevorzugen mit 160 oder 192 eine höhere Qualität. Je - höher die Bitrate ist, desto mehr Speicherplatz - benötigt die resultierende MP3-Datei, allerdings wird die - Qualität dadurch auch besser. Der Schalter - verwendet den higher quality but a - little slower (höhere Qualität, aber etwas - langsamer) Modus. Die Schalter, die mit - beginnen, sind ID3-Tags, die in der Regel - Informationen über das Lied enthalten und in die - MP3-Datei eingebettet sind. Weitere Optionen können in - der lame-Manualpage nachgelesen werden. - - - - MP3-Dateien dekodieren - - Um aus MP3-Dateien eine Audio CD zu erstellen, müssen - diese in ein nicht komprimiertes WAV-Format umgewandelt - werden. Sowohl XMMS als auch - mpg123 unterstützen die Ausgabe - der MP3-Dateien in unkomprimierte Dateiformate. - - Dekodieren mit XMMS: - - - - Starten Sie XMMS. - - - - Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste, um das - XMMS-Menu zu öffnen. - - - - Wählen Sie Preference im - Untermenü Options. - - - - Ändern Sie das Output-Plugin in Disk - Writer Plugin. - - - - Drücken Sie Configure. - - - - Geben Sie ein Verzeichnis ein (oder wählen Sie - browse), in das Sie die unkomprimierte Datei schreiben - wollen. - - - - Laden Sie die MP3-Datei wie gewohnt in - XMMS mit einer Lautstärke - von 100% und einem abgeschalteten EQ. - - - - Drücken Sie Play und es wird - so aussehen, als spiele XMMS - die MP3-Datei ab, aber keine Musik ist zu hören. Der - Player überspielt die MP3-Datei in eine Datei. - - - - Vergessen Sie nicht, das Output Plugin wieder in den - Ausgangszustand zurückzusetzen um wieder MP3-Dateien - anhören zu können. - - - - Mit mpg123 nach stdout schreiben: - - - - Geben Sie mpg123 -s - audio01.mp3 > audio01.pcm - ein - - - - XMMS schreibt die Datei in dem - WAV-Formal während mpg123 die - MP3-Datei in rohe PCM Audiodaten umwandelt. Beide Formate - können von cdrecord oder - burncd verwendet werden, um Audio - CDs zu schreiben. - - Lesen Sie in diesem Handbuch, - um mehr Informationen zur Benutzung von CD-Brennern mit FreeBSD zu - erhalten. - - - - - - diff --git a/en/handbook/contrib/chapter.sgml b/en/handbook/contrib/chapter.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 9a41073467..0000000000 --- a/en/handbook/contrib/chapter.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5796 +0,0 @@ - - - - Contributing to FreeBSD - - Contributed by &a.jkh;. - - So you want to contribute something to FreeBSD? That is great! We can - always use the help, and FreeBSD is one of those systems that - relies on the contributions of its user base in order - to survive. Your contributions are not only appreciated, they are vital - to FreeBSD's continued growth! - - Contrary to what some people might also have you believe, you do not - need to be a hot-shot programmer or a close personal friend of the FreeBSD - core team in order to have your contributions accepted. The FreeBSD - Project's development is done by a large and growing number of - international contributors whose ages and areas of technical expertise - vary greatly, and there is always more work to be done than there are - people available to do it. - - Since the FreeBSD project is responsible for an entire operating - system environment (and its installation) rather than just a kernel or a - few scattered utilities, our TODO list also spans a - very wide range of tasks, from documentation, beta testing and - presentation to highly specialized types of kernel development. No matter - what your skill level, there is almost certainly something you can do to - help the project! - - Commercial entities engaged in FreeBSD-related enterprises are also - encouraged to contact us. Need a special extension to make your product - work? You will find us receptive to your requests, given that they are not - too outlandish. Working on a value-added product? Please let us know! We - may be able to work cooperatively on some aspect of it. The free software - world is challenging a lot of existing assumptions about how software is - developed, sold, and maintained throughout its life cycle, and we urge you - to at least give it a second look. - - - What Is Needed - - The following list of tasks and sub-projects represents something of - an amalgam of the various core team TODO lists and - user requests we have collected over the last couple of months. Where - possible, tasks have been ranked by degree of urgency. If you are - interested in working on one of the tasks you see here, send mail to the - coordinator listed by clicking on their names. If no coordinator has - been appointed, maybe you would like to volunteer? - - - High priority tasks - - The following tasks are considered to be urgent, usually because - they represent something that is badly broken or sorely needed: - - - - 3-stage boot issues. Overall coordination: &a.hackers; - - - - Do WinNT compatible drive tagging so that the 3rd stage - can provide an accurate mapping of BIOS geometries for - disks. - - - - - - Filesystem problems. Overall coordination: &a.fs; - - - - Fix the MSDOS file system. - - - - Clean up and document the nullfs filesystem code. - Coordinator: &a.eivind; - - - - Fix the union file system. Coordinator: &a.dg; - - - - - - Implement Int13 vm86 disk driver. Coordinator: - &a.hackers; - - - - New bus architecture. Coordinator: &a.newbus; - - - - Port existing ISA drivers to new architecture. - - - - Move all interrupt-management code to appropriate parts of - the bus drivers. - - - - Port PCI subsystem to new architecture. Coordinator: - &a.dfr; - - - - Figure out the right way to handle removable devices and - then use that as a substrate on which PC-Card and CardBus - support can be implemented. - - - - Resolve the probe/attach priority issue once and for - all. - - - - Move any remaining buses over to the new - architecture. - - - - - - Kernel issues. Overall coordination: &a.hackers; - - - - Add more pro-active security infrastructure. Overall - coordination: &a.security; - - - - Build something like Tripwire(TM) into the kernel, with a - remote and local part. There are a number of cryptographic - issues to getting this right; contact the coordinator for - details. Coordinator: &a.eivind; - - - - Make the entire kernel use suser() - instead of comparing to 0. It is presently using about half - of each. Coordinator: &a.eivind; - - - - Split securelevels into different parts, to allow an - administrator to throw away those privileges he can throw - away. Setting the overall securelevel needs to have the same - effect as now, obviously. Coordinator: &a.eivind; - - - - Make it possible to upload a list of “allowed - program” to BPF, and then block BPF from accepting other - programs. This would allow BPF to be used e.g. for DHCP, - without allowing an attacker to start snooping the local - network. - - - - Update the security checker script. We should at least - grab all the checks from the other BSD derivatives, and add - checks that a system with securelevel increased also have - reasonable flags on the relevant parts. Coordinator: - &a.eivind; - - - - Add authorization infrastructure to the kernel, to allow - different authorization policies. Part of this could be done - by modifying suser(). Coordinator: - &a.eivind; - - - - Add code to the NFS layer so that you cannot - chdir("..") out of an NFS partition. E.g., - /usr is a UFS partition with - /usr/src NFS exported. Now it is - possible to use the NFS filehandle for - /usr/src to get access to - /usr. - - - - - - - - Medium priority tasks - - The following tasks need to be done, but not with any particular - urgency: - - - - Full KLD based driver support/Configuration Manager. - - - - Write a configuration manager (in the 3rd stage boot?) - that probes your hardware in a sane manner, keeps only the - KLDs required for your hardware, etc. - - - - - - PCMCIA/PCCARD. Coordinators: &a.msmith; and &a.phk; - - - - Documentation! - - - - Reliable operation of the pcic driver (needs - testing). - - - - Recognizer and handler for sio.c - (mostly done). - - - - Recognizer and handler for ed.c - (mostly done). - - - - Recognizer and handler for ep.c - (mostly done). - - - - User-mode recognizer and handler (partially done). - - - - - - Advanced Power Management. Coordinators: &a.msmith; and - &a.phk; - - - - APM sub-driver (mostly done). - - - - IDE/ATA disk sub-driver (partially done). - - - - syscons/pcvt sub-driver. - - - - Integration with the PCMCIA/PCCARD drivers - (suspend/resume). - - - - - - - - Low priority tasks - - The following tasks are purely cosmetic or represent such an - investment of work that it is not likely that anyone will get them - done anytime soon: - - The first N items are from Terry Lambert - terry@lambert.org - - - - NetWare Server (protected mode ODI driver) loader and - subservices to allow the use of ODI card drivers supplied with - network cards. The same thing for NDIS drivers and NetWare SCSI - drivers. - - - - An "upgrade system" option that works on Linux boxes instead - of just previous rev FreeBSD boxes. - - - - Symmetric Multiprocessing with kernel preemption (requires - kernel preemption). - - - - A concerted effort at support for portable computers. This is - somewhat handled by changing PCMCIA bridging rules and power - management event handling. But there are things like detecting - internal vs. external display and picking a different screen - resolution based on that fact, not spinning down the disk if the - machine is in dock, and allowing dock-based cards to disappear - without affecting the machines ability to boot (same issue for - PCMCIA). - - - - - - Smaller tasks - - Most of the tasks listed in the previous sections require either a - considerable investment of time or an in-depth knowledge of the - FreeBSD kernel (or both). However, there are also many useful tasks - which are suitable for "weekend hackers", or people without - programming skills. - - - - If you run FreeBSD-current and have a good Internet - connection, there is a machine current.FreeBSD.org which builds a full - release once a day — every now and again, try and install - the latest release from it and report any failures in the - process. - - - - Read the freebsd-bugs mailing list. There might be a - problem you can comment constructively on or with patches you - can test. Or you could even try to fix one of the problems - yourself. - - - - Read through the FAQ and Handbook periodically. If anything - is badly explained, out of date or even just completely wrong, let - us know. Even better, send us a fix (SGML is not difficult to - learn, but there is no objection to ASCII submissions). - - - - Help translate FreeBSD documentation into your native language - (if not already available) — just send an email to &a.doc; - asking if anyone is working on it. Note that you are not - committing yourself to translating every single FreeBSD document - by doing this — in fact, the documentation most in need of - translation is the installation instructions. - - - - Read the freebsd-questions mailing list and &ng.misc - occasionally (or even regularly). It can be very satisfying to - share your expertise and help people solve their problems; - sometimes you may even learn something new yourself! These forums - can also be a source of ideas for things to work on. - - - - If you know of any bugfixes which have been successfully - applied to -current but have not been merged into -stable after a - decent interval (normally a couple of weeks), send the committer a - polite reminder. - - - - Move contributed software to src/contrib - in the source tree. - - - - Make sure code in src/contrib is up to - date. - - - - Look for year 2000 bugs (and fix any you find!) - - - - Build the source tree (or just part of it) with extra warnings - enabled and clean up the warnings. - - - - Fix warnings for ports which do deprecated things like using - gets() or including malloc.h. - - - - If you have contributed any ports, send your patches back to - the original author (this will make your life easier when they - bring out the next version) - - - - Suggest further tasks for this list! - - - - - - Work through the PR database - - The FreeBSD PR - list shows all the current active problem reports and - requests for enhancement that have been submitted by FreeBSD users. - Look through the open PRs, and see if anything there takes your - interest. Some of these might be very simple tasks, that just need an - extra pair of eyes to look over them and confirm that the fix in the - PR is a good one. Others might be much more complex. - - Start with the PRs that have not been assigned to anyone else, but - if one them is assigned to someone else, but it looks like something - you can handle, e-mail the person it is assigned to and ask if you can - work on it—they might already have a patch ready to be tested, - or further ideas that you can discuss with them. - - - - - How to Contribute - - Contributions to the system generally fall into one or more of the - following 6 categories: - - - Bug reports and general commentary - - An idea or suggestion of general technical - interest should be mailed to the &a.hackers;. Likewise, people with - an interest in such things (and a tolerance for a - high volume of mail!) may subscribe to the - hackers mailing list by sending mail to &a.majordomo;. See mailing lists for more information - about this and other mailing lists. - - If you find a bug or are submitting a specific change, please - report it using the &man.send-pr.1; program or its WEB-based - equivalent. Try to fill-in each field of the bug report. - Unless they exceed 65KB, include any patches directly in the report. - When including patches, do not use cut-and-paste - because cut-and-paste turns tabs into spaces and makes them unusable. - Consider compressing patches and using &man.uuencode.1; if they exceed - 20KB. Upload very large submissions to ftp.FreeBSD.org:/pub/FreeBSD/incoming/. - - After filing a report, you should receive confirmation along with - a tracking number. Keep this tracking number so that you can update - us with details about the problem by sending mail to - bug-followup@FreeBSD.org. Use the number as the - message subject, e.g. "Re: kern/3377". Additional - information for any bug report should be submitted this way. - - If you do not receive confirmation in a timely fashion (3 days to - a week, depending on your email connection) or are, for some reason, - unable to use the &man.send-pr.1; command, then you may ask - someone to file it for you by sending mail to the &a.bugs;. - - - - Changes to the documentation - - Changes to the documentation are overseen by the &a.doc;. Send - submissions and changes (even small ones are welcome!) using - send-pr as described in Bug Reports and General - Commentary. - - - - Changes to existing source code - - An addition or change to the existing source code is a somewhat - trickier affair and depends a lot on how far out of date you are with - the current state of the core FreeBSD development. There is a special - on-going release of FreeBSD known as “FreeBSD-current” - which is made available in a variety of ways for the convenience of - developers working actively on the system. See Staying current with FreeBSD for more - information about getting and using FreeBSD-current. - - Working from older sources unfortunately means that your changes - may sometimes be too obsolete or too divergent for easy re-integration - into FreeBSD. Chances of this can be minimized somewhat by - subscribing to the &a.announce; and the &a.current; lists, where - discussions on the current state of the system take place. - - Assuming that you can manage to secure fairly up-to-date sources - to base your changes on, the next step is to produce a set of diffs to - send to the FreeBSD maintainers. This is done with the &man.diff.1; - command, with the “context diff” form - being preferred. For example: - - - &prompt.user; diff -c oldfile newfile - - or - - &prompt.user; diff -c -r olddir newdir - - would generate such a set of context diffs for the given source file - or directory hierarchy. See the man page for &man.diff.1; for more - details. - - Once you have a set of diffs (which you may test with the - &man.patch.1; command), you should submit them for inclusion with - FreeBSD. Use the &man.send-pr.1; program as described in Bug Reports and General Commentary. - Do not just send the diffs to the &a.hackers; or - they will get lost! We greatly appreciate your submission (this is a - volunteer project!); because we are busy, we may not be able to - address it immediately, but it will remain in the pr database until we - do. - - If you feel it appropriate (e.g. you have added, deleted, or - renamed files), bundle your changes into a tar file - and run the &man.uuencode.1; program on it. Shar archives are also - welcome. - - If your change is of a potentially sensitive nature, e.g. you are - unsure of copyright issues governing its further distribution or you - are simply not ready to release it without a tighter review first, - then you should send it to &a.core; directly rather than submitting it - with &man.send-pr.1;. The core mailing list reaches a much smaller - group of people who do much of the day-to-day work on FreeBSD. Note - that this group is also very busy and so you - should only send mail to them where it is truly necessary. - - Please refer to man 9 intro and man 9 - style for some information on coding style. We would - appreciate it if you were at least aware of this information before - submitting code. - - - - New code or major value-added packages - - In the rare case of a significant contribution of a large body - work, or the addition of an important new feature to FreeBSD, it - becomes almost always necessary to either send changes as uuencode'd - tar files or upload them to our ftp site ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/incoming. - - When working with large amounts of code, the touchy subject of - copyrights also invariably comes up. Acceptable copyrights for code - included in FreeBSD are: - - - - The BSD copyright. This copyright is most preferred due to - its “no strings attached” nature and general - attractiveness to commercial enterprises. Far from discouraging - such commercial use, the FreeBSD Project actively encourages such - participation by commercial interests who might eventually be - inclined to invest something of their own into FreeBSD. - - - - The GNU Public License, or “GPL”. This license is - not quite as popular with us due to the amount of extra effort - demanded of anyone using the code for commercial purposes, but - given the sheer quantity of GPL'd code we currently require - (compiler, assembler, text formatter, etc) it would be silly to - refuse additional contributions under this license. Code under - the GPL also goes into a different part of the tree, that being - /sys/gnu or - /usr/src/gnu, and is therefore easily - identifiable to anyone for whom the GPL presents a problem. - - - - Contributions coming under any other type of copyright must be - carefully reviewed before their inclusion into FreeBSD will be - considered. Contributions for which particularly restrictive - commercial copyrights apply are generally rejected, though the authors - are always encouraged to make such changes available through their own - channels. - - To place a “BSD-style” copyright on your work, include - the following text at the very beginning of every source code file you - wish to protect, replacing the text between the %% - with the appropriate information. - - -Copyright (c) %%proper_years_here%% - %%your_name_here%%, %%your_state%% %%your_zip%%. - All rights reserved. - -Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -are met: -1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as - the first lines of this file unmodified. -2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - -THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY %%your_name_here%% ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES -OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. -IN NO EVENT SHALL %%your_name_here%% BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, -INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT -NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY -THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT -(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF -THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - - $Id$ - - For your convenience, a copy of this text can be found in - /usr/share/examples/etc/bsd-style-copyright. - - - - Money, Hardware or Internet access - - We are always very happy to accept donations to further the cause - of the FreeBSD Project and, in a volunteer effort like ours, a little - can go a long way! Donations of hardware are also very important to - expanding our list of supported peripherals since we generally lack - the funds to buy such items ourselves. - - - <anchor id="donations">Donating funds - - While the FreeBSD Project is not a 501(c)(3) (charitable) - corporation and hence cannot offer special tax incentives for any - donations made, any such donations will be gratefully accepted on - behalf of the project by FreeBSD, Inc. - - FreeBSD, Inc. was founded in early 1995 by &a.jkh; and &a.dg; - with the goal of furthering the aims of the FreeBSD Project and - giving it a minimal corporate presence. Any and all funds donated - (as well as any profits that may eventually be realized by FreeBSD, - Inc.) will be used exclusively to further the project's - goals. - - Please make any checks payable to FreeBSD, Inc., sent in care of - the following address: - -
- FreeBSD, Inc. - c/o Jordan Hubbard - 4041 Pike Lane, Suite F - Concord - CA, 94520 -
- - (currently using the Walnut Creek CDROM address until a PO box - can be opened) - - Wire transfers may also be sent directly to: - -
- Bank Of America - Concord Main Office - P.O. Box 37176 - San Francisco - CA, 94137-5176 - - Routing #: 121-000-358 - Account #: 01411-07441 (FreeBSD, Inc.) -
- - Any correspondence related to donations should be sent to &a.jkh, - either via email or to the FreeBSD, Inc. postal address given above. - - - If you do not wish to be listed in our donors section, please specify this when - making your donation. Thanks! -
- - - Donating hardware - - Donations of hardware in any of the 3 following categories are - also gladly accepted by the FreeBSD Project: - - - - General purpose hardware such as disk drives, memory or - complete systems should be sent to the FreeBSD, Inc. address - listed in the donating funds - section. - - - - Hardware for which ongoing compliance testing is desired. - We are currently trying to put together a testing lab of all - components that FreeBSD supports so that proper regression - testing can be done with each new release. We are still lacking - many important pieces (network cards, motherboards, etc) and if - you would like to make such a donation, please contact &a.dg; - for information on which items are still required. - - - - Hardware currently unsupported by FreeBSD for which you - would like to see such support added. Please contact the - &a.core; before sending such items as we will need to find a - developer willing to take on the task before we can accept - delivery of new hardware. - - - - - - Donating Internet access - - We can always use new mirror sites for FTP, WWW or - cvsup. If you would like to be such a mirror, - please contact the FreeBSD project administrators - admin@FreeBSD.org for more information. - -
-
- - - Donors Gallery - - The FreeBSD Project is indebted to the following donors and would - like to publically thank them here! - - - - Contributors to the central server - project: - - The following individuals and businesses made it possible for - the FreeBSD Project to build a new central server machine to - eventually replace freefall.FreeBSD.org - by donating the following items: - - - - &a.mbarkah and his employer, - Hemisphere Online, donated a Pentium Pro - (P6) 200Mhz CPU - - - - ASA - Computers donated a Tyan 1662 - motherboard. - - - - Joe McGuckin joe@via.net of ViaNet Communications donated - a Kingston ethernet controller. - - - - Jack O'Neill jack@diamond.xtalwind.net - donated an NCR 53C875 SCSI controller - card. - - - - Ulf Zimmermann ulf@Alameda.net of Alameda Networks donated - 128MB of memory, a 4 Gb disk - drive and the case. - - - - - - Direct funding: - - The following individuals and businesses have generously - contributed direct funding to the project: - - - - Annelise Anderson - ANDRSN@HOOVER.STANFORD.EDU - - - - &a.dillon - - - - Epilogue Technology - Corporation - - - - &a.sef - - - - Don Scott Wilde - - - - Gianmarco Giovannelli - gmarco@masternet.it - - - - Josef C. Grosch joeg@truenorth.org - - - - Robert T. Morris - - - - &a.chuckr - - - - Kenneth P. Stox ken@stox.sa.enteract.com of - Imaginary Landscape, - LLC. - - - - Dmitry S. Kohmanyuk dk@dog.farm.org - - - - Laser5 of Japan - (a portion of the profits from sales of their various FreeBSD - CD-ROMs. - - - - Fuki Shuppan - Publishing Co. donated a portion of their profits from - Hajimete no FreeBSD (FreeBSD, Getting - started) to the FreeBSD and XFree86 projects. - - - - ASCII Corp. - donated a portion of their profits from several FreeBSD-related - books to the FreeBSD project. - - - - Yokogawa Electric - Corp has generously donated significant funding to the - FreeBSD project. - - - - BuffNET - - - - Pacific - Solutions - - - - Siemens AG - via Andre - Albsmeier - - - - Chris Silva - - - - - - - - Hardware contributors: - - The following individuals and businesses have generously - contributed hardware for testing and device driver - development/support: - - - - Walnut Creek CDROM for providing the Pentium P5-90 and - 486/DX2-66 EISA/VL systems that are being used for our - development work, to say nothing of the network access and other - donations of hardware resources. - - - - TRW Financial Systems, Inc. provided 130 PCs, three 68 GB - fileservers, twelve Ethernets, two routers and an ATM switch for - debugging the diskless code. - - - - Dermot McDonnell donated the Toshiba XM3401B CDROM drive - currently used in freefall. - - - - &a.chuck; contributed his floppy tape streamer for - experimental work. - - - - Larry Altneu larry@ALR.COM, and &a.wilko;, - provided Wangtek and Archive QIC-02 tape drives in order to - improve the wt driver. - - - - Ernst Winter ewinter@lobo.muc.de contributed - a 2.88 MB floppy drive to the project. This will hopefully - increase the pressure for rewriting the floppy disk driver. - ;-) - - - - Tekram - Technologies sent one each of their DC-390, DC-390U - and DC-390F FAST and ULTRA SCSI host adapter cards for - regression testing of the NCR and AMD drivers with their cards. - They are also to be applauded for making driver sources for free - operating systems available from their FTP server ftp://ftp.tekram.com/scsi/FreeBSD. - - - - Larry M. Augustin contributed not only a - Symbios Sym8751S SCSI card, but also a set of data books, - including one about the forthcoming Sym53c895 chip with Ultra-2 - and LVD support, and the latest programming manual with - information on how to safely use the advanced features of the - latest Symbios SCSI chips. Thanks a lot! - - - - Christoph Kukulies kuku@FreeBSD.org donated - an FX120 12 speed Mitsumi CDROM drive for IDE CDROM driver - development. - - - - - - Special contributors: - - - - Walnut Creek CDROM - has donated almost more than we can say (see the history document for more details). - In particular, we would like to thank them for the original - hardware used for freefall.FreeBSD.org, our primary - development machine, and for thud.FreeBSD.org, a testing and build - box. We are also indebted to them for funding various - contributors over the years and providing us with unrestricted - use of their T1 connection to the Internet. - - - - The interface - business GmbH, Dresden has been patiently supporting - &a.joerg; who has often preferred FreeBSD work over paywork, and - used to fall back to their (quite expensive) EUnet Internet - connection whenever his private connection became too slow or - flakey to work with it... - - - - Berkeley Software Design, - Inc. has contributed their DOS emulator code to the - remaining BSD world, which is used in the - doscmd command. - - - - - - - - Core Team Alumni - - The following people were members of the FreeBSD core team during - the periods indicated. We thank them for their past efforts in the - service of the FreeBSD project. - - In rough chronological order: - - - - &a.guido (1995 - 1999) - - - - &a.dyson (1993 - 1998) - - - - &a.nate (1992 - 1996) - - - - &a.rgrimes (1992 - 1995) - - - - Andreas Schulz (1992 - 1995) - - - - &a.csgr (1993 - 1995) - - - - &a.paul (1992 - 1995) - - - - &a.smace (1993 - 1994) - - - - Andrew Moore (1993 - 1994) - - - - Christoph Robitschko (1993 - 1994) - - - - J. T. Conklin (1992 - 1993) - - - - - - Derived Software Contributors - - This software was originally derived from William F. Jolitz's 386BSD - release 0.1, though almost none of the original 386BSD specific code - remains. This software has been essentially re-implemented from the - 4.4BSD-Lite release provided by the Computer Science Research Group - (CSRG) at the University of California, Berkeley and associated academic - contributors. - - There are also portions of NetBSD and OpenBSD that have been - integrated into FreeBSD as well, and we would therefore like to thank - all the contributors to NetBSD and OpenBSD for their work. - - - - Additional FreeBSD Contributors - - (in alphabetical order by first name): - - - - ABURAYA Ryushirou rewsirow@ff.iij4u.or.jp - - - - AMAGAI Yoshiji amagai@nue.org - - - - Aaron Bornstein aaronb@j51.com - - - - Aaron Smith aaron@mutex.org - - - - Achim Patzner ap@noses.com - - - - Ada T Lim ada@bsd.org - - - - Adam Baran badam@mw.mil.pl - - - - Adam Glass glass@postgres.berkeley.edu - - - - Adam McDougall mcdouga9@egr.msu.edu - - - - Adrian Colley aecolley@ois.ie - - - - Adrian Hall adrian@ibmpcug.co.uk - - - - Adrian Mariano adrian@cam.cornell.edu - - - - Adrian Steinmann ast@marabu.ch - - - - Adam Strohl troll@digitalspark.net - - - - Adrian T. Filipi-Martin - atf3r@agate.cs.virginia.edu - - - - Ajit Thyagarajan unknown - - - - Akio Morita - amorita@meadow.scphys.kyoto-u.ac.jp - - - - Akira SAWADA unknown - - - - Akira Watanabe - akira@myaw.ei.meisei-u.ac.jp - - - - Akito Fujita fujita@zoo.ncl.omron.co.jp - - - - Alain Kalker - A.C.P.M.Kalker@student.utwente.nl - - - - Alan Bawden alan@curry.epilogue.com - - - - Alec Wolman wolman@cs.washington.edu - - - - Aled Morris aledm@routers.co.uk - - - - Alex garbanzo@hooked.net - - - - Alex D. Chen - dhchen@Canvas.dorm7.nccu.edu.tw - - - - Alex G. Bulushev bag@demos.su - - - - Alex Le Heux alexlh@funk.org - - - - Alex Perel veers@disturbed.net - - - - Alexander B. Povolotsky tarkhil@mgt.msk.ru - - - - Alexander Leidinger - netchild@wurzelausix.CS.Uni-SB.DE - - - - Alexander Langer alex@cichlids.com - - - - Alexandre Snarskii snar@paranoia.ru - - - - Alistair G. Crooks agc@uts.amdahl.com - - - - Allan Saddi asaddi@philosophysw.com - - - - Allen Campbell allenc@verinet.com - - - - Amakawa Shuhei amakawa@hoh.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp - - - - Amancio Hasty hasty@star-gate.com - - - - Amir Farah amir@comtrol.com - - - - Amy Baron amee@beer.org - - - - Anatoly A. Orehovsky tolik@mpeks.tomsk.su - - - - Anatoly Vorobey mellon@pobox.com - - - - Anders Nordby nickerne@nome.no - - - - Anders Thulin Anders.X.Thulin@telia.se - - - - Andras Olah olah@cs.utwente.nl - - - - Andre Albsmeier - Andre.Albsmeier@mchp.siemens.de - - - - Andre Oppermann andre@pipeline.ch - - - - Andreas Haakh ah@alman.robin.de - - - - Andreas Kohout shanee@rabbit.augusta.de - - - - Andreas Lohr andreas@marvin.RoBIN.de - - - - Andreas Schulz unknown - - - - Andreas Wetzel mickey@deadline.snafu.de - - - - Andreas Wrede andreas@planix.com - - - - Andres Vega Garcia unknown - - - - Andrew Atrens atreand@statcan.ca - - - - Andrew Boothman andrew@cream.org - - - - Andrew Gillham gillham@andrews.edu - - - - Andrew Gordon andrew.gordon@net-tel.co.uk - - - - Andrew Herbert andrew@werple.apana.org.au - - - - Andrew J. Korty ajk@purdue.edu - - - - Andrew L. Moore alm@mclink.com - - - - Andrew McRae amcrae@cisco.com - - - - Andrew Stevenson andrew@ugh.net.au - - - - Andrew Timonin tim@pool1.convey.ru - - - - Andrew V. Stesin stesin@elvisti.kiev.ua - - - - Andrew Webster awebster@dataradio.com - - - - Andrey Zakhvatov andy@icc.surw.chel.su - - - - Andy Farkas andyf@speednet.com.au - - - - Andy Valencia ajv@csd.mot.com - - - - Andy Whitcroft andy@sarc.city.ac.uk - - - - Angelo Turetta ATuretta@stylo.it - - - - Anthony C. Chavez magus@xmission.com - - - - Anthony Yee-Hang Chan yeehang@netcom.com - - - - Anton Berezin tobez@plab.ku.dk - - - - Antti Kaipila anttik@iki.fi - - - - Are Bryne are.bryne@communique.no - - - - Ari Suutari ari@suutari.iki.fi - - - - Arjan de Vet devet@IAEhv.nl - - - - Arne Henrik Juul arnej@Lise.Unit.NO - - - - Assar Westerlund assar@sics.se - - - - Atsushi Furuta furuta@sra.co.jp - - - - Atsushi Murai amurai@spec.co.jp - - - - Bakul Shah bvs@bitblocks.com - - - - Barry Bierbauch pivrnec@vszbr.cz - - - - Barry Lustig barry@ictv.com - - - - Ben Hutchinson benhutch@xfiles.org.uk - - - - Ben Jackson unknown - - - - Ben Smithurst ben@scientia.demon.co.uk - - - - Ben Walter bwalter@itachi.swcp.com - - - - Benjamin Lewis bhlewis@gte.net - - - - Bernd Rosauer br@schiele-ct.de - - - - Bill Kish kish@osf.org - - - - Bill Trost trost@cloud.rain.com - - - - Blaz Zupan blaz@amis.net - - - - Bob Van Valzah Bob@whitebarn.com - - - - Bob Willcox bob@luke.pmr.com - - - - Boris Staeblow balu@dva.in-berlin.de - - - - Boyd R. Faulkner faulkner@asgard.bga.com - - - - Brad Karp karp@eecs.harvard.edu - - - - Bradley Dunn bradley@dunn.org - - - - Brandon Fosdick bfoz@glue.umd.edu - - - - Brandon Gillespie brandon@roguetrader.com - - - - &a.wlloyd - - - - Bob Wilcox bob@obiwan.uucp - - - - Boyd Faulkner faulkner@mpd.tandem.com - - - - Brent J. Nordquist bjn@visi.com - - - - Brett Lymn blymn@mulga.awadi.com.AU - - - - Brett Taylor - brett@peloton.physics.montana.edu - - - - Brian Campbell brianc@pobox.com - - - - Brian Clapper bmc@willscreek.com - - - - Brian Cully shmit@kublai.com - - - - Brian Handy - handy@lambic.space.lockheed.com - - - - Brian Litzinger brian@MediaCity.com - - - - Brian McGovern bmcgover@cisco.com - - - - Brian Moore ziff@houdini.eecs.umich.edu - - - - Brian R. Haug haug@conterra.com - - - - Brian Tao taob@risc.org - - - - Brion Moss brion@queeg.com - - - - Bruce A. Mah bmah@ca.sandia.gov - - - - Bruce Albrecht bruce@zuhause.mn.org - - - - Bruce Gingery bgingery@gtcs.com - - - - Bruce J. Keeler loodvrij@gridpoint.com - - - - Bruce Murphy packrat@iinet.net.au - - - - Bruce Walter walter@fortean.com - - - - Carey Jones mcj@acquiesce.org - - - - Carl Fongheiser cmf@netins.net - - - - Carl Mascott cmascott@world.std.com - - - - Casper casper@acc.am - - - - Castor Fu castor@geocast.com - - - - Cejka Rudolf cejkar@dcse.fee.vutbr.cz - - - - Chain Lee chain@110.net - - - - Charles Hannum mycroft@ai.mit.edu - - - - Charles Henrich henrich@msu.edu - - - - Charles Mott cmott@srv.net - - - - Charles Owens owensc@enc.edu - - - - Chet Ramey chet@odin.INS.CWRU.Edu - - - - Chia-liang Kao clkao@CirX.ORG - - - - Chiharu Shibata chi@bd.mbn.or.jp - - - - Chip Norkus unknown - - - - Choi Jun Ho junker@jazz.snu.ac.kr - - - - Chris Csanady cc@tarsier.ca.sandia.gov - - - - Chris Dabrowski chris@vader.org - - - - Chris Dillon cdillon@wolves.k12.mo.us - - - - Chris Shenton - cshenton@angst.it.hq.nasa.gov - - - - Chris Stenton jacs@gnome.co.uk - - - - Chris Timmons skynyrd@opus.cts.cwu.edu - - - - Chris Torek torek@ee.lbl.gov - - - - Christian Gusenbauer - cg@fimp01.fim.uni-linz.ac.at - - - - Christian Haury Christian.Haury@sagem.fr - - - - Christian Weisgerber - naddy@bigeye.rhein-neckar.de - - - - Christoph P. Kukulies kuku@FreeBSD.org - - - - Christoph Robitschko - chmr@edvz.tu-graz.ac.at - - - - Christoph Weber-Fahr - wefa@callcenter.systemhaus.net - - - - Christopher G. Demetriou - cgd@postgres.berkeley.edu - - - - Christopher T. Johnson - cjohnson@neunacht.netgsi.com - - - - Chrisy Luke chrisy@flix.net - - - - Chuck Hein chein@cisco.com - - - - Clive Lin clive@CiRX.ORG - - - - Colman Reilly careilly@tcd.ie - - - - Conrad Sabatier conrads@neosoft.com - - - - Coranth Gryphon gryphon@healer.com - - - - Cornelis van der Laan - nils@guru.ims.uni-stuttgart.de - - - - Cove Schneider cove@brazil.nbn.com - - - - Craig Leres leres@ee.lbl.gov - - - - Craig Loomis unknown - - - - Craig Metz cmetz@inner.net - - - - Craig Spannring cts@internetcds.com - - - - Craig Struble cstruble@vt.edu - - - - Cristian Ferretti cfs@riemann.mat.puc.cl - - - - Curt Mayer curt@toad.com - - - - Cy Schubert cschuber@uumail.gov.bc.ca - - - - DI. Christian Gusenbauer - cg@scotty.edvz.uni-linz.ac.at - - - - Dai Ishijima ishijima@tri.pref.osaka.jp - - - - Damian Hamill damian@cablenet.net - - - - Dan Cross tenser@spitfire.ecsel.psu.edu - - - - Dan Lukes dan@obluda.cz - - - - Dan Nelson dnelson@emsphone.com - - - - Dan Walters hannibal@cyberstation.net - - - - Daniel M. Eischen - deischen@iworks.InterWorks.org - - - - Daniel O'Connor doconnor@gsoft.com.au - - - - Daniel Poirot poirot@aio.jsc.nasa.gov - - - - Daniel Rock rock@cs.uni-sb.de - - - - Danny Egen unknown - - - - Danny J. Zerkel dzerkel@phofarm.com - - - - Darren Reed avalon@coombs.anu.edu.au - - - - Dave Adkins adkin003@tc.umn.edu - - - - Dave Andersen angio@aros.net - - - - Dave Blizzard dblizzar@sprynet.com - - - - Dave Bodenstab imdave@synet.net - - - - Dave Burgess burgess@hrd769.brooks.af.mil - - - - Dave Chapeskie dchapes@ddm.on.ca - - - - Dave Cornejo dave@dogwood.com - - - - Dave Edmondson davided@sco.com - - - - Dave Glowacki dglo@ssec.wisc.edu - - - - Dave Marquardt marquard@austin.ibm.com - - - - Dave Tweten tweten@FreeBSD.org - - - - David A. Adkins adkin003@tc.umn.edu - - - - David A. Bader dbader@umiacs.umd.edu - - - - David Borman dab@bsdi.com - - - - David Dawes dawes@XFree86.org - - - - David Filo filo@yahoo.com - - - - David Holland dholland@eecs.harvard.edu - - - - David Holloway daveh@gwythaint.tamis.com - - - - David Horwitt dhorwitt@ucsd.edu - - - - David Hovemeyer daveho@infocom.com - - - - David Jones dej@qpoint.torfree.net - - - - David Kelly dkelly@tomcat1.tbe.com - - - - David Kulp dkulp@neomorphic.com - - - - David L. Nugent davidn@blaze.net.au - - - - David Leonard d@scry.dstc.edu.au - - - - David Malone dwmalone@maths.tcd.ie - - - - David Muir Sharnoff muir@idiom.com - - - - David S. Miller davem@jenolan.rutgers.edu - - - - David Wolfskill dhw@whistle.com - - - - Dean Gaudet dgaudet@arctic.org - - - - Dean Huxley dean@fsa.ca - - - - Denis Fortin unknown - - - - Dennis Glatting - dennis.glatting@software-munitions.com - - - - Denton Gentry denny1@home.com - - - - Derek Inksetter derek@saidev.com - - - - Dima Sivachenko dima@Chg.RU - - - - Dirk Keunecke dk@panda.rhein-main.de - - - - Dirk Nehrling nerle@pdv.de - - - - Dmitry Khrustalev dima@xyzzy.machaon.ru - - - - Dmitry Kohmanyuk dk@farm.org - - - - Dom Mitchell dom@myrddin.demon.co.uk - - - - Dominik Brettnacher domi@saargate.de - - - - Don Croyle croyle@gelemna.ft-wayne.in.us - - - - &a.whiteside; - - - - Don Morrison dmorrisn@u.washington.edu - - - - Don Yuniskis dgy@rtd.com - - - - Donald Maddox dmaddox@conterra.com - - - - Doug Barton studded@dal.net - - - - Douglas Ambrisko ambrisko@whistle.com - - - - Douglas Carmichael dcarmich@mcs.com - - - - Douglas Crosher dtc@scrooge.ee.swin.oz.au - - - - Drew Derbyshire ahd@kew.com - - - - Duncan Barclay dmlb@ragnet.demon.co.uk - - - - Dustin Sallings dustin@spy.net - - - - Eckart "Isegrim" Hofmann - Isegrim@Wunder-Nett.org - - - - Ed Gold - vegold01@starbase.spd.louisville.edu - - - - Ed Hudson elh@p5.spnet.com - - - - Edward Wang edward@edcom.com - - - - Edwin Groothus edwin@nwm.wan.philips.com - - - - Eiji-usagi-MATSUmoto usagi@clave.gr.jp - - - - ELISA Font Project - - - - Elmar Bartel - bartel@informatik.tu-muenchen.de - - - - Eric A. Griff eagriff@global2000.net - - - - Eric Blood eblood@cs.unr.edu - - - - Eric J. Haug ejh@slustl.slu.edu - - - - Eric J. Schwertfeger eric@cybernut.com - - - - Eric L. Hernes erich@lodgenet.com - - - - Eric P. Scott eps@sirius.com - - - - Eric Sprinkle eric@ennovatenetworks.com - - - - Erich Stefan Boleyn erich@uruk.org - - - - Erik E. Rantapaa rantapaa@math.umn.edu - - - - Erik H. Moe ehm@cris.com - - - - Ernst Winter ewinter@lobo.muc.de - - - - Espen Skoglund espensk@stud.cs.uit.no> - - - - Eugene M. Kim astralblue@usa.net - - - - Eugene Radchenko genie@qsar.chem.msu.su - - - - Evan Champion evanc@synapse.net - - - - Faried Nawaz fn@Hungry.COM - - - - Flemming Jacobsen fj@tfs.com - - - - Fong-Ching Liaw fong@juniper.net - - - - Francis M J Hsieh mjshieh@life.nthu.edu.tw - - - - Frank Bartels knarf@camelot.de - - - - Frank Chen Hsiung Chan - frankch@waru.life.nthu.edu.tw - - - - Frank Durda IV uhclem@nemesis.lonestar.org - - - - Frank MacLachlan fpm@n2.net - - - - Frank Mayhar frank@exit.com - - - - Frank Nobis fn@Radio-do.de - - - - Frank Volf volf@oasis.IAEhv.nl - - - - Frank ten Wolde franky@pinewood.nl - - - - Frank van der Linden frank@fwi.uva.nl - - - - Fred Cawthorne fcawth@jjarray.umn.edu - - - - Fred Gilham gilham@csl.sri.com - - - - Fred Templin templin@erg.sri.com - - - - Frederick Earl Gray fgray@rice.edu - - - - FUJIMOTO Kensaku - fujimoto@oscar.elec.waseda.ac.jp - - - - FUJISHIMA Satsuki k5@respo.or.jp - - - - FURUSAWA Kazuhisa - furusawa@com.cs.osakafu-u.ac.jp - - - - Gabor Kincses gabor@acm.org - - - - Gabor Zahemszky zgabor@CoDe.hu - - - - G. Adam Stanislavadam@whizkidtech.net - - - - Garance A Drosehn gad@eclipse.its.rpi.edu - - - - Gareth McCaughan gjm11@dpmms.cam.ac.uk - - - - Gary A. Browning gab10@griffcd.amdahl.com - - - - Gary Howland gary@hotlava.com - - - - Gary J. garyj@rks32.pcs.dec.com - - - - Gary Kline kline@thought.org - - - - Gaspar Chilingarov nightmar@lemming.acc.am - - - - Gea-Suan Lin gsl@tpts4.seed.net.tw - - - - Geoff Rehmet csgr@alpha.ru.ac.za - - - - Georg Wagner georg.wagner@ubs.com - - - - Gerard Roudier groudier@club-internet.fr - - - - Gianmarco Giovannelli - gmarco@giovannelli.it - - - - Gil Kloepfer Jr. gil@limbic.ssdl.com - - - - Gilad Rom rom_glsa@ein-hashofet.co.il - - - - Ginga Kawaguti - ginga@amalthea.phys.s.u-tokyo.ac.jp - - - - Giles Lean giles@nemeton.com.au - - - - Glen Foster gfoster@gfoster.com - - - - Glenn Johnson gljohns@bellsouth.net - - - - Godmar Back gback@facility.cs.utah.edu - - - - Goran Hammarback goran@astro.uu.se - - - - Gord Matzigkeit gord@enci.ucalgary.ca - - - - Gordon Greeff gvg@uunet.co.za - - - - Graham Wheeler gram@cdsec.com - - - - Greg A. Woods woods@zeus.leitch.com - - - - Greg Ansley gja@ansley.com - - - - Greg Troxel gdt@ir.bbn.com - - - - Greg Ungerer gerg@stallion.oz.au - - - - Gregory Bond gnb@itga.com.au - - - - Gregory D. Moncreaff - moncrg@bt340707.res.ray.com - - - - Guy Harris guy@netapp.com - - - - Guy Helmer ghelmer@cs.iastate.edu - - - - HAMADA Naoki hamada@astec.co.jp - - - - HONDA Yasuhiro - honda@kashio.info.mie-u.ac.jp - - - - HOSOBUCHI Noriyuki hoso@buchi.tama.or.jp - - - - Hannu Savolainen hannu@voxware.pp.fi - - - - Hans Huebner hans@artcom.de - - - - Hans Petter Bieker zerium@webindex.no - - - - Hans Zuidam hans@brandinnovators.com - - - - Harlan Stenn Harlan.Stenn@pfcs.com - - - - Harold Barker hbarker@dsms.com - - - - Havard Eidnes - Havard.Eidnes@runit.sintef.no - - - - Heikki Suonsivu hsu@cs.hut.fi - - - - Heiko W. Rupp unknown - - - - Helmut F. Wirth hfwirth@ping.at - - - - Henrik Vestergaard Draboel - hvd@terry.ping.dk - - - - Herb Peyerl hpeyerl@NetBSD.org - - - - Hideaki Ohmon ohmon@tom.sfc.keio.ac.jp - - - - Hidekazu Kuroki hidekazu@cs.titech.ac.jp - - - - Hideki Yamamoto hyama@acm.org - - - - Hideyuki Suzuki - hideyuki@sat.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp - - - - Hirayama Issei iss@mail.wbs.ne.jp - - - - Hiroaki Sakai sakai@miya.ee.kagu.sut.ac.jp - - - - Hiroharu Tamaru tamaru@ap.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp - - - - Hironori Ikura hikura@kaisei.org - - - - Hiroshi Nishikawa nis@pluto.dti.ne.jp - - - - Hiroya Tsubakimoto unknown - - - - Holger Veit Holger.Veit@gmd.de - - - - Holm Tiffe holm@geophysik.tu-freiberg.de - - - - Horance Chou - horance@freedom.ie.cycu.edu.tw - - - - Horihiro Kumagai kuma@jp.FreeBSD.org - - - - HOTARU-YA hotaru@tail.net - - - - Hr.Ladavac lada@ws2301.gud.siemens.co.at - - - - Hubert Feyrer hubertf@NetBSD.ORG - - - - Hugh F. Mahon hugh@nsmdserv.cnd.hp.com - - - - Hugh Mahon h_mahon@fc.hp.com - - - - Hung-Chi Chu hcchu@r350.ee.ntu.edu.tw - - - - IMAI Takeshi take-i@ceres.dti.ne.jp - - - - IMAMURA Tomoaki - tomoak-i@is.aist-nara.ac.jp - - - - Ian Dowse iedowse@maths.tcd.ie - - - - Ian Holland ianh@tortuga.com.au - - - - Ian Struble ian@broken.net - - - - Ian Vaudrey i.vaudrey@bigfoot.com - - - - Igor Khasilev igor@jabber.paco.odessa.ua - - - - Igor Roshchin str@giganda.komkon.org - - - - Igor Sviridov siac@ua.net - - - - Igor Vinokurov igor@zynaps.ru - - - - Ikuo Nakagawa ikuo@isl.intec.co.jp - - - - Ilya V. Komarov mur@lynx.ru - - - - Issei Suzuki issei@jp.FreeBSD.org - - - - Itsuro Saito saito@miv.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp - - - - J. Bryant jbryant@argus.flash.net - - - - J. David Lowe lowe@saturn5.com - - - - J. Han hjh@best.com - - - - J. Hawk jhawk@MIT.EDU - - - - J.T. Conklin jtc@cygnus.com - - - - J.T. Jang keith@email.gcn.net.tw - - - - Jack jack@zeus.xtalwind.net - - - - Jacob Bohn Lorensen jacob@jblhome.ping.mk - - - - Jagane D Sundar jagane@netcom.com - - - - Jake Burkholder jake@checker.org - - - - Jake Hamby jehamby@lightside.com - - - - James Clark jjc@jclark.com - - - - James D. Stewart jds@c4systm.com - - - - James Jegers jimj@miller.cs.uwm.edu - - - - James Raynard - fhackers@jraynard.demon.co.uk - - - - James T. Liu jtliu@phlebas.rockefeller.edu - - - - James da Silva jds@cs.umd.edu - - - - Jan Conard - charly@fachschaften.tu-muenchen.de - - - - Jan Koum jkb@FreeBSD.org - - - - Janick Taillandier - Janick.Taillandier@ratp.fr - - - - Janusz Kokot janek@gaja.ipan.lublin.pl - - - - Jarle Greipsland jarle@idt.unit.no - - - - Jason Garman init@risen.org - - - - Jason Thorpe thorpej@NetBSD.org - - - - Jason Wright jason@OpenBSD.org - - - - Jason Young - doogie@forbidden-donut.anet-stl.com - - - - Javier Martin Rueda jmrueda@diatel.upm.es - - - - Jay Fenlason hack@datacube.com - - - - Jaye Mathisen mrcpu@cdsnet.net - - - - Jeff Bartig jeffb@doit.wisc.edu - - - - Jeff Forys jeff@forys.cranbury.nj.us - - - - Jeff Kletsky Jeff@Wagsky.com - - - - Jeffrey Evans evans@scnc.k12.mi.us - - - - Jeffrey Wheat jeff@cetlink.net - - - - Jens Schweikhardt schweikh@noc.dfn.d - - - - Jeremy Allison jallison@whistle.com - - - - Jeremy Chatfield jdc@xinside.com - - - - Jeremy Lea reg@shale.csir.co.za - - - - Jeremy Prior unknown - - - - Jeroen Ruigrok/Asmodai asmodai@wxs.nl - - - - Jesse Rosenstock jmr@ugcs.caltech.edu - - - - Jian-Da Li jdli@csie.nctu.edu.tw - - - - Jim Babb babb@FreeBSD.org - - - - Jim Binkley jrb@cs.pdx.edu - - - - Jim Carroll jim@carroll.com - - - - Jim Flowers jflowers@ezo.net - - - - Jim Leppek jleppek@harris.com - - - - Jim Lowe james@cs.uwm.edu - - - - Jim Mattson jmattson@sonic.net - - - - Jim Mercer jim@komodo.reptiles.org - - - - Jim Wilson wilson@moria.cygnus.com - - - - Jimbo Bahooli - griffin@blackhole.iceworld.org - - - - Jin Guojun jin@george.lbl.gov - - - - Joachim Kuebart unknown - - - - Joao Carlos Mendes Luis jonny@jonny.eng.br - - - - Jochen Pohl jpo.drs@sni.de - - - - Joe "Marcus" Clarke marcus@miami.edu - - - - Joe Abley jabley@clear.co.nz - - - - Joe Jih-Shian Lu jslu@dns.ntu.edu.tw - - - - Joe Orthoefer j_orthoefer@tia.net - - - - Joe Traister traister@mojozone.org - - - - Joel Faedi Joel.Faedi@esial.u-nancy.fr - - - - Joel Ray Holveck joelh@gnu.org - - - - Joel Sutton sutton@aardvark.apana.org.au - - - - Johan Granlund johan@granlund.nu - - - - Johan Karlsson k@numeri.campus.luth.se - - - - Johan Larsson johan@moon.campus.luth.se - - - - Johann Tonsing jtonsing@mikom.csir.co.za - - - - Johannes Helander unknown - - - - Johannes Stille unknown - - - - John Baldwin jobaldwi@vt.edu - - - - John Beckett jbeckett@southern.edu - - - - John Beukema jbeukema@hk.super.net - - - - John Brezak unknown - - - - John Capo jc@irbs.com - - - - John F. Woods jfw@jfwhome.funhouse.com - - - - John Goerzen - jgoerzen@alexanderwohl.complete.org - - - - John Hay jhay@mikom.csir.co.za - - - - John Heidemann johnh@isi.edu - - - - John Hood cgull@owl.org - - - - John Kohl unknown - - - - John Lind john@starfire.mn.org - - - - John Mackin john@physiol.su.oz.au - - - - John P johnp@lodgenet.com - - - - John Perry perry@vishnu.alias.net - - - - John Preisler john@vapornet.com - - - - John Rochester jr@cs.mun.ca - - - - John Sadler john_sadler@alum.mit.edu - - - - John Saunders john@pacer.nlc.net.au - - - - John W. DeBoskey jwd@unx.sas.com - - - - John Wehle john@feith.com - - - - John Woods jfw@eddie.mit.edu - - - - Jon Morgan morgan@terminus.trailblazer.com - - - - Jonathan H N Chin jc254@newton.cam.ac.uk - - - - Jonathan Hanna - jh@pc-21490.bc.rogers.wave.ca - - - - Jorge Goncalves j@bug.fe.up.pt - - - - Jorge M. Goncalves ee96199@tom.fe.up.pt - - - - Jos Backus jbackus@plex.nl - - - - Jose M. Alcaide jose@we.lc.ehu.es - - - - Jose Marques jose@nobody.org - - - - Josef Grosch - jgrosch@superior.mooseriver.com - - - - Josef Karthauser joe@uk.FreeBSD.org - - - - Joseph Stein joes@wstein.com - - - - Josh Gilliam josh@quick.net - - - - Josh Tiefenbach josh@ican.net - - - - Juergen Lock nox@jelal.hb.north.de - - - - Juha Inkari inkari@cc.hut.fi - - - - Jukka A. Ukkonen jua@iki.fi - - - - Julian Assange proff@suburbia.net - - - - Julian Coleman j.d.coleman@ncl.ac.uk - - - - &a.jhs - - - - Julian Jenkins kaveman@magna.com.au - - - - Junichi Satoh junichi@jp.FreeBSD.org - - - - Junji SAKAI sakai@jp.FreeBSD.org - - - - Junya WATANABE junya-w@remus.dti.ne.jp - - - - K.Higashino a00303@cc.hc.keio.ac.jp - - - - KUNISHIMA Takeo kunishi@c.oka-pu.ac.jp - - - - Kai Vorma vode@snakemail.hut.fi - - - - Kaleb S. Keithley kaleb@ics.com - - - - Kaneda Hiloshi vanitas@ma3.seikyou.ne.jp - - - - Kapil Chowksey kchowksey@hss.hns.com - - - - Karl Denninger karl@mcs.com - - - - Karl Dietz Karl.Dietz@triplan.com - - - - Karl Lehenbauer karl@NeoSoft.com - - - - Kato Takenori - kato@eclogite.eps.nagoya-u.ac.jp - - - - Kawanobe Koh kawanobe@st.rim.or.jp - - - - Kazuhiko Kiriyama kiri@kiri.toba-cmt.ac.jp - - - - Kazuo Horikawa horikawa@jp.FreeBSD.org - - - - Kees Jan Koster kjk1@ukc.ac.uk - - - - Keith Bostic bostic@bostic.com - - - - Keith E. Walker unknown - - - - Keith Moore unknown - - - - Keith Sklower unknown - - - - Kelly Yancey kbyanc@posi.net - - - - Ken Hornstein unknown - - - - Ken Key key@cs.utk.edu - - - - Ken Mayer kmayer@freegate.com - - - - Kenji Saito marukun@mx2.nisiq.net - - - - Kenji Tomita tommyk@da2.so-net.or.jp - - - - Kenneth Furge kenneth.furge@us.endress.com - - - - Kenneth Monville desmo@bandwidth.org - - - - Kenneth R. Westerback krw@tcn.net - - - - Kenneth Stailey kstailey@gnu.ai.mit.edu - - - - Kent Talarico kent@shipwreck.tsoft.net - - - - Kent Vander Velden graphix@iastate.edu - - - - Kentaro Inagaki JBD01226@niftyserve.ne.jp - - - - Kevin Bracey kbracey@art.acorn.co.uk - - - - Kevin Day toasty@dragondata.com - - - - Kevin Lahey kml@nas.nasa.gov - - - - Kevin Lokevlo@hello.com.tw - - - - Kevin Street street@iname.com - - - - Kevin Van Maren vanmaren@fast.cs.utah.edu - - - - Kiroh HARADA kiroh@kh.rim.or.jp - - - - Klaus Klein kleink@layla.inka.de - - - - Klaus-J. Wolf Yanestra@t-online.de - - - - Koichi Sato copan@ppp.fastnet.or.jp - - - - Kostya Lukin lukin@okbmei.msk.su - - - - Kouichi Hirabayashi kh@mogami-wire.co.jp - - - - Kurt D. Zeilenga Kurt@Boolean.NET - - - - Kurt Olsen kurto@tiny.mcs.usu.edu - - - - L. Jonas Olsson - ljo@ljo-slip.DIALIN.CWRU.Edu - - - - Lars Köller - Lars.Koeller@Uni-Bielefeld.DE - - - - Larry Altneu larry@ALR.COM - - - - Laurence Lopez lopez@mv.mv.com - - - - Lee Cremeans lcremean@tidalwave.net - - - - Liang Tai-hwa - avatar@www.mmlab.cse.yzu.edu.tw - - - - Lon Willett lon%softt.uucp@math.utah.edu - - - - Louis A. Mamakos louie@TransSys.COM - - - - Louis Mamakos loiue@TransSys.com - - - - Lucas James Lucas.James@ldjpc.apana.org.au - - - - Lyndon Nerenberg lyndon@orthanc.com - - - - M.C. Wong unknown - - - - MANTANI Nobutaka nobutaka@nobutaka.com - - - - MIHIRA Sanpei Yoshiro sanpei@sanpei.org - - - - MITA Yoshio mita@jp.FreeBSD.org - - - - MITSUNAGA Noriaki - mitchy@er.ams.eng.osaka-u.ac.jp - - - - MOROHOSHI Akihiko moro@race.u-tokyo.ac.jp - - - - Magnus Enbom dot@tinto.campus.luth.se - - - - Mahesh Neelakanta mahesh@gcomm.com - - - - Makoto MATSUSHITA matusita@jp.FreeBSD.org - - - - Makoto WATANABE - watanabe@zlab.phys.nagoya-u.ac.jp - - - - Malte Lance malte.lance@gmx.net - - - - Manu Iyengar - iyengar@grunthos.pscwa.psca.com - - - - Marc Frajola marc@dev.com - - - - Marc Ramirez mrami@mramirez.sy.yale.edu - - - - Marc Slemko marcs@znep.com - - - - Marc van Kempen wmbfmk@urc.tue.nl - - - - Marc van Woerkom van.woerkom@netcologne.de - - - - Marcel Moolenaar marcel@scc.nl - - - - Mario Sergio Fujikawa Ferreira - lioux@gns.com.br - - - - Mark Andrews unknown - - - - Mark Cammidge mark@gmtunx.ee.uct.ac.za - - - - Mark Diekhans markd@grizzly.com - - - - Mark Huizer xaa@stack.nl - - - - Mark J. Taylor mtaylor@cybernet.com - - - - Mark Krentel krentel@rice.edu - - - - Mark Mayo markm@vmunix.com - - - - Mark Thompson thompson@tgsoft.com - - - - Mark Tinguely tinguely@plains.nodak.edu - - - - Mark Treacy unknown - - - - Mark Valentine mark@linus.demon.co.uk - - - - Martin Birgmeier - - - - Martin Ibert mib@ppe.bb-data.de - - - - Martin Kammerhofer dada@sbox.tu-graz.ac.at - - - - Martin Renters martin@tdc.on.ca - - - - Martti Kuparinen - martti.kuparinen@ericsson.com - - - - Masachika ISHIZUKA - ishizuka@isis.min.ntt.jp - - - - Mas.TAKEMURA unknown - - - - Masafumi NAKANE max@wide.ad.jp - - - - Masahiro Sekiguchi - seki@sysrap.cs.fujitsu.co.jp - - - - Masanobu Saitoh msaitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp - - - - Masanori Kanaoka kana@saijo.mke.mei.co.jp - - - - Masanori Kiriake seiken@ARGV.AC - - - - Masatoshi TAMURA - tamrin@shinzan.kuee.kyoto-u.ac.jp - - - - Mats Lofkvist mal@algonet.se - - - - Matt Bartley mbartley@lear35.cytex.com - - - - Matt Thomas matt@3am-software.com - - - - Matt White mwhite+@CMU.EDU - - - - Matthew C. Mead mmead@Glock.COM - - - - Matthew Cashdollar mattc@rfcnet.com - - - - Matthew Flatt mflatt@cs.rice.edu - - - - Matthew Fuller fullermd@futuresouth.com - - - - Matthew Stein matt@bdd.net - - - - Matthias Pfaller leo@dachau.marco.de - - - - Matthias Scheler tron@netbsd.org - - - - Mattias Gronlund - Mattias.Gronlund@sa.erisoft.se - - - - Mattias Pantzare pantzer@ludd.luth.se - - - - Maurice Castro - maurice@planet.serc.rmit.edu.au - - - - Max Euston meuston@jmrodgers.com - - - - Max Khon fjoe@husky.iclub.nsu.ru - - - - Maxim Bolotin max@rsu.ru - - - - Maxim V. Sobolev sobomax@altavista.net - - - - Micha Class - michael_class@hpbbse.bbn.hp.com - - - - Michael Butler imb@scgt.oz.au - - - - Michael Butschky butsch@computi.erols.com - - - - Michael Clay mclay@weareb.org - - - - Michael Elbel me@FreeBSD.org - - - - Michael Galassi nerd@percival.rain.com - - - - Michael Hancock michaelh@cet.co.jp - - - - Michael Hohmuth hohmuth@inf.tu-dresden.de - - - - Michael Perlman canuck@caam.rice.edu - - - - Michael Petry petry@netwolf.NetMasters.com - - - - Michael Reifenberger root@totum.plaut.de - - - - Michael Sardo jaeger16@yahoo.com - - - - Michael Searle searle@longacre.demon.co.uk - - - - Michal Listos mcl@Amnesiac.123.org - - - - Michio Karl Jinbo - karl@marcer.nagaokaut.ac.jp - - - - Miguel Angel Sagreras - msagre@cactus.fi.uba.ar - - - - Mihoko Tanaka m_tonaka@pa.yokogawa.co.jp - - - - Mika Nystrom mika@cs.caltech.edu - - - - Mikael Hybsch micke@dynas.se - - - - Mikael Karpberg - karpen@ocean.campus.luth.se - - - - Mike Del repenting@hotmail.com - - - - Mike Durian durian@plutotech.com - - - - Mike Durkin mdurkin@tsoft.sf-bay.org - - - - Mike E. Matsnev mike@azog.cs.msu.su - - - - Mike Evans mevans@candle.com - - - - Mike Grupenhoff kashmir@umiacs.umd.edu - - - - Mike Hibler mike@marker.cs.utah.edu - - - - Mike Karels unknown - - - - Mike McGaughey mmcg@cs.monash.edu.au - - - - Mike Meyer mwm@shiva.the-park.com - - - - Mike Mitchell mitchell@ref.tfs.com - - - - Mike Murphy mrm@alpharel.com - - - - Mike Peck mike@binghamton.edu - - - - Mike Spengler mks@msc.edu - - - - Mikhail A. Sokolov mishania@demos.su - - - - Mikhail Teterin mi@aldan.ziplink.net - - - - Ming-I Hseh PA@FreeBSD.ee.Ntu.edu.TW - - - - Mitsuru IWASAKI iwasaki@pc.jaring.my - - - - Mitsuru Yoshida mitsuru@riken.go.jp - - - - Monte Mitzelfelt monte@gonefishing.org - - - - Morgan Davis root@io.cts.com - - - - Mostyn Lewis mostyn@mrl.com - - - - Motomichi Matsuzaki mzaki@e-mail.ne.jp - - - - Motoyuki Kasahara m-kasahr@sra.co.jp - - - - Motoyuki Konno motoyuki@snipe.rim.or.jp - - - - Murray Stokely murray@cdrom.com - - - - N.G.Smith ngs@sesame.hensa.ac.uk - - - - NAGAO Tadaaki nagao@cs.titech.ac.jp - - - - NAKAJI Hiroyuki - nakaji@tutrp.tut.ac.jp - - - - NAKAMURA Kazushi nkazushi@highway.or.jp - - - - NAKAMURA Motonori - motonori@econ.kyoto-u.ac.jp - - - - NIIMI Satoshi sa2c@and.or.jp - - - - NOKUBI Hirotaka h-nokubi@yyy.or.jp - - - - Nadav Eiron nadav@barcode.co.il - - - - Nanbor Wang nw1@cs.wustl.edu - - - - Naofumi Honda - honda@Kururu.math.sci.hokudai.ac.jp - - - - Naoki Hamada nao@tom-yam.or.jp - - - - Narvi narvi@haldjas.folklore.ee - - - - Nathan Ahlstrom nrahlstr@winternet.com - - - - Nathan Dorfman nathan@rtfm.net - - - - Neal Fachan kneel@ishiboo.com - - - - Neil Blakey-Milner nbm@rucus.ru.ac.za - - - - Niall Smart rotel@indigo.ie - - - - Nick Barnes Nick.Barnes@pobox.com - - - - Nick Handel nhandel@NeoSoft.com - - - - Nick Hilliard nick@foobar.org - - - - &a.nsayer; - - - - Nick Williams njw@cs.city.ac.uk - - - - Nickolay N. Dudorov nnd@itfs.nsk.su - - - - Niklas Hallqvist niklas@filippa.appli.se - - - - Nisha Talagala nisha@cs.berkeley.edu - - - - No Name ZW6T-KND@j.asahi-net.or.jp - - - - No Name adrian@virginia.edu - - - - No Name alex@elvisti.kiev.ua - - - - No Name anto@netscape.net - - - - No Name bobson@egg.ics.nitch.ac.jp - - - - No Name bovynf@awe.be - - - - No Name burg@is.ge.com - - - - No Name chris@gnome.co.uk - - - - No Name colsen@usa.net - - - - No Name coredump@nervosa.com - - - - No Name dannyman@arh0300.urh.uiuc.edu - - - - No Name davids@SECNET.COM - - - - No Name derek@free.org - - - - No Name devet@adv.IAEhv.nl - - - - No Name djv@bedford.net - - - - No Name dvv@sprint.net - - - - No Name enami@ba2.so-net.or.jp - - - - No Name flash@eru.tubank.msk.su - - - - No Name flash@hway.ru - - - - No Name fn@pain.csrv.uidaho.edu - - - - No Name gclarkii@netport.neosoft.com - - - - No Name gordon@sheaky.lonestar.org - - - - No Name graaf@iae.nl - - - - No Name greg@greg.rim.or.jp - - - - No Name grossman@cygnus.com - - - - No Name gusw@fub46.zedat.fu-berlin.de - - - - No Name hfir@math.rochester.edu - - - - No Name hnokubi@yyy.or.jp - - - - No Name iaint@css.tuu.utas.edu.au - - - - No Name invis@visi.com - - - - No Name ishisone@sra.co.jp - - - - No Name iverson@lionheart.com - - - - No Name jpt@magic.net - - - - No Name junker@jazz.snu.ac.kr - - - - No Name k-sugyou@ccs.mt.nec.co.jp - - - - No Name kenji@reseau.toyonaka.osaka.jp - - - - No Name kfurge@worldnet.att.net - - - - No Name lh@aus.org - - - - No Name lhecking@nmrc.ucc.ie - - - - No Name mrgreen@mame.mu.oz.au - - - - No Name nakagawa@jp.FreeBSD.org - - - - No Name ohki@gssm.otsuka.tsukuba.ac.jp - - - - No Name owaki@st.rim.or.jp - - - - No Name pechter@shell.monmouth.com - - - - No Name pete@pelican.pelican.com - - - - No Name pritc003@maroon.tc.umn.edu - - - - No Name risner@stdio.com - - - - No Name roman@rpd.univ.kiev.ua - - - - No Name root@ns2.redline.ru - - - - No Name root@uglabgw.ug.cs.sunysb.edu - - - - No Name stephen.ma@jtec.com.au - - - - No Name sumii@is.s.u-tokyo.ac.jp - - - - No Name takas-su@is.aist-nara.ac.jp - - - - No Name tamone@eig.unige.ch - - - - No Name tjevans@raleigh.ibm.com - - - - No Name tony-o@iij.ad.jp amurai@spec.co.jp - - - - No Name torii@tcd.hitachi.co.jp - - - - No Name uenami@imasy.or.jp - - - - No Name uhlar@netlab.sk - - - - No Name vode@hut.fi - - - - No Name wlloyd@mpd.ca - - - - No Name wlr@furball.wellsfargo.com - - - - No Name wmbfmk@urc.tue.nl - - - - No Name yamagata@nwgpc.kek.jp - - - - No Name ziggy@ryan.org - - - - Nobuhiro Yasutomi nobu@psrc.isac.co.jp - - - - Nobuyuki Koganemaru - kogane@koganemaru.co.jp - - - - Norio Suzuki nosuzuki@e-mail.ne.jp - - - - Noritaka Ishizumi graphite@jp.FreeBSD.org - - - - Noriyuki Soda soda@sra.co.jp - - - - Oh Junseon hollywar@mail.holywar.net - - - - Olaf Wagner wagner@luthien.in-berlin.de - - - - Oleg Sharoiko os@rsu.ru - - - - Oleg V. Volkov rover@lglobus.ru - - - - Oliver Breuninger ob@seicom.NET - - - - Oliver Friedrichs oliver@secnet.com - - - - Oliver Fromme - oliver.fromme@heim3.tu-clausthal.de - - - - Oliver Laumann - net@informatik.uni-bremen.de - - - - Oliver Oberdorf oly@world.std.com - - - - Olof Johansson offe@ludd.luth.se - - - - Osokin Sergey aka oZZ ozz@FreeBSD.org.ru - - - - Pace Willisson pace@blitz.com - - - - Paco Rosich rosich@modico.eleinf.uv.es - - - - Palle Girgensohn girgen@partitur.se - - - - Parag Patel parag@cgt.com - - - - Pascal Pederiva pascal@zuo.dec.com - - - - Pasvorn Boonmark boonmark@juniper.net - - - - Patrick Gardella patrick@cre8tivegroup.com - - - - Patrick Hausen unknown - - - - Paul Antonov apg@demos.su - - - - Paul F. Werkowski unknown - - - - Paul Fox pgf@foxharp.boston.ma.us - - - - Paul Koch koch@thehub.com.au - - - - Paul Kranenburg pk@NetBSD.org - - - - Paul Mackerras paulus@cs.anu.edu.au - - - - Paul Popelka paulp@uts.amdahl.com - - - - Paul S. LaFollette, Jr. unknown - - - - Paul Saab paul@mu.org - - - - Paul Sandys myj@nyct.net - - - - Paul T. Root proot@horton.iaces.com - - - - Paul Vixie paul@vix.com - - - - Paulo Menezes paulo@isr.uc.pt - - - - Paulo Menezes pm@dee.uc.pt - - - - Pedro A M Vazquez vazquez@IQM.Unicamp.BR - - - - Pedro Giffuni giffunip@asme.org - - - - Pete Bentley pete@demon.net - - - - Peter Childs pjchilds@imforei.apana.org.au - - - - Peter Cornelius pc@inr.fzk.de - - - - Peter Haight peterh@prognet.com - - - - Peter Jeremy perer.jeremy@alcatel.com.au - - - - Peter M. Chen pmchen@eecs.umich.edu - - - - Peter Much peter@citylink.dinoex.sub.org - - - - Peter Olsson unknown - - - - Peter Philipp pjp@bsd-daemon.net - - - - Peter Stubbs PETERS@staidan.qld.edu.au - - - - Phil Maker pjm@cs.ntu.edu.au - - - - Phil Sutherland - philsuth@mycroft.dialix.oz.au - - - - Phil Taylor phil@zipmail.co.uk - - - - Philip Musumeci philip@rmit.edu.au - - - - Pierre Y. Dampure pierre.dampure@k2c.co.uk - - - - Pius Fischer pius@ienet.com - - - - Pomegranate daver@flag.blackened.net - - - - Powerdog Industries - kevin.ruddy@powerdog.com - - - - R. Kym Horsell - - - - Rajesh Vaidheeswarran rv@fore.com - - - - Ralf Friedl friedl@informatik.uni-kl.de - - - - Randal S. Masutani randal@comtest.com - - - - Randall Hopper rhh@ct.picker.com - - - - Randall W. Dean rwd@osf.org - - - - Randy Bush rbush@bainbridge.verio.net - - - - Reinier Bezuidenhout - rbezuide@mikom.csir.co.za - - - - Remy Card Remy.Card@masi.ibp.fr - - - - Ricardas Cepas rch@richard.eu.org - - - - Riccardo Veraldi veraldi@cs.unibo.it - - - - Richard Henderson richard@atheist.tamu.edu - - - - Richard Hwang rhwang@bigpanda.com - - - - Richard Kiss richard@homemail.com - - - - Richard J Kuhns rjk@watson.grauel.com - - - - Richard M. Neswold - rneswold@drmemory.fnal.gov - - - - Richard Seaman, Jr. dick@tar.com - - - - Richard Stallman rms@gnu.ai.mit.edu - - - - Richard Straka straka@user1.inficad.com - - - - Richard Tobin richard@cogsci.ed.ac.uk - - - - Richard Wackerbarth rkw@Dataplex.NET - - - - Richard Winkel rich@math.missouri.edu - - - - Richard Wiwatowski rjwiwat@adelaide.on.net - - - - Rick Macklem rick@snowhite.cis.uoguelph.ca - - - - Rick Macklin unknown - - - - Rob Austein sra@epilogue.com - - - - Rob Mallory rmallory@qualcomm.com - - - - Rob Snow rsnow@txdirect.net - - - - Robert Crowe bob@speakez.com - - - - Robert D. Thrush rd@phoenix.aii.com - - - - Robert Eckardt - roberte@MEP.Ruhr-Uni-Bochum.de - - - - Robert Sanders rsanders@mindspring.com - - - - Robert Sexton robert@kudra.com - - - - Robert Shady rls@id.net - - - - Robert Swindells swindellsr@genrad.co.uk - - - - Robert Watson robert@cyrus.watson.org - - - - Robert Withrow witr@rwwa.com - - - - Robert Yoder unknown - - - - Robin Carey - robin@mailgate.dtc.rankxerox.co.uk - - - - Roger Hardiman roger@cs.strath.ac.uk - - - - Roland Jesse jesse@cs.uni-magdeburg.de - - - - Ron Bickers rbickers@intercenter.net - - - - Ron Lenk rlenk@widget.xmission.com - - - - Ronald Kuehn kuehn@rz.tu-clausthal.de - - - - Rudolf Cejka unknown - - - - Ruslan Belkin rus@home2.UA.net - - - - Ruslan Ermilov ru@ucb.crimea.ua - - - - Ruslan Shevchenko rssh@cam.grad.kiev.ua - - - - Russell L. Carter rcarter@pinyon.org - - - - Russell Vincent rv@groa.uct.ac.za - - - - Ryan Younce ryany@pobox.com - - - - Ryuichiro IMURA imura@cs.titech.ac.jp - - - - SANETO Takanori sanewo@strg.sony.co.jp - - - - SAWADA Mizuki miz@qb3.so-net.ne.jp - - - - SUGIMURA Takashi sugimura@jp.FreeBSD.org - - - - SURANYI Peter - suranyip@jks.is.tsukuba.ac.jp - - - - Sakai Hiroaki sakai@miya.ee.kagu.sut.ac.jp - - - - Sakari Jalovaara sja@tekla.fi - - - - Sam Hartman hartmans@mit.edu - - - - Samuel Lam skl@ScalableNetwork.com - - - - Samuele Zannoli zannoli@cs.unibo.it - - - - Sander Vesik sander@haldjas.folklore.ee - - - - Sandro Sigala ssigala@globalnet.it - - - - Sascha Blank blank@fox.uni-trier.de - - - - Sascha Wildner swildner@channelz.GUN.de - - - - Satoh Junichi junichi@astec.co.jp - - - - Scot Elliott scot@poptart.org - - - - Scot W. Hetzel hetzels@westbend.net - - - - Scott A. Kenney saken@rmta.ml.org - - - - Scott Blachowicz - scott.blachowicz@seaslug.org - - - - Scott Burris scott@pita.cns.ucla.edu - - - - Scott Hazen Mueller scott@zorch.sf-bay.org - - - - Scott Michel scottm@cs.ucla.edu - - - - Scott Mitchel scott@uk.FreeBSD.org - - - - Scott Reynolds scott@clmqt.marquette.mi.us - - - - Sebastian Strollo seb@erix.ericsson.se - - - - Serge A. Babkin babkin@hq.icb.chel.su - - - - Serge V. Vakulenko vak@zebub.msk.su - - - - Sergei Chechetkin - csl@whale.sunbay.crimea.ua - - - - Sergei S. Laskavy laskavy@pc759.cs.msu.su - - - - Sergey Gershtein sg@mplik.ru - - - - Sergey Kosyakov ks@itp.ac.ru - - - - Sergey Potapov sp@alkor.ru - - - - Sergey Shkonda serg@bcs.zp.ua - - - - Sergey V.Dorokhov svd@kbtelecom.nalnet.ru - - - - Sergio Lenzi lenzi@bsi.com.br - - - - Shaun Courtney shaun@emma.eng.uct.ac.za - - - - Shawn M. Carey smcarey@mailbox.syr.edu - - - - Shigio Yamaguchi shigio@tamacom.com - - - - Shinya Esu esu@yk.rim.or.jp - - - - Shuichi Tanaka stanaka@bb.mbn.or.jp - - - - Shunsuke Akiyama akiyama@jp.FreeBSD.org - - - - Simon simon@masi.ibp.fr - - - - Simon Burge simonb@telstra.com.au - - - - Simon J Gerraty sjg@melb.bull.oz.au - - - - Simon Marlow simonm@dcs.gla.ac.uk - - - - Simon Shapiro shimon@simon-shapiro.org - - - - Sin'ichiro MIYATANI siu@phaseone.co.jp - - - - Slaven Rezic eserte@cs.tu-berlin.de - - - - Soochon Radee slr@mitre.org - - - - Soren Dayton csdayton@midway.uchicago.edu - - - - Soren Dossing sauber@netcom.com - - - - Soren S. Jorvang soren@dt.dk - - - - Stefan Bethke stb@hanse.de - - - - Stefan Eggers seggers@semyam.dinoco.de - - - - Stefan Moeding s.moeding@ndh.net - - - - Stefan Petri unknown - - - - Stefan `Sec` Zehl sec@42.org - - - - Steinar Haug sthaug@nethelp.no - - - - Stephane E. Potvin sepotvin@videotron.ca - - - - Stephane Legrand stephane@lituus.fr - - - - Stephen Clawson - sclawson@marker.cs.utah.edu - - - - Stephen F. Combs combssf@salem.ge.com - - - - Stephen Farrell stephen@farrell.org - - - - Stephen Hocking sysseh@devetir.qld.gov.au - - - - Stephen J. Roznowski sjr@home.net - - - - Stephen McKay syssgm@devetir.qld.gov.au - - - - Stephen Melvin melvin@zytek.com - - - - Steve Bauer sbauer@rock.sdsmt.edu - - - - Steve Coltrin spcoltri@io.com - - - - Steve Deering unknown - - - - Steve Gerakines steve2@genesis.tiac.net - - - - Steve Gericke steveg@comtrol.com - - - - Steve Piette steve@simon.chi.il.US - - - - Steve Schwarz schwarz@alpharel.com - - - - Steven G. Kargl - kargl@troutmask.apl.washington.edu - - - - Steven H. Samorodin samorodi@NUXI.com - - - - Steven McCanne mccanne@cs.berkeley.edu - - - - Steven Plite splite@purdue.edu - - - - Steven Wallace unknown - - - - Stuart Henderson - stuart@internationalschool.co.uk - - - - Sue Blake sue@welearn.com.au - - - - Sugimoto Sadahiro ixtl@komaba.utmc.or.jp - - - - Sugiura Shiro ssugiura@duo.co.jp - - - - Sujal Patel smpatel@wam.umd.edu - - - - Sune Stjerneby stjerneby@usa.net - - - - Suzuki Yoshiaki - zensyo@ann.tama.kawasaki.jp - - - - Tadashi Kumano kumano@strl.nhk.or.jp - - - - Taguchi Takeshi taguchi@tohoku.iij.ad.jp - - - - Takahiro Yugawa yugawa@orleans.rim.or.jp - - - - Takanori Watanabe - takawata@shidahara1.planet.sci.kobe-u.ac.jp - - - - Takashi Mega mega@minz.org - - - - Takashi Uozu j1594016@ed.kagu.sut.ac.jp - - - - Takayuki Ariga a00821@cc.hc.keio.ac.jp - - - - Takeru NAIKI naiki@bfd.es.hokudai.ac.jp - - - - Takeshi Amaike amaike@iri.co.jp - - - - Takeshi MUTOH mutoh@info.nara-k.ac.jp - - - - Takeshi Ohashi - ohashi@mickey.ai.kyutech.ac.jp - - - - Takeshi WATANABE - watanabe@crayon.earth.s.kobe-u.ac.jp - - - - Takuya SHIOZAKI - tshiozak@makino.ise.chuo-u.ac.jp - - - - Tatoku Ogaito tacha@tera.fukui-med.ac.jp - - - - Tatsumi HOSOKAWA hosokawa@jp.FreeBSD.org - - - - Ted Buswell tbuswell@mediaone.net - - - - Ted Faber faber@isi.edu - - - - Ted Lemon mellon@isc.org - - - - Terry Lambert terry@lambert.org - - - - Terry Lee terry@uivlsi.csl.uiuc.edu - - - - Tetsuya Furukawa tetsuya@secom-sis.co.jp - - - - Theo de Raadt deraadt@OpenBSD.org - - - - Thomas thomas@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de - - - - Thomas D. Dean tomdean@ix.netcom.com - - - - Thomas David Rivers rivers@dignus.com - - - - Thomas G. McWilliams tgm@netcom.com - - - - Thomas Gellekum - thomas@ghpc8.ihf.rwth-aachen.de - - - - Thomas Graichen - graichen@omega.physik.fu-berlin.de - - - - Thomas König - Thomas.Koenig@ciw.uni-karlsruhe.de - - - - Thomas Ptacek unknown - - - - Thomas A. Stephens tas@stephens.org - - - - Thomas Stromberg tstrombe@rtci.com - - - - Thomas Valentino Crimi - tcrimi+@andrew.cmu.edu - - - - Thomas Wintergerst thomas@lemur.nord.de - - - - Þórður Ívarsson - totii@est.is - - - - Tim Kientzle kientzle@netcom.com - - - - Tim Singletary - tsingle@sunland.gsfc.nasa.gov - - - - Tim Wilkinson tim@sarc.city.ac.uk - - - - Timo J. Rinne tri@iki.fi - - - - Todd Miller millert@openbsd.org - - - - Tom root@majestix.cmr.no - - - - Tom tom@sdf.com - - - - Tom Gray - DCA dcasba@rain.org - - - - Tom Jobbins tom@tom.tj - - - - Tom Pusateri pusateri@juniper.net - - - - Tom Rush tarush@mindspring.com - - - - Tom Samplonius tom@misery.sdf.com - - - - Tomohiko Kurahashi - kura@melchior.q.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp - - - - Tony Kimball alk@Think.COM - - - - Tony Li tli@jnx.com - - - - Tony Lynn wing@cc.nsysu.edu.tw - - - - Tony Maher tonym@angis.org.au - - - - Torbjorn Granlund tege@matematik.su.se - - - - Toshihiko ARAI toshi@tenchi.ne.jp - - - - Toshihiko SHIMOKAWA toshi@tea.forus.or.jp - - - - Toshihiro Kanda candy@kgc.co.jp - - - - Toshiomi Moriki - Toshiomi.Moriki@ma1.seikyou.ne.jp - - - - Trefor S. trefor@flevel.co.uk - - - - Trevor Blackwell tlb@viaweb.com - - - - URATA Shuichiro s-urata@nmit.tmg.nec.co.jp - - - - Udo Schweigert ust@cert.siemens.de - - - - Ugo Paternostro paterno@dsi.unifi.it - - - - Ulf Kieber kieber@sax.de - - - - Ulli Linzen ulli@perceval.camelot.de - - - - Ustimenko Semen semen@iclub.nsu.ru - - - - Uwe Arndt arndt@mailhost.uni-koblenz.de - - - - Vadim Chekan vadim@gc.lviv.ua - - - - Vadim Kolontsov vadim@tversu.ac.ru - - - - Vadim Mikhailov mvp@braz.ru - - - - Van Jacobson van@ee.lbl.gov - - - - Vasily V. Grechishnikov - bazilio@ns1.ied-vorstu.ac.ru - - - - Vasim Valejev vasim@uddias.diaspro.com - - - - Vernon J. Schryver vjs@mica.denver.sgi.com - - - - Vic Abell abe@cc.purdue.edu - - - - Ville Eerola ve@sci.fi - - - - Vincent Poy vince@venus.gaianet.net - - - - Vincenzo Capuano - VCAPUANO@vmprofs.esoc.esa.de - - - - Virgil Champlin champlin@pa.dec.com - - - - Vladimir A. Jakovenko - vovik@ntu-kpi.kiev.ua - - - - Vladimir Kushnir kushn@mail.kar.net - - - - Vsevolod Lobko seva@alex-ua.com - - - - W. Gerald Hicks wghicks@bellsouth.net - - - - W. Richard Stevens rstevens@noao.edu - - - - Walt Howard howard@ee.utah.edu - - - - Warren Toomey wkt@csadfa.cs.adfa.oz.au - - - - Wayne Scott wscott@ichips.intel.com - - - - Werner Griessl - werner@btp1da.phy.uni-bayreuth.de - - - - Wes Santee wsantee@wsantee.oz.net - - - - Wietse Venema wietse@wzv.win.tue.nl - - - - Wilfredo Sanchez wsanchez@apple.com - - - - Wiljo Heinen wiljo@freeside.ki.open.de - - - - Wilko Bulte wilko@yedi.iaf.nl - - - - Will Andrews andrews@technologist.com - - - - Willem Jan Withagen wjw@surf.IAE.nl - - - - William Jolitz withheld - - - - William Liao william@tale.net - - - - Wojtek Pilorz - wpilorz@celebris.bdk.lublin.pl - - - - Wolfgang Helbig helbig@ba-stuttgart.de - - - - Wolfgang Solfrank ws@tools.de - - - - Wolfgang Stanglmeier wolf@FreeBSD.org - - - - Wu Ching-hong woju@FreeBSD.ee.Ntu.edu.TW - - - - Yarema yds@ingress.com - - - - Yaroslav Terletsky ts@polynet.lviv.ua - - - - Yasuhito FUTATSUKI futatuki@fureai.or.jp - - - - Yasuhiro Fukama yasuf@big.or.jp - - - - Yen-Shuo Su yssu@CCCA.NCTU.edu.tw - - - - Ying-Chieh Liao ijliao@csie.NCTU.edu.tw - - - - Yixin Jin yjin@rain.cs.ucla.edu - - - - Yoshiaki Uchikawa yoshiaki@kt.rim.or.jp - - - - Yoshihiko OHTA yohta@bres.tsukuba.ac.jp - - - - Yoshihisa NAKAGAWA - y-nakaga@ccs.mt.nec.co.jp - - - - Yoshikazu Goto gotoh@ae.anritsu.co.jp - - - - Yoshimasa Ohnishi - ohnishi@isc.kyutech.ac.jp - - - - Yoshishige Arai ryo2@on.rim.or.jp - - - - Yuichi MATSUTAKA matutaka@osa.att.ne.jp - - - - Yujiro MIYATA - miyata@bioele.nuee.nagoya-u.ac.jp - - - - Yukihiro Nakai nacai@iname.com - - - - Yusuke Nawano azuki@azkey.org - - - - Yuu Yashiki s974123@cc.matsuyama-u.ac.jp - - - - Yuval Yarom yval@cs.huji.ac.il - - - - Yves Fonk yves@cpcoup5.tn.tudelft.nl - - - - Yves Fonk yves@dutncp8.tn.tudelft.nl - - - - Zach Heilig zach@gaffaneys.com - - - - Zahemszhky Gabor zgabor@code.hu - - - - Zhong Ming-Xun zmx@mail.CDPA.nsysu.edu.tw - - - - arci vega@sophia.inria.fr - - - - der Mouse mouse@Collatz.McRCIM.McGill.EDU - - - - frf frf@xocolatl.com - - - - Ege Rekk aagero@aage.priv.no - - - - - - 386BSD Patch Kit Patch Contributors - - (in alphabetical order by first name): - - - - Adam Glass glass@postgres.berkeley.edu - - - - Adrian Hall adrian@ibmpcug.co.uk - - - - Andrey A. Chernov ache@astral.msk.su - - - - Andrew Herbert andrew@werple.apana.org.au - - - - Andrew Moore alm@netcom.com - - - - Andy Valencia ajv@csd.mot.com - jtk@netcom.com - - - - Arne Henrik Juul arnej@Lise.Unit.NO - - - - Bakul Shah bvs@bitblocks.com - - - - Barry Lustig barry@ictv.com - - - - Bob Wilcox bob@obiwan.uucp - - - - Branko Lankester - - - - Brett Lymn blymn@mulga.awadi.com.AU - - - - Charles Hannum mycroft@ai.mit.edu - - - - Chris G. Demetriou - cgd@postgres.berkeley.edu - - - - Chris Torek torek@ee.lbl.gov - - - - Christoph Robitschko - chmr@edvz.tu-graz.ac.at - - - - Daniel Poirot poirot@aio.jsc.nasa.gov - - - - Dave Burgess burgess@hrd769.brooks.af.mil - - - - Dave Rivers rivers@ponds.uucp - - - - David Dawes dawes@physics.su.OZ.AU - - - - David Greenman dg@Root.COM - - - - Eric J. Haug ejh@slustl.slu.edu - - - - Felix Gaehtgens - felix@escape.vsse.in-berlin.de - - - - Frank Maclachlan fpm@crash.cts.com - - - - Gary A. Browning gab10@griffcd.amdahl.com - - - - Gary Howland gary@hotlava.com - - - - Geoff Rehmet csgr@alpha.ru.ac.za - - - - Goran Hammarback goran@astro.uu.se - - - - Guido van Rooij guido@gvr.org - - - - Guy Harris guy@auspex.com - - - - Havard Eidnes - Havard.Eidnes@runit.sintef.no - - - - Herb Peyerl hpeyerl@novatel.cuc.ab.ca - - - - Holger Veit Holger.Veit@gmd.de - - - - Ishii Masahiro, R. Kym Horsell - - - - J.T. Conklin jtc@cygnus.com - - - - Jagane D Sundar jagane@netcom.com - - - - James Clark jjc@jclark.com - - - - James Jegers jimj@miller.cs.uwm.edu - - - - James W. Dolter - - - - James da Silva jds@cs.umd.edu et al - - - - Jay Fenlason hack@datacube.com - - - - Jim Wilson wilson@moria.cygnus.com - - - - Jörg Lohse - lohse@tech7.informatik.uni-hamburg.de - - - - Jörg Wunsch - joerg_wunsch@uriah.heep.sax.de - - - - John Dyson - - - - John Woods jfw@eddie.mit.edu - - - - Jordan K. Hubbard jkh@whisker.hubbard.ie - - - - Julian Elischer julian@dialix.oz.au - - - - Julian Stacey jhs@FreeBSD.org - - - - Karl Dietz Karl.Dietz@triplan.com - - - - Karl Lehenbauer karl@NeoSoft.com - karl@one.neosoft.com - - - - Keith Bostic bostic@toe.CS.Berkeley.EDU - - - - Ken Hughes - - - - Kent Talarico kent@shipwreck.tsoft.net - - - - Kevin Lahey kml%rokkaku.UUCP@mathcs.emory.edu - kml@mosquito.cis.ufl.edu - - - - Marc Frajola marc@dev.com - - - - Mark Tinguely tinguely@plains.nodak.edu - tinguely@hookie.cs.ndsu.NoDak.edu - - - - Martin Renters martin@tdc.on.ca - - - - Michael Clay mclay@weareb.org - - - - Michael Galassi nerd@percival.rain.com - - - - Mike Durkin mdurkin@tsoft.sf-bay.org - - - - Naoki Hamada nao@tom-yam.or.jp - - - - Nate Williams nate@bsd.coe.montana.edu - - - - Nick Handel nhandel@NeoSoft.com - nick@madhouse.neosoft.com - - - - Pace Willisson pace@blitz.com - - - - Paul Kranenburg pk@cs.few.eur.nl - - - - Paul Mackerras paulus@cs.anu.edu.au - - - - Paul Popelka paulp@uts.amdahl.com - - - - Peter da Silva peter@NeoSoft.com - - - - Phil Sutherland - philsuth@mycroft.dialix.oz.au - - - - Poul-Henning Kampphk@FreeBSD.org - - - - Ralf Friedl friedl@informatik.uni-kl.de - - - - Rick Macklem root@snowhite.cis.uoguelph.ca - - - - Robert D. Thrush rd@phoenix.aii.com - - - - Rodney W. Grimes rgrimes@cdrom.com - - - - Sascha Wildner swildner@channelz.GUN.de - - - - Scott Burris scott@pita.cns.ucla.edu - - - - Scott Reynolds scott@clmqt.marquette.mi.us - - - - Sean Eric Fagan sef@kithrup.com - - - - Simon J Gerraty sjg@melb.bull.oz.au - sjg@zen.void.oz.au - - - - Stephen McKay syssgm@devetir.qld.gov.au - - - - Terry Lambert terry@icarus.weber.edu - - - - Terry Lee terry@uivlsi.csl.uiuc.edu - - - - Tor Egge Tor.Egge@idi.ntnu.no - - - - Warren Toomey wkt@csadfa.cs.adfa.oz.au - - - - Wiljo Heinen wiljo@freeside.ki.open.de - - - - William Jolitz withheld - - - - Wolfgang Solfrank ws@tools.de - - - - Wolfgang Stanglmeier wolf@dentaro.GUN.de - - - - Yuval Yarom yval@cs.huji.ac.il - - - -
- - - diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/Makefile b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 588f1e0b13..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -# -# $FreeBSD$ -# -# Build the FreeBSD Developers' Handbook. -# - -MAINTAINER=murray@FreeBSD.org - -DOC?= book - -FORMATS?= html-split - -HAS_INDEX= true - -INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz -INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?= - -# Images -IMAGES= sockets/layers.eps sockets/sain.eps sockets/sainfill.eps sockets/sainlsb.eps sockets/sainmsb.eps sockets/sainserv.eps sockets/serv.eps sockets/serv2.eps sockets/slayers.eps - -# -# SRCS lists the individual SGML files that make up the document. Changes -# to any of these files will force a rebuild -# - -# SGML content -SRCS= book.sgml -SRCS+= dma/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= driverbasics/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= introduction/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= ipv6/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= isa/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= jail/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= kerneldebug/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= kobj/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= l10n/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= locking/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= pci/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= policies/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= scsi/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= secure/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= sockets/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= sound/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= sysinit/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= tools/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= usb/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= vm/chapter.sgml -SRCS+= x86/chapter.sgml - -# Entities - -DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../.. -.include "${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk" diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/book.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/book.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 5cf43b0a06..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/book.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,311 +0,0 @@ - - - -%bookinfo; - -%man; - %chapters; - %authors - %mailing-lists; - -]> - - - - FreeBSD Developers' Handbook - - The FreeBSD Documentation Project - - August 2000 - - - 2000 - 2001 - 2002 - The FreeBSD Documentation Project - - - &bookinfo.legalnotice; - - - Welcome to the Developers' Handbook. This manual is a - work in progress and is the work of many - individuals. Many sections do not yet exist and some of those - that do exist need to be updated. If you are interested in - helping with this project, send email to the &a.doc;. - - The latest version of this document is always available - from the FreeBSD World - Wide Web server. It may also be downloaded in a - variety of formats and compression options from the FreeBSD FTP - server or one of the numerous mirror - sites. - - - - - Basics - - &chap.introduction; - &chap.tools; - &chap.secure; - &chap.l10n; - &chap.policies; - - - - - Interprocess Communication - - - * Signals - - Signals, pipes, semaphores, message queues, shared memory, - ports, sockets, doors - - - - &chap.sockets; - &chap.ipv6; - - - - - Kernel - - - * History of the Unix Kernel - - Some history of the Unix/BSD kernel, system calls, how - processes work, blocking, scheduling, threads (kernel), - context switching, signals, interrupts, modules, etc. - - - - - &chap.locking; - &chap.kobj; - &chap.jail; - &chap.sysinit; - &chap.vm; - &chap.dma; - &chap.kerneldebug; - - - * UFS - - UFS, FFS, Ext2FS, JFS, inodes, buffer cache, labeling, - locking, metadata, soft-updates, LFS, portalfs, procfs, - vnodes, memory sharing, memory objects, TLBs, caching - - - - - * AFS - - AFS, NFS, SANs, etc. - - - - - * Syscons - - Syscons, tty, PCVT, serial console, screen savers, - etc. - - - - - * Compatibility Layers - - - * Linux - - Linux, SVR4, etc. - - - - - - - Device Drivers - - &chap.driverbasics; - &chap.isa; - &chap.pci; - &chap.scsi; - &chap.usb; - - - * NewBus - - This chapter will talk about the FreeBSD NewBus - architecture. - - - &chap.snd; - - - - - Architectures - - &chap.x86; - - - * Alpha - - Talk about the architectural specifics of - FreeBSD/alpha. - - Explanation of alignment errors, how to fix, how to - ignore. - - Example assembly language code for FreeBSD/alpha. - - - - * IA-64 - - Talk about the architectural specifics of - FreeBSD/ia64. - - - - - - Appendices - - - - - - - Dave - A - Patterson - - - John - L - Hennessy - - - 1998Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, - Inc. - 1-55860-428-6 - - Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc. - - Computer Organization and Design - The Hardware / Software Interface - 1-2 - - - - - - W. - Richard - Stevens - - - 1993Addison Wesley Longman, - Inc. - 0-201-56317-7 - - Addison Wesley Longman, Inc. - - Advanced Programming in the Unix Environment - 1-2 - - - - - - Marshall - Kirk - McKusick - - - Keith - Bostic - - - Michael - J - Karels - - - John - S - Quarterman - - - 1996Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, - Inc. - 0-201-54979-4 - - Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc. - - The Design and Implementation of the 4.4 BSD Operating System - 1-2 - - - - - - Aleph - One - - - Phrack 49; "Smashing the Stack for Fun and Profit" - - - - - - Chrispin - Cowan - - - Calton - Pu - - - Dave - Maier - - - StackGuard; Automatic Adaptive Detection and Prevention of - Buffer-Overflow Attacks - - - - - - Todd - Miller - - - Theo - de Raadt - - - strlcpy and strlcat -- consistent, safe string copy and - concatenation. - - - - - - - - diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/chapters.ent b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/chapters.ent deleted file mode 100644 index da3682e830..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/chapters.ent +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/driverbasics/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/driverbasics/chapter.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index b5294e63fc..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/driverbasics/chapter.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,390 +0,0 @@ - - - - Writing FreeBSD Device Drivers - - This chapter was written by &a.murray; with selections from a - variety of sources including the intro(4) manual page by - &a.joerg;. - - - Introduction - This chapter provides a brief introduction to writing device - drivers for FreeBSD. A device in this context is a term used - mostly for hardware-related stuff that belongs to the system, - like disks, printers, or a graphics display with its keyboard. - A device driver is the software component of the operating - system that controls a specific device. There are also - so-called pseudo-devices where a device driver emulates the - behavior of a device in software without any particular - underlying hardware. Device drivers can be compiled into the - system statically or loaded on demand through the dynamic kernel - linker facility `kld'. - - Most devices in a Unix-like operating system are accessed - through device-nodes, sometimes also called special files. - These files are usually located under the directory - /dev in the filesystem hierarchy. Until - devfs is fully integrated into FreeBSD, each device node must be - created statically and independent of the existence of the - associated device driver. Most device nodes on the system are - created by running MAKEDEV. - - Device drivers can roughly be broken down into two - categories; character and network device drivers. - - - - - Dynamic Kernel Linker Facility - KLD - - The kld interface allows system administrators to - dynamically add and remove functionality from a running system. - This allows device driver writers to load their new changes into - a running kernel without constantly rebooting to test - changes. - - The kld interface is used through the following - privileged commands: - - - kldload - loads a new kernel - module - kldunload - unloads a kernel - module - kldstat - lists the currently loaded - modules - - - - Skeleton Layout of a kernel module - -/* - * KLD Skeleton - * Inspired by Andrew Reiter's Daemonnews article - */ - -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/module.h> -#include <sys/systm.h> /* uprintf */ -#include <sys/errno.h> -#include <sys/param.h> /* defines used in kernel.h */ -#include <sys/kernel.h> /* types used in module initialization */ - -/* - * Load handler that deals with the loading and unloading of a KLD. - */ - -static int -skel_loader(struct module *m, int what, void *arg) -{ - int err = 0; - - switch (what) { - case MOD_LOAD: /* kldload */ - uprintf("Skeleton KLD loaded.\n"); - break; - case MOD_UNLOAD: - uprintf("Skeleton KLD unloaded.\n"); - break; - default: - err = EINVAL; - break; - } - return(err); -} - -/* Declare this module to the rest of the kernel */ - -static moduledata_t skel_mod = { - "skel", - skel_loader, - NULL -}; - -DECLARE_MODULE(skeleton, skel_mod, SI_SUB_KLD, SI_ORDER_ANY); - - - - Makefile - - FreeBSD provides a makefile include that you can use to - quickly compile your kernel addition. - - SRCS=skeleton.c -KMOD=skeleton - -.include <bsd.kmod.mk> - - Simply running make with this makefile - will create a file skeleton.ko that can - be loaded into your system by typing: -&prompt.root; kldload -v ./skeleton.ko - - - - - - Accessing a device driver - - Unix provides a common set of system calls for user - applications to use. The upper layers of the kernel dispatch - these calls to the corresponding device driver when a user - accesses a device node. The /dev/MAKEDEV - script makes most of the device nodes for your system but if you - are doing your own driver development it may be necessary to - create your own device nodes with mknod. - - - - Creating static device nodes - - The mknod command requires four - arguments to create a device node. You must specify the name - of the device node, the type of device, the major number of - the device, and the minor number of the device. - - - - Dynamic device nodes - - The device filesystem, or devfs, provides access to the - kernel's device namespace in the global filesystem namespace. - This eliminates the problems of potentially having a device - driver without a static device node, or a device node without - an installed device driver. Devfs is still a work in - progress, but it is already working quite nicely. - - - - - - Character Devices - - A character device driver is one that transfers data - directly to and from a user process. This is the most common - type of device driver and there are plenty of simple examples in - the source tree. - - This simple example pseudo-device remembers whatever values - you write to it and can then supply them back to you when you - read from it. - - /* - * Simple `echo' pseudo-device KLD - * - * Murray Stokely - */ - -#define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b)) - -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/module.h> -#include <sys/systm.h> /* uprintf */ -#include <sys/errno.h> -#include <sys/param.h> /* defines used in kernel.h */ -#include <sys/kernel.h> /* types used in module initialization */ -#include <sys/conf.h> /* cdevsw struct */ -#include <sys/uio.h> /* uio struct */ -#include <sys/malloc.h> - -#define BUFFERSIZE 256 - -/* Function prototypes */ -d_open_t echo_open; -d_close_t echo_close; -d_read_t echo_read; -d_write_t echo_write; - -/* Character device entry points */ -static struct cdevsw echo_cdevsw = { - echo_open, - echo_close, - echo_read, - echo_write, - noioctl, - nopoll, - nommap, - nostrategy, - "echo", - 33, /* reserved for lkms - /usr/src/sys/conf/majors */ - nodump, - nopsize, - D_TTY, - -1 -}; - -typedef struct s_echo { - char msg[BUFFERSIZE]; - int len; -} t_echo; - -/* vars */ -static dev_t sdev; -static int len; -static int count; -static t_echo *echomsg; - -MALLOC_DECLARE(M_ECHOBUF); -MALLOC_DEFINE(M_ECHOBUF, "echobuffer", "buffer for echo module"); - -/* - * This function acts is called by the kld[un]load(2) system calls to - * determine what actions to take when a module is loaded or unloaded. - */ - -static int -echo_loader(struct module *m, int what, void *arg) -{ - int err = 0; - - switch (what) { - case MOD_LOAD: /* kldload */ - sdev = make_dev(&echo_cdevsw, - 0, - UID_ROOT, - GID_WHEEL, - 0600, - "echo"); - /* kmalloc memory for use by this driver */ - /* malloc(256,M_ECHOBUF,M_WAITOK); */ - MALLOC(echomsg, t_echo *, sizeof(t_echo), M_ECHOBUF, M_WAITOK); - printf("Echo device loaded.\n"); - break; - case MOD_UNLOAD: - destroy_dev(sdev); - FREE(echomsg,M_ECHOBUF); - printf("Echo device unloaded.\n"); - break; - default: - err = EINVAL; - break; - } - return(err); -} - -int -echo_open(dev_t dev, int oflags, int devtype, struct proc *p) -{ - int err = 0; - - uprintf("Opened device \"echo\" successfully.\n"); - return(err); -} - -int -echo_close(dev_t dev, int fflag, int devtype, struct proc *p) -{ - uprintf("Closing device \"echo.\"\n"); - return(0); -} - -/* - * The read function just takes the buf that was saved via - * echo_write() and returns it to userland for accessing. - * uio(9) - */ - -int -echo_read(dev_t dev, struct uio *uio, int ioflag) -{ - int err = 0; - int amt; - - /* How big is this read operation? Either as big as the user wants, - or as big as the remaining data */ - amt = MIN(uio->uio_resid, (echomsg->len - uio->uio_offset > 0) ? echomsg->len - uio->uio_offset : 0); - if ((err = uiomove(echomsg->msg + uio->uio_offset,amt,uio)) != 0) { - uprintf("uiomove failed!\n"); - } - - return err; -} - -/* - * echo_write takes in a character string and saves it - * to buf for later accessing. - */ - -int -echo_write(dev_t dev, struct uio *uio, int ioflag) -{ - int err = 0; - - /* Copy the string in from user memory to kernel memory */ - err = copyin(uio->uio_iov->iov_base, echomsg->msg, MIN(uio->uio_iov->iov_len,BUFFERSIZE)); - - /* Now we need to null terminate */ - *(echomsg->msg + MIN(uio->uio_iov->iov_len,BUFFERSIZE)) = 0; - /* Record the length */ - echomsg->len = MIN(uio->uio_iov->iov_len,BUFFERSIZE); - - if (err != 0) { - uprintf("Write failed: bad address!\n"); - } - - count++; - return(err); -} - -DEV_MODULE(echo,echo_loader,NULL); - - To install this driver you will first need to make a node on - your filesystem with a command such as: - - &prompt.root; mknod /dev/echo c 33 0 - - With this driver loaded you should now be able to type - something like: - - &prompt.root; echo -n "Test Data" > /dev/echo -&prompt.root; cat /dev/echo -Test Data - - Real hardware devices in the next chapter.. - - Additional Resources - - Dynamic - Kernel Linker (KLD) Facility Programming Tutorial - - Daemonnews October 2000 - How - to Write Kernel Drivers with NEWBUS - Daemonnews July - 2000 - - - - - - Network Drivers - - Drivers for network devices do not use device nodes in order - to be accessed. Their selection is based on other decisions - made inside the kernel and instead of calling open(), use of a - network device is generally introduced by using the system call - socket(2). - - man ifnet(), loopback device, Bill Paul's drivers, - etc.. - - - - - - diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/isa/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/isa/chapter.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index f48cd1ac06..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/isa/chapter.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2483 +0,0 @@ - - - - ISA device drivers - - - - This chapter was written by &a.babkin; Modifications for the - handbook made by &a.murray;, &a.wylie;, and &a.logo;. - - - - - Synopsis - - This chapter introduces the issues relevant to writing a - driver for an ISA device. The pseudo-code presented here is - rather detailed and reminiscent of the real code but is still - only pseudo-code. It avoids the details irrelevant to the - subject of the discussion. The real-life examples can be found - in the source code of real drivers. In particular the drivers - ep and aha are good sources of information. - - - - Basic information - - A typical ISA driver would need the following include - files: - -#include <sys/module.h> -#include <sys/bus.h> -#include <machine/bus.h> -#include <machine/resource.h> -#include <sys/rman.h> - -#include <isa/isavar.h> -#include <isa/pnpvar.h> - - They describe the things specific to the ISA and generic - bus subsystem. - - The bus subsystem is implemented in an object-oriented - fashion, its main structures are accessed by associated method - functions. - - The list of bus methods implemented by an ISA driver is like - one for any other bus. For a hypothetical driver named xxx - they would be: - - - - static void xxx_isa_identify (driver_t *, - device_t); Normally used for bus drivers, not - device drivers. But for ISA devices this method may have - special use: if the device provides some device-specific - (non-PnP) way to auto-detect devices this routine may - implement it. - - - - static int xxx_isa_probe (device_t - dev); Probe for a device at a known (or PnP) - location. This routine can also accommodate device-specific - auto-detection of parameters for partially configured - devices. - - - - static int xxx_isa_attach (device_t - dev); Attach and initialize device. - - - - static int xxx_isa_detach (device_t - dev); Detach device before unloading the driver - module. - - - - static int xxx_isa_shutdown (device_t - dev); Execute shutdown of the device before - system shutdown. - - - - static int xxx_isa_suspend (device_t - dev); Suspend the device before the system goes - to the power-save state. May also abort transition to the - power-save state. - - - - static int xxx_isa_resume (device_t - dev); Resume the device activity after return - from power-save state. - - - - - xxx_isa_probe() and - xxx_isa_attach() are mandatory, the rest of - the routines are optional, depending on the device's - needs. - - The driver is linked to the system with the following set of - descriptions. - - /* table of supported bus methods */ - static device_method_t xxx_isa_methods[] = { - /* list all the bus method functions supported by the driver */ - /* omit the unsupported methods */ - DEVMETHOD(device_identify, xxx_isa_identify), - DEVMETHOD(device_probe, xxx_isa_probe), - DEVMETHOD(device_attach, xxx_isa_attach), - DEVMETHOD(device_detach, xxx_isa_detach), - DEVMETHOD(device_shutdown, xxx_isa_shutdown), - DEVMETHOD(device_suspend, xxx_isa_suspend), - DEVMETHOD(device_resume, xxx_isa_resume), - - { 0, 0 } - }; - - static driver_t xxx_isa_driver = { - "xxx", - xxx_isa_methods, - sizeof(struct xxx_softc), - }; - - - static devclass_t xxx_devclass; - - DRIVER_MODULE(xxx, isa, xxx_isa_driver, xxx_devclass, - load_function, load_argument); - - Here struct xxx_softc is a - device-specific structure that contains private driver data - and descriptors for the driver's resources. The bus code - automatically allocates one softc descriptor per device as - needed. - - If the driver is implemented as a loadable module then - load_function() is called to do - driver-specific initialization or clean-up when the driver is - loaded or unloaded and load_argument is passed as one of its - arguments. If the driver does not support dynamic loading (in - other words it must always be linked into kernel) then these - values should be set to 0 and the last definition would look - like: - - DRIVER_MODULE(xxx, isa, xxx_isa_driver, - xxx_devclass, 0, 0); - - If the driver is for a device which supports PnP then a - table of supported PnP IDs must be defined. The table - consists of a list of PnP IDs supported by this driver and - human-readable descriptions of the hardware types and models - having these IDs. It looks like: - - static struct isa_pnp_id xxx_pnp_ids[] = { - /* a line for each supported PnP ID */ - { 0x12345678, "Our device model 1234A" }, - { 0x12345679, "Our device model 1234B" }, - { 0, NULL }, /* end of table */ - }; - - If the driver does not support PnP devices it still needs - an empty PnP ID table, like: - - static struct isa_pnp_id xxx_pnp_ids[] = { - { 0, NULL }, /* end of table */ - }; - - - - - Device_t pointer - - Device_t is the pointer type for - the device structure. Here we consider only the methods - interesting from the device driver writer's standpoint. The - methods to manipulate values in the device structure - are: - - - - device_t - device_get_parent(dev) Get the parent bus of a - device. - - driver_t - device_get_driver(dev) Get pointer to its driver - structure. - - char - *device_get_name(dev) Get the driver name, such - as "xxx" for our example. - - int device_get_unit(dev) - Get the unit number (units are numbered from 0 for the - devices associated with each driver). - - char - *device_get_nameunit(dev) Get the device name - including the unit number, such as xxx0, xxx1 and so - on. - - char - *device_get_desc(dev) Get the device - description. Normally it describes the exact model of device - in human-readable form. - - device_set_desc(dev, - desc) Set the description. This makes the device - description point to the string desc which may not be - deallocated or changed after that. - - device_set_desc_copy(dev, - desc) Set the description. The description is - copied into an internal dynamically allocated buffer, so the - string desc may be changed afterwards without adverse - effects. - - void - *device_get_softc(dev) Get pointer to the device - descriptor (struct xxx_softc) - associated with this device. - - u_int32_t - device_get_flags(dev) Get the flags specified for - the device in the configuration file. - - - - A convenience function device_printf(dev, fmt, - ...) may be used to print the messages from the - device driver. It automatically prepends the unitname and - colon to the message. - - The device_t methods are implemented in the file - kern/bus_subr.c. - - - - - Configuration file and the order of identifying and probing - during auto-configuration - - The ISA devices are described in the kernel configuration file - like: - - device xxx0 at isa? port 0x300 irq 10 drq 5 - iomem 0xd0000 flags 0x1 sensitive - - The values of port, IRQ and so on are converted to the - resource values associated with the device. They are optional, - depending on the device's needs and abilities for - auto-configuration. For example, some devices do not need DRQ - at all and some allow the driver to read the IRQ setting from - the device configuration ports. If a machine has multiple ISA - buses the exact bus may be specified in the configuration - line, like isa0 or isa1, otherwise the device would be - searched for on all the ISA buses. - - sensitive is a resource requesting that this device must - be probed before all non-sensitive devices. It is supported - but does not seem to be used in any current driver. - - For legacy ISA devices in many cases the drivers are still - able to detect the configuration parameters. But each device - to be configured in the system must have a config line. If two - devices of some type are installed in the system but there is - only one configuration line for the corresponding driver, ie: - device xxx0 at isa? then only - one device will be configured. - - But for the devices supporting automatic identification by - the means of Plug-n-Play or some proprietary protocol one - configuration line is enough to configure all the devices in - the system, like the one above or just simply: - - device xxx at isa? - - If a driver supports both auto-identified and legacy - devices and both kinds are installed at once in one machine - then it is enough to describe in the config file the legacy - devices only. The auto-identified devices will be added - automatically. - - When an ISA bus is auto-configured the events happen as - follows: - - All the drivers' identify routines (including the PnP - identify routine which identifies all the PnP devices) are - called in random order. As they identify the devices they add - them to the list on the ISA bus. Normally the drivers' - identify routines associate their drivers with the new - devices. The PnP identify routine does not know about the - other drivers yet so it does not associate any with the new - devices it adds. - - The PnP devices are put to sleep using the PnP protocol to - prevent them from being probed as legacy devices. - - The probe routines of non-PnP devices marked as - sensitive are called. If probe for a device went - successfully, the attach routine is called for it. - - The probe and attach routines of all non-PNP devices are - called likewise. - - The PnP devices are brought back from the sleep state and - assigned the resources they request: I/O and memory address - ranges, IRQs and DRQs, all of them not conflicting with the - attached legacy devices. - - Then for each PnP device the probe routines of all the - present ISA drivers are called. The first one that claims the - device gets attached. It is possible that multiple drivers - would claim the device with different priority; in this case, the - highest-priority driver wins. The probe routines must call - ISA_PNP_PROBE() to compare the actual PnP - ID with the list of the IDs supported by the driver and if the - ID is not in the table return failure. That means that - absolutely every driver, even the ones not supporting any PnP - devices must call ISA_PNP_PROBE(), at - least with an empty PnP ID table to return failure on unknown - PnP devices. - - The probe routine returns a positive value (the error - code) on error, zero or negative value on success. - - The negative return values are used when a PnP device - supports multiple interfaces. For example, an older - compatibility interface and a newer advanced interface which - are supported by different drivers. Then both drivers would - detect the device. The driver which returns a higher value in - the probe routine takes precedence (in other words, the driver - returning 0 has highest precedence, returning -1 is next, - returning -2 is after it and so on). In result the devices - which support only the old interface will be handled by the - old driver (which should return -1 from the probe routine) - while the devices supporting the new interface as well will be - handled by the new driver (which should return 0 from the - probe routine). If multiple drivers return the same value then - the one called first wins. So if a driver returns value 0 it - may be sure that it won the priority arbitration. - - The device-specific identify routines can also assign not - a driver but a class of drivers to the device. Then all the - drivers in the class are probed for this device, like the case - with PnP. This feature is not implemented in any existing - driver and is not considered further in this document. - - Because the PnP devices are disabled when probing the - legacy devices they will not be attached twice (once as legacy - and once as PnP). But in case of device-dependent identify - routines it is the responsibility of the driver to make sure - that the same device will not be attached by the driver twice: - once as legacy user-configured and once as - auto-identified. - - Another practical consequence for the auto-identified - devices (both PnP and device-specific) is that the flags can - not be passed to them from the kernel configuration file. So - they must either not use the flags at all or use the flags - from the device unit 0 for all the auto-identified devices or - use the sysctl interface instead of flags. - - Other unusual configurations may be accommodated by - accessing the configuration resources directly with functions - of families resource_query_*() and - resource_*_value(). Their implementations - are located in kern/subr_bus.h. The old IDE disk driver - i386/isa/wd.c contains examples of such use. But the standard - means of configuration must always be preferred. Leave parsing - the configuration resources to the bus configuration - code. - - - - - Resources - - The information that a user enters into the kernel - configuration file is processed and passed to the kernel as - configuration resources. This information is parsed by the bus - configuration code and transformed into a value of structure - device_t and the bus resources associated with it. The drivers - may access the configuration resources directly using - functions resource_* for more complex cases of - configuration. However, generally this is neither needed nor recommended, - so this issue is not discussed further here. - - The bus resources are associated with each device. They - are identified by type and number within the type. For the ISA - bus the following types are defined: - - - - SYS_RES_IRQ - interrupt - number - - - - SYS_RES_DRQ - ISA DMA channel - number - - - - SYS_RES_MEMORY - range of - device memory mapped into the system memory space - - - - - SYS_RES_IOPORT - range of - device I/O registers - - - - The enumeration within types starts from 0, so if a device - has two memory regions it would have resources of type - SYS_RES_MEMORY numbered 0 and 1. The resource type has - nothing to do with the C language type, all the resource - values have the C language type unsigned long and must be - cast as necessary. The resource numbers do not have to be - contiguous, although for ISA they normally would be. The - permitted resource numbers for ISA devices are: - - IRQ: 0-1 - DRQ: 0-1 - MEMORY: 0-3 - IOPORT: 0-7 - - All the resources are represented as ranges, with a start - value and count. For IRQ and DRQ resources the count would - normally be equal to 1. The values for memory refer to the - physical addresses. - - Three types of activities can be performed on - resources: - - - set/get - allocate/release - activate/deactivate - - - Setting sets the range used by the resource. Allocation - reserves the requested range that no other driver would be - able to reserve it (and checking that no other driver reserved - this range already). Activation makes the resource accessible - to the driver by doing whatever is necessary for that (for - example, for memory it would be mapping into the kernel - virtual address space). - - The functions to manipulate resources are: - - - - int bus_set_resource(device_t dev, int type, - int rid, u_long start, u_long count) - - Set a range for a resource. Returns 0 if successful, - error code otherwise. Normally, this function will - return an error only if one of type, - rid, start or - count has a value that falls out of the - permitted range. - - - - dev - driver's device - - - type - type of resource, SYS_RES_* - - - rid - resource number (ID) within type - - - start, count - resource range - - - - - - int bus_get_resource(device_t dev, int type, - int rid, u_long *startp, u_long *countp) - - Get the range of resource. Returns 0 if successful, - error code if the resource is not defined yet. - - - - u_long bus_get_resource_start(device_t dev, - int type, int rid) u_long bus_get_resource_count (device_t - dev, int type, int rid) - - Convenience functions to get only the start or - count. Return 0 in case of error, so if the resource start - has 0 among the legitimate values it would be impossible - to tell if the value is 0 or an error occurred. Luckily, - no ISA resources for add-on drivers may have a start value - equal to 0. - - - - void bus_delete_resource(device_t dev, int - type, int rid) - Delete a resource, make it undefined. - - - - struct resource * - bus_alloc_resource(device_t dev, int type, int *rid, - u_long start, u_long end, u_long count, u_int - flags) - - Allocate a resource as a range of count values not - allocated by anyone else, somewhere between start and - end. Alas, alignment is not supported. If the resource - was not set yet it is automatically created. The special - values of start 0 and end ~0 (all ones) means that the - fixed values previously set by - bus_set_resource() must be used - instead: start and count as themselves and - end=(start+count), in this case if the resource was not - defined before then an error is returned. Although rid is - passed by reference it is not set anywhere by the resource - allocation code of the ISA bus. (The other buses may use a - different approach and modify it). - - - - Flags are a bitmap, the flags interesting for the caller - are: - - - - RF_ACTIVE - causes the resource - to be automatically activated after allocation. - - - - RF_SHAREABLE - resource may be - shared at the same time by multiple drivers. - - - - RF_TIMESHARE - resource may be - time-shared by multiple drivers, i.e. allocated at the - same time by many but activated only by one at any given - moment of time. - - - - Returns 0 on error. The allocated values may be - obtained from the returned handle using methods - rhand_*(). - - - int bus_release_resource(device_t dev, int - type, int rid, struct resource *r) - - - - Release the resource, r is the handle returned by - bus_alloc_resource(). Returns 0 on - success, error code otherwise. - - - - int bus_activate_resource(device_t dev, int - type, int rid, struct resource *r) - int bus_deactivate_resource(device_t dev, int - type, int rid, struct resource *r) - - - - Activate or deactivate resource. Return 0 on success, - error code otherwise. If the resource is time-shared and - currently activated by another driver then EBUSY is - returned. - - - - int bus_setup_intr(device_t dev, struct - resource *r, int flags, driver_intr_t *handler, void *arg, - void **cookiep) int - bus_teardown_intr(device_t dev, struct resource *r, void - *cookie) - - - - Associate or de-associate the interrupt handler with a - device. Return 0 on success, error code otherwise. - - - - r - the activated resource handler describing the - IRQ - flags - the interrupt priority level, one of: - - - - INTR_TYPE_TTY - terminals and - other likewise character-type devices. To mask them - use spltty(). - - - (INTR_TYPE_TTY | - INTR_TYPE_FAST) - terminal type devices - with small input buffer, critical to the data loss on - input (such as the old-fashioned serial ports). To - mask them use spltty(). - - - INTR_TYPE_BIO - block-type - devices, except those on the CAM controllers. To mask - them use splbio(). - - - INTR_TYPE_CAM - CAM (Common - Access Method) bus controllers. To mask them use - splcam(). - - - INTR_TYPE_NET - network - interface controllers. To mask them use - splimp(). - - - INTR_TYPE_MISC - - miscellaneous devices. There is no other way to mask - them than by splhigh() which - masks all interrupts. - - - - - - When an interrupt handler executes all the other - interrupts matching its priority level will be masked. The - only exception is the MISC level for which no other interrupts - are masked and which is not masked by any other - interrupt. - - - - handler - pointer to the handler - function, the type driver_intr_t is defined as void - driver_intr_t(void *) - - - arg - the argument passed to the - handler to identify this particular device. It is cast - from void* to any real type by the handler. The old - convention for the ISA interrupt handlers was to use the - unit number as argument, the new (recommended) convention - is using a pointer to the device softc structure. - - - cookie[p] - the value received - from setup() is used to identify the - handler when passed to - teardown() - - - - A number of methods are defined to operate on the resource - handlers (struct resource *). Those of interest to the device - driver writers are: - - - - u_long rman_get_start(r) u_long - rman_get_end(r) Get the start and end of - allocated resource range. - - - void *rman_get_virtual(r) Get - the virtual address of activated memory resource. - - - - - - - Bus memory mapping - - In many cases data is exchanged between the driver and the - device through the memory. Two variants are possible: - - (a) memory is located on the device card - (b) memory is the main memory of the computer - - In case (a) the driver always copies the data back and - forth between the on-card memory and the main memory as - necessary. To map the on-card memory into the kernel virtual - address space the physical address and length of the on-card - memory must be defined as a SYS_RES_MEMORY resource. That - resource can then be allocated and activated, and its virtual - address obtained using - rman_get_virtual(). The older drivers - used the function pmap_mapdev() for this - purpose, which should not be used directly any more. Now it is - one of the internal steps of resource activation. - - Most of the ISA cards will have their memory configured - for physical location somewhere in range 640KB-1MB. Some of - the ISA cards require larger memory ranges which should be - placed somewhere under 16MB (because of the 24-bit address - limitation on the ISA bus). In that case if the machine has - more memory than the start address of the device memory (in - other words, they overlap) a memory hole must be configured at - the address range used by devices. Many BIOSes allow - configuration of a memory hole of 1MB starting at 14MB or - 15MB. FreeBSD can handle the memory holes properly if the BIOS - reports them properly (this feature may be broken on old BIOSes). - - In case (b) just the address of the data is sent to - the device, and the device uses DMA to actually access the - data in the main memory. Two limitations are present: First, - ISA cards can only access memory below 16MB. Second, the - contiguous pages in virtual address space may not be - contiguous in physical address space, so the device may have - to do scatter/gather operations. The bus subsystem provides - ready solutions for some of these problems, the rest has to be - done by the drivers themselves. - - Two structures are used for DMA memory allocation, - bus_dma_tag_t and bus_dmamap_t. Tag describes the properties - required for the DMA memory. Map represents a memory block - allocated according to these properties. Multiple maps may be - associated with the same tag. - - Tags are organized into a tree-like hierarchy with - inheritance of the properties. A child tag inherits all the - requirements of its parent tag, and may make them more strict - but never more loose. - - Normally one top-level tag (with no parent) is created for - each device unit. If multiple memory areas with different - requirements are needed for each device then a tag for each of - them may be created as a child of the parent tag. - - The tags can be used to create a map in two ways. - - First, a chunk of contiguous memory conformant with the - tag requirements may be allocated (and later may be - freed). This is normally used to allocate relatively - long-living areas of memory for communication with the - device. Loading of such memory into a map is trivial: it is - always considered as one chunk in the appropriate physical - memory range. - - Second, an arbitrary area of virtual memory may be loaded - into a map. Each page of this memory will be checked for - conformance to the map requirement. If it conforms then it is - left at its original location. If it is not then a fresh - conformant bounce page is allocated and used as intermediate - storage. When writing the data from the non-conformant - original pages they will be copied to their bounce pages first - and then transferred from the bounce pages to the device. When - reading the data would go from the device to the bounce pages - and then copied to their non-conformant original pages. The - process of copying between the original and bounce pages is - called synchronization. This is normally used on a per-transfer - basis: buffer for each transfer would be loaded, transfer done - and buffer unloaded. - - The functions working on the DMA memory are: - - - - int bus_dma_tag_create(bus_dma_tag_t parent, - bus_size_t alignment, bus_size_t boundary, bus_addr_t - lowaddr, bus_addr_t highaddr, bus_dma_filter_t *filter, void - *filterarg, bus_size_t maxsize, int nsegments, bus_size_t - maxsegsz, int flags, bus_dma_tag_t *dmat) - - Create a new tag. Returns 0 on success, the error code - otherwise. - - - - parent - parent tag, or NULL to - create a top-level tag alignment - - required physical alignment of the memory area to be - allocated for this tag. Use value 1 for no specific - alignment. Applies only to the future - bus_dmamem_alloc() but not - bus_dmamap_create() calls. - - - - boundary - physical address - boundary that must not be crossed when allocating the - memory. Use value 0 for no boundary. Applies only to - the future bus_dmamem_alloc() but - not bus_dmamap_create() calls. - Must be power of 2. If the memory is planned to be used - in non-cascaded DMA mode (i.e. the DMA addresses will be - supplied not by the device itself but by the ISA DMA - controller) then the boundary must be no larger than - 64KB (64*1024) due to the limitations of the DMA - hardware. - - - - lowaddr, highaddr - the names - are slightly misleading; these values are used to limit - the permitted range of physical addresses used to - allocate the memory. The exact meaning varies depending - on the planned future use: - - - - For bus_dmamem_alloc() all - the addresses from 0 to lowaddr-1 are considered - permitted, the higher ones are forbidden. - - - - For bus_dmamap_create() all - the addresses outside the inclusive range [lowaddr; - highaddr] are considered accessible. The addresses - of pages inside the range are passed to the filter - function which decides if they are accessible. If no - filter function is supplied then all the range is - considered unaccessible. - - - - For the ISA devices the normal values (with no - filter function) are: - lowaddr = BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR_24BIT - highaddr = BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR - - - - - - - filter, filterarg - the filter - function and its argument. If NULL is passed for filter - then the whole range [lowaddr, highaddr] is considered - unaccessible when doing - bus_dmamap_create(). Otherwise the - physical address of each attempted page in range - [lowaddr; highaddr] is passed to the filter function - which decides if it is accessible. The prototype of the - filter function is: int filterfunc(void *arg, - bus_addr_t paddr). It must return 0 if the - page is accessible, non-zero otherwise. - - - - maxsize - the maximal size of - memory (in bytes) that may be allocated through this - tag. In case it is difficult to estimate or could be - arbitrarily big, the value for ISA devices would be - BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_24BIT. - - - - nsegments - maximal number of - scatter-gather segments supported by the device. If - unrestricted then the value BUS_SPACE_UNRESTRICTED - should be used. This value is recommended for the parent - tags, the actual restrictions would then be specified - for the descendant tags. Tags with nsegments equal to - BUS_SPACE_UNRESTRICTED may not be used to actually load - maps, they may be used only as parent tags. The - practical limit for nsegments seems to be about 250-300, - higher values will cause kernel stack overflow (the hardware - can not normally support that many - scatter-gather buffers anyway). - - - - maxsegsz - maximal size of a - scatter-gather segment supported by the device. The - maximal value for ISA device would be - BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_24BIT. - - - - flags - a bitmap of flags. The - only interesting flags are: - - - - BUS_DMA_ALLOCNOW - requests - to allocate all the potentially needed bounce pages - when creating the tag. - - - - BUS_DMA_ISA - mysterious - flag used only on Alpha machines. It is not defined - for the i386 machines. Probably it should be used - by all the ISA drivers for Alpha machines but it - looks like there are no such drivers yet. - - - - - - dmat - pointer to the storage - for the new tag to be returned. - - - - - - - - int bus_dma_tag_destroy(bus_dma_tag_t - dmat) - - Destroy a tag. Returns 0 on success, the error code - otherwise. - - dmat - the tag to be destroyed. - - - - - int bus_dmamem_alloc(bus_dma_tag_t dmat, - void** vaddr, int flags, bus_dmamap_t - *mapp) - - Allocate an area of contiguous memory described by the - tag. The size of memory to be allocated is tag's maxsize. - Returns 0 on success, the error code otherwise. The result - still has to be loaded by - bus_dmamap_load() before being used to get - the physical address of the memory. - - - - - - - dmat - the tag - - - - - vaddr - pointer to the storage - for the kernel virtual address of the allocated area - to be returned. - - - - - flags - a bitmap of flags. The only interesting flag is: - - - - - BUS_DMA_NOWAIT - if the - memory is not immediately available return the - error. If this flag is not set then the routine - is allowed to sleep until the memory - becomes available. - - - - - - - mapp - pointer to the storage - for the new map to be returned. - - - - - - - - void bus_dmamem_free(bus_dma_tag_t dmat, void - *vaddr, bus_dmamap_t map) - - - Free the memory allocated by - bus_dmamem_alloc(). At present, - freeing of the memory allocated with ISA restrictions is - not implemented. Because of this the recommended model - of use is to keep and re-use the allocated areas for as - long as possible. Do not lightly free some area and then - shortly allocate it again. That does not mean that - bus_dmamem_free() should not be - used at all: hopefully it will be properly implemented - soon. - - - - - dmat - the tag - - - - - vaddr - the kernel virtual - address of the memory - - - - - map - the map of the memory (as - returned from - bus_dmamem_alloc()) - - - - - - - - int bus_dmamap_create(bus_dma_tag_t dmat, int - flags, bus_dmamap_t *mapp) - - - Create a map for the tag, to be used in - bus_dmamap_load() later. Returns 0 - on success, the error code otherwise. - - - - - dmat - the tag - - - - - flags - theoretically, a bit map - of flags. But no flags are defined yet, so at present - it will be always 0. - - - - - mapp - pointer to the storage - for the new map to be returned - - - - - - - - int bus_dmamap_destroy(bus_dma_tag_t dmat, - bus_dmamap_t map) - - - Destroy a map. Returns 0 on success, the error code otherwise. - - - - - - dmat - the tag to which the map is associated - - - - - map - the map to be destroyed - - - - - - - - int bus_dmamap_load(bus_dma_tag_t dmat, - bus_dmamap_t map, void *buf, bus_size_t buflen, - bus_dmamap_callback_t *callback, void *callback_arg, int - flags) - - - Load a buffer into the map (the map must be previously - created by bus_dmamap_create() or - bus_dmamem_alloc()). All the pages - of the buffer are checked for conformance to the tag - requirements and for those not conformant the bounce - pages are allocated. An array of physical segment - descriptors is built and passed to the callback - routine. This callback routine is then expected to - handle it in some way. The number of bounce buffers in - the system is limited, so if the bounce buffers are - needed but not immediately available the request will be - queued and the callback will be called when the bounce - buffers will become available. Returns 0 if the callback - was executed immediately or EINPROGRESS if the request - was queued for future execution. In the latter case the - synchronization with queued callback routine is the - responsibility of the driver. - - - - - - dmat - the tag - - - - - map - the map - - - - - buf - kernel virtual address of - the buffer - - - - - buflen - length of the buffer - - - - - callback, - callback_arg - the callback function and - its argument - - - - - - The prototype of callback function is: - - - void callback(void *arg, bus_dma_segment_t - *seg, int nseg, int error) - - - - - - arg - the same as callback_arg - passed to bus_dmamap_load() - - - - - seg - array of the segment - descriptors - - - - - nseg - number of descriptors in - array - - - - - error - indication of the - segment number overflow: if it is set to EFBIG then - the buffer did not fit into the maximal number of - segments permitted by the tag. In this case only the - permitted number of descriptors will be in the - array. Handling of this situation is up to the - driver: depending on the desired semantics it can - either consider this an error or split the buffer in - two and handle the second part separately - - - - - - Each entry in the segments array contains the fields: - - - - - - - ds_addr - physical bus address - of the segment - - - - - ds_len - length of the segment - - - - - - - - - void bus_dmamap_unload(bus_dma_tag_t dmat, - bus_dmamap_t map) - - unload the map. - - - - - - dmat - tag - - - - - map - loaded map - - - - - - - - - void bus_dmamap_sync (bus_dma_tag_t dmat, - bus_dmamap_t map, bus_dmasync_op_t op) - - - Synchronise a loaded buffer with its bounce pages before - and after physical transfer to or from device. This is - the function that does all the necessary copying of data - between the original buffer and its mapped version. The - buffers must be synchronized both before and after doing - the transfer. - - - - - - dmat - tag - - - - - map - loaded map - - - - - op - type of synchronization - operation to perform: - - - - - - - - BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD - before - reading from device into buffer - - - - - BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD - after - reading from device into buffer - - - - - BUS_DMASYNC_PREWRITE - before - writing the buffer to device - - - - - BUS_DMASYNC_POSTWRITE - after - writing the buffer to device - - - - - - - - - As of now PREREAD and POSTWRITE are null operations but that - may change in the future, so they must not be ignored in the - driver. Synchronization is not needed for the memory - obtained from bus_dmamem_alloc(). - - - Before calling the callback function from - bus_dmamap_load() the segment array is - stored in the stack. And it gets pre-allocated for the - maximal number of segments allowed by the tag. Because of - this the practical limit for the number of segments on i386 - architecture is about 250-300 (the kernel stack is 4KB minus - the size of the user structure, size of a segment array - entry is 8 bytes, and some space must be left). Because the - array is allocated based on the maximal number this value - must not be set higher than really needed. Fortunately, for - most of hardware the maximal supported number of segments is - much lower. But if the driver wants to handle buffers with a - very large number of scatter-gather segments it should do - that in portions: load part of the buffer, transfer it to - the device, load next part of the buffer, and so on. - - - Another practical consequence is that the number of segments - may limit the size of the buffer. If all the pages in the - buffer happen to be physically non-contiguous then the - maximal supported buffer size for that fragmented case would - be (nsegments * page_size). For example, if a maximal number - of 10 segments is supported then on i386 maximal guaranteed - supported buffer size would be 40K. If a higher size is - desired then special tricks should be used in the driver. - - - If the hardware does not support scatter-gather at all or - the driver wants to support some buffer size even if it is - heavily fragmented then the solution is to allocate a - contiguous buffer in the driver and use it as intermediate - storage if the original buffer does not fit. - - - Below are the typical call sequences when using a map depend - on the use of the map. The characters -> are used to show - the flow of time. - - - For a buffer which stays practically fixed during all the - time between attachment and detachment of a device: - - bus_dmamem_alloc -> bus_dmamap_load -> ...use buffer... -> - -> bus_dmamap_unload -> bus_dmamem_free - - - For a buffer that changes frequently and is passed from - outside the driver: - - - bus_dmamap_create -> - -> bus_dmamap_load -> bus_dmamap_sync(PRE...) -> do transfer -> - -> bus_dmamap_sync(POST...) -> bus_dmamap_unload -> - ... - -> bus_dmamap_load -> bus_dmamap_sync(PRE...) -> do transfer -> - -> bus_dmamap_sync(POST...) -> bus_dmamap_unload -> - -> bus_dmamap_destroy - - - - When loading a map created by - bus_dmamem_alloc() the passed address - and size of the buffer must be the same as used in - bus_dmamem_alloc(). In this case it is - guaranteed that the whole buffer will be mapped as one - segment (so the callback may be based on this assumption) - and the request will be executed immediately (EINPROGRESS - will never be returned). All the callback needs to do in - this case is to save the physical address. - - - A typical example would be: - - - static void - alloc_callback(void *arg, bus_dma_segment_t *seg, int nseg, int error) - { - *(bus_addr_t *)arg = seg[0].ds_addr; - } - - ... - int error; - struct somedata { - .... - }; - struct somedata *vsomedata; /* virtual address */ - bus_addr_t psomedata; /* physical bus-relative address */ - bus_dma_tag_t tag_somedata; - bus_dmamap_t map_somedata; - ... - - error=bus_dma_tag_create(parent_tag, alignment, - boundary, lowaddr, highaddr, /*filter*/ NULL, /*filterarg*/ NULL, - /*maxsize*/ sizeof(struct somedata), /*nsegments*/ 1, - /*maxsegsz*/ sizeof(struct somedata), /*flags*/ 0, - &tag_somedata); - if(error) - return error; - - error = bus_dmamem_alloc(tag_somedata, &vsomedata, /* flags*/ 0, - &map_somedata); - if(error) - return error; - - bus_dmamap_load(tag_somedata, map_somedata, (void *)vsomedata, - sizeof (struct somedata), alloc_callback, - (void *) &psomedata, /*flags*/0); - - - Looks a bit long and complicated but that is the way to do - it. The practical consequence is: if multiple memory areas - are allocated always together it would be a really good idea - to combine them all into one structure and allocate as one - (if the alignment and boundary limitations permit). - - - When loading an arbitrary buffer into the map created by - bus_dmamap_create() special measures - must be taken to synchronize with the callback in case it - would be delayed. The code would look like: - - - { - int s; - int error; - - s = splsoftvm(); - error = bus_dmamap_load( - dmat, - dmamap, - buffer_ptr, - buffer_len, - callback, - /*callback_arg*/ buffer_descriptor, - /*flags*/0); - if (error == EINPROGRESS) { - /* - * Do whatever is needed to ensure synchronization - * with callback. Callback is guaranteed not to be started - * until we do splx() or tsleep(). - */ - } - splx(s); - } - - - Two possible approaches for the processing of requests are: - - - 1. If requests are completed by marking them explicitly as - done (such as the CAM requests) then it would be simpler to - put all the further processing into the callback driver - which would mark the request when it is done. Then not much - extra synchronization is needed. For the flow control - reasons it may be a good idea to freeze the request queue - until this request gets completed. - - - 2. If requests are completed when the function returns (such - as classic read or write requests on character devices) then - a synchronization flag should be set in the buffer - descriptor and tsleep() called. Later - when the callback gets called it will do its processing and - check this synchronization flag. If it is set then the - callback should issue a wakeup. In this approach the - callback function could either do all the needed processing - (just like the previous case) or simply save the segments - array in the buffer descriptor. Then after callback - completes the calling function could use this saved segments - array and do all the processing. - - - - - - - - DMA - - - The Direct Memory Access (DMA) is implemented in the ISA bus - through the DMA controller (actually, two of them but that is - an irrelevant detail). To make the early ISA devices simple - and cheap the logic of the bus control and address - generation was concentrated in the DMA controller. - Fortunately, FreeBSD provides a set of functions that mostly - hide the annoying details of the DMA controller from the - device drivers. - - - - The simplest case is for the fairly intelligent - devices. Like the bus master devices on PCI they can - generate the bus cycles and memory addresses all by - themselves. The only thing they really need from the DMA - controller is bus arbitration. So for this purpose they - pretend to be cascaded slave DMA controllers. And the only - thing needed from the system DMA controller is to enable the - cascaded mode on a DMA channel by calling the following - function when attaching the driver: - - - - void isa_dmacascade(int channel_number) - - - - All the further activity is done by programming the - device. When detaching the driver no DMA-related functions - need to be called. - - - - For the simpler devices things get more complicated. The - functions used are: - - - - - - - int isa_dma_acquire(int chanel_number) - - - Reserve a DMA channel. Returns 0 on success or EBUSY - if the channel was already reserved by this or a - different driver. Most of the ISA devices are not able - to share DMA channels anyway, so normally this - function is called when attaching a device. This - reservation was made redundant by the modern interface - of bus resources but still must be used in addition to - the latter. If not used then later, other DMA routines - will panic. - - - - - - int isa_dma_release(int chanel_number) - - - Release a previously reserved DMA channel. No - transfers must be in progress when the channel is - released (in addition the device must not try to - initiate transfer after the channel is released). - - - - - - void isa_dmainit(int chan, u_int - bouncebufsize) - - - Allocate a bounce buffer for use with the specified - channel. The requested size of the buffer can not exceed - 64KB. This bounce buffer will be automatically used - later if a transfer buffer happens to be not - physically contiguous or outside of the memory - accessible by the ISA bus or crossing the 64KB - boundary. If the transfers will be always done from - buffers which conform to these conditions (such as - those allocated by - bus_dmamem_alloc() with proper - limitations) then isa_dmainit() - does not have to be called. But it is quite convenient - to transfer arbitrary data using the DMA controller. - The bounce buffer will automatically care of the - scatter-gather issues. - - - - - - chan - channel number - - - - - bouncebufsize - size of the - bounce buffer in bytes - - - - - - - - - - void isa_dmastart(int flags, caddr_t addr, u_int - nbytes, int chan) - - - Prepare to start a DMA transfer. This function must be - called to set up the DMA controller before actually - starting transfer on the device. It checks that the - buffer is contiguous and falls into the ISA memory - range, if not then the bounce buffer is automatically - used. If bounce buffer is required but not set up by - isa_dmainit() or too small for - the requested transfer size then the system will - panic. In case of a write request with bounce buffer - the data will be automatically copied to the bounce - buffer. - - - - flags - a bitmask determining the type of operation to - be done. The direction bits B_READ and B_WRITE are mutually - exclusive. - - - - - - B_READ - read from the ISA bus into memory - - - - - B_WRITE - write from the memory to the ISA bus - - - - - B_RAW - if set then the DMA controller will remember - the buffer and after the end of transfer will - automatically re-initialize itself to repeat transfer - of the same buffer again (of course, the driver may - change the data in the buffer before initiating - another transfer in the device). If not set then the - parameters will work only for one transfer, and - isa_dmastart() will have to be - called again before initiating the next - transfer. Using B_RAW makes sense only if the bounce - buffer is not used. - - - - - - - - addr - virtual address of the buffer - - - - - nbytes - length of the buffer. Must be less or equal to - 64KB. Length of 0 is not allowed: the DMA controller will - understand it as 64KB while the kernel code will - understand it as 0 and that would cause unpredictable - effects. For channels number 4 and higher the length must - be even because these channels transfer 2 bytes at a - time. In case of an odd length the last byte will not be - transferred. - - - - - chan - channel number - - - - - - void isa_dmadone(int flags, caddr_t addr, int - nbytes, int chan) - - - Synchronize the memory after device reports that transfer - is done. If that was a read operation with a bounce buffer - then the data will be copied from the bounce buffer to the - original buffer. Arguments are the same as for - isa_dmastart(). Flag B_RAW is - permitted but it does not affect - isa_dmadone() in any way. - - - - - - int isa_dmastatus(int channel_number) - - - Returns the number of bytes left in the current transfer - to be transferred. In case the flag B_READ was set in - isa_dmastart() the number returned - will never be equal to zero. At the end of transfer it - will be automatically reset back to the length of - buffer. The normal use is to check the number of bytes - left after the device signals that the transfer is - completed. If the number of bytes is not 0 then something - probably went wrong with that transfer. - - - - - - int isa_dmastop(int channel_number) - - - Aborts the current transfer and returns the number of - bytes left untransferred. - - - - - - - xxx_isa_probe - - - - This function probes if a device is present. If the driver - supports auto-detection of some part of device configuration - (such as interrupt vector or memory address) this - auto-detection must be done in this routine. - - - - As for any other bus, if the device cannot be detected or - is detected but failed the self-test or some other problem - happened then it returns a positive value of error. The - value ENXIO must be returned if the device is not - present. Other error values may mean other conditions. Zero - or negative values mean success. Most of the drivers return - zero as success. - - - - The negative return values are used when a PnP device - supports multiple interfaces. For example, an older - compatibility interface and a newer advanced interface which - are supported by different drivers. Then both drivers would - detect the device. The driver which returns a higher value - in the probe routine takes precedence (in other words, the - driver returning 0 has highest precedence, one returning -1 - is next, one returning -2 is after it and so on). In result - the devices which support only the old interface will be - handled by the old driver (which should return -1 from the - probe routine) while the devices supporting the new - interface as well will be handled by the new driver (which - should return 0 from the probe routine). - - - - The device descriptor struct xxx_softc is allocated by the - system before calling the probe routine. If the probe - routine returns an error the descriptor will be - automatically deallocated by the system. So if a probing - error occurs the driver must make sure that all the - resources it used during probe are deallocated and that - nothing keeps the descriptor from being safely - deallocated. If the probe completes successfully the - descriptor will be preserved by the system and later passed - to the routine xxx_isa_attach(). If a - driver returns a negative value it can not be sure that it - will have the highest priority and its attach routine will - be called. So in this case it also must release all the - resources before returning and if necessary allocate them - again in the attach routine. When - xxx_isa_probe() returns 0 releasing the - resources before returning is also a good idea and a - well-behaved driver should do so. But in cases where there is - some problem with releasing the resources the driver is - allowed to keep resources between returning 0 from the probe - routine and execution of the attach routine. - - - - A typical probe routine starts with getting the device - descriptor and unit: - - - struct xxx_softc *sc = device_get_softc(dev); - int unit = device_get_unit(dev); - int pnperror; - int error = 0; - - sc->dev = dev; /* link it back */ - sc->unit = unit; - - - Then check for the PnP devices. The check is carried out by - a table containing the list of PnP IDs supported by this - driver and human-readable descriptions of the device models - corresponding to these IDs. - - - - pnperror=ISA_PNP_PROBE(device_get_parent(dev), dev, - xxx_pnp_ids); if(pnperror == ENXIO) return ENXIO; - - - - The logic of ISA_PNP_PROBE is the following: If this card - (device unit) was not detected as PnP then ENOENT will be - returned. If it was detected as PnP but its detected ID does - not match any of the IDs in the table then ENXIO is - returned. Finally, if it has PnP support and it matches on - of the IDs in the table, 0 is returned and the appropriate - description from the table is set by - device_set_desc(). - - - - If a driver supports only PnP devices then the condition - would look like: - - - if(pnperror != 0) - return pnperror; - - - No special treatment is required for the drivers which do not - support PnP because they pass an empty PnP ID table and will - always get ENXIO if called on a PnP card. - - - - The probe routine normally needs at least some minimal set - of resources, such as I/O port number to find the card and - probe it. Depending on the hardware the driver may be able - to discover the other necessary resources automatically. The - PnP devices have all the resources pre-set by the PnP - subsystem, so the driver does not need to discover them by - itself. - - - - Typically the minimal information required to get access to - the device is the I/O port number. Then some devices allow - to get the rest of information from the device configuration - registers (though not all devices do that). So first we try - to get the port start value: - - - sc->port0 = bus_get_resource_start(dev, - SYS_RES_IOPORT, 0 /*rid*/); if(sc->port0 == 0) return ENXIO; - - - - The base port address is saved in the structure softc for - future use. If it will be used very often then calling the - resource function each time would be prohibitively slow. If - we do not get a port we just return an error. Some device - drivers can instead be clever and try to probe all the - possible ports, like this: - - - - /* table of all possible base I/O port addresses for this device */ - static struct xxx_allports { - u_short port; /* port address */ - short used; /* flag: if this port is already used by some unit */ - } xxx_allports = { - { 0x300, 0 }, - { 0x320, 0 }, - { 0x340, 0 }, - { 0, 0 } /* end of table */ - }; - - ... - int port, i; - ... - - port = bus_get_resource_start(dev, SYS_RES_IOPORT, 0 /*rid*/); - if(port !=0 ) { - for(i=0; xxx_allports[i].port!=0; i++) { - if(xxx_allports[i].used || xxx_allports[i].port != port) - continue; - - /* found it */ - xxx_allports[i].used = 1; - /* do probe on a known port */ - return xxx_really_probe(dev, port); - } - return ENXIO; /* port is unknown or already used */ - } - - /* we get here only if we need to guess the port */ - for(i=0; xxx_allports[i].port!=0; i++) { - if(xxx_allports[i].used) - continue; - - /* mark as used - even if we find nothing at this port - * at least we won't probe it in future - */ - xxx_allports[i].used = 1; - - error = xxx_really_probe(dev, xxx_allports[i].port); - if(error == 0) /* found a device at that port */ - return 0; - } - /* probed all possible addresses, none worked */ - return ENXIO; - - - Of course, normally the driver's - identify() routine should be used for - such things. But there may be one valid reason why it may be - better to be done in probe(): if this - probe would drive some other sensitive device crazy. The - probe routines are ordered with consideration of the - sensitive flag: the sensitive devices get probed first and - the rest of the devices later. But the - identify() routines are called before - any probes, so they show no respect to the sensitive devices - and may upset them. - - - - Now, after we got the starting port we need to set the port - count (except for PnP devices) because the kernel does not - have this information in the configuration file. - - - - if(pnperror /* only for non-PnP devices */ - && bus_set_resource(dev, SYS_RES_IOPORT, 0, sc->port0, - XXX_PORT_COUNT)<0) - return ENXIO; - - - Finally allocate and activate a piece of port address space - (special values of start and end mean use those we set by - bus_set_resource()): - - - - sc->port0_rid = 0; - sc->port0_r = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_IOPORT, - &sc->port0_rid, - /*start*/ 0, /*end*/ ~0, /*count*/ 0, RF_ACTIVE); - - if(sc->port0_r == NULL) - return ENXIO; - - - Now having access to the port-mapped registers we can poke - the device in some way and check if it reacts like it is - expected to. If it does not then there is probably some - other device or no device at all at this address. - - - - Normally drivers do not set up the interrupt handlers until - the attach routine. Instead they do probes in the polling - mode using the DELAY() function for - timeout. The probe routine must never hang forever, all the - waits for the device must be done with timeouts. If the - device does not respond within the time it is probably broken - or misconfigured and the driver must return error. When - determining the timeout interval give the device some extra - time to be on the safe side: although - DELAY() is supposed to delay for the - same amount of time on any machine it has some margin of - error, depending on the exact CPU. - - - - If the probe routine really wants to check that the - interrupts really work it may configure and probe the - interrupts too. But that is not recommended. - - - - /* implemented in some very device-specific way */ - if(error = xxx_probe_ports(sc)) - goto bad; /* will deallocate the resources before returning */ - - - - The function xxx_probe_ports() may also - set the device description depending on the exact model of - device it discovers. But if there is only one supported - device model this can be as well done in a hardcoded way. - Of course, for the PnP devices the PnP support sets the - description from the table automatically. - - - - if(pnperror) - device_set_desc(dev, "Our device model 1234"); - - - - Then the probe routine should either discover the ranges of - all the resources by reading the device configuration - registers or make sure that they were set explicitly by the - user. We will consider it with an example of on-board - memory. The probe routine should be as non-intrusive as - possible, so allocation and check of functionality of the - rest of resources (besides the ports) would be better left - to the attach routine. - - - - The memory address may be specified in the kernel - configuration file or on some devices it may be - pre-configured in non-volatile configuration registers. If - both sources are available and different, which one should - be used? Probably if the user bothered to set the address - explicitly in the kernel configuration file they know what - they are doing and this one should take precedence. An - example of implementation could be: - - - /* try to find out the config address first */ - sc->mem0_p = bus_get_resource_start(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, 0 /*rid*/); - if(sc->mem0_p == 0) { /* nope, not specified by user */ - sc->mem0_p = xxx_read_mem0_from_device_config(sc); - - - if(sc->mem0_p == 0) - /* can't get it from device config registers either */ - goto bad; - } else { - if(xxx_set_mem0_address_on_device(sc) < 0) - goto bad; /* device does not support that address */ - } - - /* just like the port, set the memory size, - * for some devices the memory size would not be constant - * but should be read from the device configuration registers instead - * to accommodate different models of devices. Another option would - * be to let the user set the memory size as "msize" configuration - * resource which will be automatically handled by the ISA bus. - */ - if(pnperror) { /* only for non-PnP devices */ - sc->mem0_size = bus_get_resource_count(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, 0 /*rid*/); - if(sc->mem0_size == 0) /* not specified by user */ - sc->mem0_size = xxx_read_mem0_size_from_device_config(sc); - - if(sc->mem0_size == 0) { - /* suppose this is a very old model of device without - * auto-configuration features and the user gave no preference, - * so assume the minimalistic case - * (of course, the real value will vary with the driver) - */ - sc->mem0_size = 8*1024; - } - - if(xxx_set_mem0_size_on_device(sc) < 0) - goto bad; /* device does not support that size */ - - if(bus_set_resource(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, /*rid*/0, - sc->mem0_p, sc->mem0_size)<0) - goto bad; - } else { - sc->mem0_size = bus_get_resource_count(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, 0 /*rid*/); - } - - - Resources for IRQ and DRQ are easy to check by analogy. - - - - If all went well then release all the resources and return success. - - - xxx_free_resources(sc); - return 0; - - - Finally, handle the troublesome situations. All the - resources should be deallocated before returning. We make - use of the fact that before the structure softc is passed to - us it gets zeroed out, so we can find out if some resource - was allocated: then its descriptor is non-zero. - - - bad: - - xxx_free_resources(sc); - if(error) - return error; - else /* exact error is unknown */ - return ENXIO; - - - That would be all for the probe routine. Freeing of - resources is done from multiple places, so it is moved to a - function which may look like: - - -static void - xxx_free_resources(sc) - struct xxx_softc *sc; - { - /* check every resource and free if not zero */ - - /* interrupt handler */ - if(sc->intr_r) { - bus_teardown_intr(sc->dev, sc->intr_r, sc->intr_cookie); - bus_release_resource(sc->dev, SYS_RES_IRQ, sc->intr_rid, - sc->intr_r); - sc->intr_r = 0; - } - - /* all kinds of memory maps we could have allocated */ - if(sc->data_p) { - bus_dmamap_unload(sc->data_tag, sc->data_map); - sc->data_p = 0; - } - if(sc->data) { /* sc->data_map may be legitimately equal to 0 */ - /* the map will also be freed */ - bus_dmamem_free(sc->data_tag, sc->data, sc->data_map); - sc->data = 0; - } - if(sc->data_tag) { - bus_dma_tag_destroy(sc->data_tag); - sc->data_tag = 0; - } - - ... free other maps and tags if we have them ... - - if(sc->parent_tag) { - bus_dma_tag_destroy(sc->parent_tag); - sc->parent_tag = 0; - } - - /* release all the bus resources */ - if(sc->mem0_r) { - bus_release_resource(sc->dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, sc->mem0_rid, - sc->mem0_r); - sc->mem0_r = 0; - } - ... - if(sc->port0_r) { - bus_release_resource(sc->dev, SYS_RES_IOPORT, sc->port0_rid, - sc->port0_r); - sc->port0_r = 0; - } - } - - - - - xxx_isa_attach - - - The attach routine actually connects the driver to the - system if the probe routine returned success and the system - had chosen to attach that driver. If the probe routine - returned 0 then the attach routine may expect to receive the - device structure softc intact, as it was set by the probe - routine. Also if the probe routine returns 0 it may expect - that the attach routine for this device shall be called at - some point in the future. If the probe routine returns a - negative value then the driver may make none of these - assumptions. - - - The attach routine returns 0 if it completed successfully or - error code otherwise. - - - The attach routine starts just like the probe routine, - with getting some frequently used data into more accessible - variables. - - - struct xxx_softc *sc = device_get_softc(dev); - int unit = device_get_unit(dev); - int error = 0; - - Then allocate and activate all the necessary - resources. Because normally the port range will be released - before returning from probe, it has to be allocated - again. We expect that the probe routine had properly set all - the resource ranges, as well as saved them in the structure - softc. If the probe routine had left some resource allocated - then it does not need to be allocated again (which would be - considered an error). - - - sc->port0_rid = 0; - sc->port0_r = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_IOPORT, &sc->port0_rid, - /*start*/ 0, /*end*/ ~0, /*count*/ 0, RF_ACTIVE); - - if(sc->port0_r == NULL) - return ENXIO; - - /* on-board memory */ - sc->mem0_rid = 0; - sc->mem0_r = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, &sc->mem0_rid, - /*start*/ 0, /*end*/ ~0, /*count*/ 0, RF_ACTIVE); - - if(sc->mem0_r == NULL) - goto bad; - - /* get its virtual address */ - sc->mem0_v = rman_get_virtual(sc->mem0_r); - - The DMA request channel (DRQ) is allocated likewise. To - initialize it use functions of the - isa_dma*() family. For example: - - - isa_dmacascade(sc->drq0); - - The interrupt request line (IRQ) is a bit - special. Besides allocation the driver's interrupt handler - should be associated with it. Historically in the old ISA - drivers the argument passed by the system to the interrupt - handler was the device unit number. But in modern drivers - the convention suggests passing the pointer to structure - softc. The important reason is that when the structures - softc are allocated dynamically then getting the unit number - from softc is easy while getting softc from the unit number is - difficult. Also this convention makes the drivers for - different buses look more uniform and allows them to share - the code: each bus gets its own probe, attach, detach and - other bus-specific routines while the bulk of the driver - code may be shared among them. - - - - sc->intr_rid = 0; - sc->intr_r = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, &sc->intr_rid, - /*start*/ 0, /*end*/ ~0, /*count*/ 0, RF_ACTIVE); - - if(sc->intr_r == NULL) - goto bad; - - /* - * XXX_INTR_TYPE is supposed to be defined depending on the type of - * the driver, for example as INTR_TYPE_CAM for a CAM driver - */ - error = bus_setup_intr(dev, sc->intr_r, XXX_INTR_TYPE, - (driver_intr_t *) xxx_intr, (void *) sc, &sc->intr_cookie); - if(error) - goto bad; - - - - - If the device needs to make DMA to the main memory then - this memory should be allocated like described before: - - - error=bus_dma_tag_create(NULL, /*alignment*/ 4, - /*boundary*/ 0, /*lowaddr*/ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR_24BIT, - /*highaddr*/ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR, /*filter*/ NULL, /*filterarg*/ NULL, - /*maxsize*/ BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_24BIT, - /*nsegments*/ BUS_SPACE_UNRESTRICTED, - /*maxsegsz*/ BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_24BIT, /*flags*/ 0, - &sc->parent_tag); - if(error) - goto bad; - - /* many things get inherited from the parent tag - * sc->data is supposed to point to the structure with the shared data, - * for example for a ring buffer it could be: - * struct { - * u_short rd_pos; - * u_short wr_pos; - * char bf[XXX_RING_BUFFER_SIZE] - * } *data; - */ - error=bus_dma_tag_create(sc->parent_tag, 1, - 0, BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR, 0, /*filter*/ NULL, /*filterarg*/ NULL, - /*maxsize*/ sizeof(* sc->data), /*nsegments*/ 1, - /*maxsegsz*/ sizeof(* sc->data), /*flags*/ 0, - &sc->data_tag); - if(error) - goto bad; - - error = bus_dmamem_alloc(sc->data_tag, &sc->data, /* flags*/ 0, - &sc->data_map); - if(error) - goto bad; - - /* xxx_alloc_callback() just saves the physical address at - * the pointer passed as its argument, in this case &sc->data_p. - * See details in the section on bus memory mapping. - * It can be implemented like: - * - * static void - * xxx_alloc_callback(void *arg, bus_dma_segment_t *seg, - * int nseg, int error) - * { - * *(bus_addr_t *)arg = seg[0].ds_addr; - * } - */ - bus_dmamap_load(sc->data_tag, sc->data_map, (void *)sc->data, - sizeof (* sc->data), xxx_alloc_callback, (void *) &sc->data_p, - /*flags*/0); - - - After all the necessary resources are allocated the - device should be initialized. The initialization may include - testing that all the expected features are functional. - - if(xxx_initialize(sc) < 0) - goto bad; - - - The bus subsystem will automatically print on the - console the device description set by probe. But if the - driver wants to print some extra information about the - device it may do so, for example: - - - device_printf(dev, "has on-card FIFO buffer of %d bytes\n", sc->fifosize); - - - If the initialization routine experiences any problems - then printing messages about them before returning error is - also recommended. - - The final step of the attach routine is attaching the - device to its functional subsystem in the kernel. The exact - way to do it depends on the type of the driver: a character - device, a block device, a network device, a CAM SCSI bus - device and so on. - - If all went well then return success. - - error = xxx_attach_subsystem(sc); - if(error) - goto bad; - - return 0; - - Finally, handle the troublesome situations. All the - resources should be deallocated before returning an - error. We make use of the fact that before the structure - softc is passed to us it gets zeroed out, so we can find out - if some resource was allocated: then its descriptor is - non-zero. - - bad: - - xxx_free_resources(sc); - if(error) - return error; - else /* exact error is unknown */ - return ENXIO; - - That would be all for the attach routine. - - - - - - xxx_isa_detach - - - If this function is present in the driver and the driver is - compiled as a loadable module then the driver gets the - ability to be unloaded. This is an important feature if the - hardware supports hot plug. But the ISA bus does not support - hot plug, so this feature is not particularly important for - the ISA devices. The ability to unload a driver may be - useful when debugging it, but in many cases installation of - the new version of the driver would be required only after - the old version somehow wedges the system and a reboot will be - needed anyway, so the efforts spent on writing the detach - routine may not be worth it. Another argument that - unloading would allow upgrading the drivers on a production - machine seems to be mostly theoretical. Installing a new - version of a driver is a dangerous operation which should - never be performed on a production machine (and which is not - permitted when the system is running in secure mode). Still, - the detach routine may be provided for the sake of - completeness. - - - - The detach routine returns 0 if the driver was successfully - detached or the error code otherwise. - - - - The logic of detach is a mirror of the attach. The first - thing to do is to detach the driver from its kernel - subsystem. If the device is currently open then the driver - has two choices: refuse to be detached or forcibly close and - proceed with detach. The choice used depends on the ability - of the particular kernel subsystem to do a forced close and - on the preferences of the driver's author. Generally the - forced close seems to be the preferred alternative. - struct xxx_softc *sc = device_get_softc(dev); - int error; - - error = xxx_detach_subsystem(sc); - if(error) - return error; - - - Next the driver may want to reset the hardware to some - consistent state. That includes stopping any ongoing - transfers, disabling the DMA channels and interrupts to - avoid memory corruption by the device. For most of the - drivers this is exactly what the shutdown routine does, so - if it is included in the driver we can just call it. - - xxx_isa_shutdown(dev); - - - And finally release all the resources and return success. - xxx_free_resources(sc); - return 0; - - - - - - xxx_isa_shutdown - - - This routine is called when the system is about to be shut - down. It is expected to bring the hardware to some - consistent state. For most of the ISA devices no special - action is required, so the function is not really necessary - because the device will be re-initialized on reboot - anyway. But some devices have to be shut down with a special - procedure, to make sure that they will be properly detected - after soft reboot (this is especially true for many devices - with proprietary identification protocols). In any case - disabling DMA and interrupts in the device registers and - stopping any ongoing transfers is a good idea. The exact - action depends on the hardware, so we do not consider it here - in any detail. - - - - - xxx_intr - - - The interrupt handler is called when an interrupt is - received which may be from this particular device. The ISA - bus does not support interrupt sharing (except in some special - cases) so in practice if the interrupt handler is called - then the interrupt almost for sure came from its - device. Still, the interrupt handler must poll the device - registers and make sure that the interrupt was generated by - its device. If not it should just return. - - - - The old convention for the ISA drivers was getting the - device unit number as an argument. This is obsolete, and the - new drivers receive whatever argument was specified for them - in the attach routine when calling - bus_setup_intr(). By the new convention - it should be the pointer to the structure softc. So the - interrupt handler commonly starts as: - - - - static void - xxx_intr(struct xxx_softc *sc) - { - - - - - It runs at the interrupt priority level specified by the - interrupt type parameter of - bus_setup_intr(). That means that all - the other interrupts of the same type as well as all the - software interrupts are disabled. - - - - To avoid races it is commonly written as a loop: - - - - while(xxx_interrupt_pending(sc)) { - xxx_process_interrupt(sc); - xxx_acknowledge_interrupt(sc); - } - - - The interrupt handler has to acknowledge interrupt to the - device only but not to the interrupt controller, the system - takes care of the latter. - - - - diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/jail/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/jail/chapter.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 3aae2cbbed..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/jail/chapter.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,611 +0,0 @@ - - - - - Evan Sarmiento -
evms@cs.bu.edu
-
-
- - 2001 - Evan Sarmiento - -
- The Jail Subsystem - - On most UNIX systems, root has omnipotent power. This promotes - insecurity. If an attacker were to gain root on a system, he would - have every function at his fingertips. In FreeBSD there are - sysctls which dilute the power of root, in order to minimize the - damage caused by an attacker. Specifically, one of these functions - is called secure levels. Similarly, another function which is - present from FreeBSD 4.0 and onward, is a utility called - &man.jail.8;. Jail chroots an - environment and sets certain restrictions on processes which are - forked from within. For example, a jailed process cannot affect - processes outside of the jail, utilize certain system calls, or - inflict any damage on the main computer. - - Jail is becoming the new security - model. People are running potentially vulnerable servers such as - Apache, BIND, and sendmail within jails, so that if an attacker - gains root within the Jail, it is only - an annoyance, and not a devastation. This article focuses on the - internals (source code) of Jail and - Jail NG. It will also suggest - improvements upon the jail code base which are already being - worked on. If you are looking for a how-to on setting up a - Jail, I suggest you look at my other - article in Sys Admin Magazine, May 2001, entitled "Securing - FreeBSD using Jail." - - - Architecture - - - Jail consists of two realms: the - user-space program, jail, and the code implemented within the - kernel: the jail() system call and associated - restrictions. I will be discussing the user-space program and - then how jail is implemented within the kernel. - - - Userland code - - The source for the user-land jail is located in - /usr/src/usr.sbin/jail, consisting of - one file, jail.c. The program takes these - arguments: the path of the jail, hostname, ip address, and the - command to be executed. - - - Data Structures - - In jail.c, the first thing I would - note is the declaration of an important structure - struct jail j; which was included from - /usr/include/sys/jail.h. - - The definition of the jail structure is: - -/usr/include/sys/jail.h: - -struct jail { - u_int32_t version; - char *path; - char *hostname; - u_int32_t ip_number; -}; - - As you can see, there is an entry for each of the - arguments passed to the jail program, and indeed, they are - set during it's execution. - - /usr/src/usr.sbin/jail.c -j.version = 0; -j.path = argv[1]; -j.hostname = argv[2]; - - - - - Networking - - One of the arguments passed to the Jail program is an IP - address with which the jail can be accessed over the - network. Jail translates the ip address given into network - byte order and then stores it in j (the jail structure). - - /usr/src/usr.sbin/jail/jail.c: -struct in.addr in; -... -i = inet.aton(argv[3], ); -... -j.ip_number = ntohl(in.s.addr); - - The - inet_aton3 - function "interprets the specified character string as an - Internet address, placing the address into the structure - provided." The ip number node in the jail structure is set - only when the ip address placed onto the in structure by - inet aton is translated into network byte order by - ntohl(). - - - - - Jailing The Process - - Finally, the userland program jails the process, and - executes the command specified. Jail now becomes an - imprisoned process itself and forks a child process which - then executes the command given using &man.execv.3; - - /usr/src/sys/usr.sbin/jail/jail.c -i = jail(); -... -i = execv(argv[4], argv + 4); - - As you can see, the jail function is being called, and - its argument is the jail structure which has been filled - with the arguments given to the program. Finally, the - program you specify is executed. I will now discuss how Jail - is implemented within the kernel. - - - - - Kernel Space - - We will now be looking at the file - /usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c. This is - the file where the jail system call, appropriate sysctls, and - networking functions are defined. - - - sysctls - - In kern_jail.c, the following - sysctls are defined: - - /usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c: - -int jail_set_hostname_allowed = 1; -SYSCTL_INT(_jail, OID_AUTO, set_hostname_allowed, CTLFLAG_RW, - _set_hostname_allowed, 0, - "Processes in jail can set their hostnames"); - -int jail_socket_unixiproute_only = 1; -SYSCTL_INT(_jail, OID_AUTO, socket_unixiproute_only, CTLFLAG_RW, - _socket_unixiproute_only, 0, - "Processes in jail are limited to creating UNIX/IPv4/route sockets only -"); - -int jail_sysvipc_allowed = 0; -SYSCTL_INT(_jail, OID_AUTO, sysvipc_allowed, CTLFLAG_RW, - _sysvipc_allowed, 0, - "Processes in jail can use System V IPC primitives"); - - Each of these sysctls can be accessed by the user - through the sysctl program. Throughout the kernel, these - specific sysctls are recognized by their name. For example, - the name of the first sysctl is - jail.set.hostname.allowed. - - - - &man.jail.2; system call - - Like all system calls, the &man.jail.2; system call takes - two arguments, struct proc *p and - struct jail_args - *uap. p is a pointer to a proc - structure which describes the calling process. In this - context, uap is a pointer to a structure which specifies the - arguments given to &man.jail.2; from the userland program - jail.c. When I described the userland - program before, you saw that the &man.jail.2; system call was - given a jail structure as its own argument. - - /usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c: -int -jail(p, uap) - struct proc *p; - struct jail_args /* { - syscallarg(struct jail *) jail; - } */ *uap; - - Therefore, uap->jail would access the - jail structure which was passed to the system call. Next, - the system call copies the jail structure into kernel space - using the copyin() - function. copyin() takes three arguments: - the data which is to be copied into kernel space, - uap->jail, where to store it, - j and the size of the storage. The jail - structure uap->jail is copied into kernel - space and stored in another jail structure, - j. - - /usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c: -error = copyin(uap->jail, , sizeof j); - - There is another important structure defined in - jail.h. It is the prison structure - (pr). The prison structure is used - exclusively within kernel space. The &man.jail.2; system call - copies everything from the jail structure onto the prison - structure. Here is the definition of the prison structure. - - /usr/include/sys/jail.h: -struct prison { - int pr_ref; - char pr_host[MAXHOSTNAMELEN]; - u_int32_t pr_ip; - void *pr_linux; -}; - - The jail() system call then allocates memory for a - pointer to a prison structure and copies data between the two - structures. - - /usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c: - MALLOC(pr, struct prison *, sizeof *pr , M_PRISON, M_WAITOK); - bzero((caddr_t)pr, sizeof *pr); - error = copyinstr(j.hostname, pr_host]]>, sizeof pr->pr_host, 0); - if (error) - goto bail; - - Finally, the jail system call chroots the path - specified. The chroot function is given two arguments. The - first is p, which represents the calling process, the second - is a pointer to the structure chroot args. The structure - chroot args contains the path which is to be chrooted. As - you can see, the path specified in the jail structure is - copied to the chroot args structure and used. - - /usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c: -ca.path = j.path; -error = chroot(p, ); - - These next three lines in the source are very important, - as they specify how the kernel recognizes a process as - jailed. Each process on a Unix system is described by its - own proc structure. You can see the whole proc structure in - /usr/include/sys/proc.h. For example, - the p argument in any system call is actually a pointer to - that process' proc structure, as stated before. The proc - structure contains nodes which can describe the owner's - identity (p_cred), the process resource - limits (p_limit), and so on. In the - definition of the process structure, there is a pointer to a - prison structure. (p_prison). - - /usr/include/sys/proc.h: -struct proc { -... -struct prison *p_prison; -... -}; - - In kern_jail.c, the function then - copies the pr structure, which is filled with all the - information from the original jail structure, over to the - p->p_prison structure. It then does a - bitwise OR of p->p_flag with the constant - P_JAILED, meaning that the calling - process is now recognized as jailed. The parent process of - each process, forked within the jail, is the program jail - itself, as it calls the &man.jail.2; system call. When the - program is executed through execve, it inherits the - properties of its parents proc structure, therefore it has - the p->p_flag set, and the - p->p_prison structure is filled. - - /usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c -p->p.prison = pr; -p->p.flag --= P.JAILED; - - When a process is forked from a parent process, the - &man.fork.2; system call deals differently with imprisoned - processes. In the fork system call, there are two pointers - to a proc structure p1 - and p2. p1 points to - the parent's proc structure and p2 points - to the child's unfilled proc - structure. After copying all relevant data between the - structures, &man.fork.2; checks if the structure - p->p_prison is filled on - p2. If it is, it increments the - pr.ref by one, and sets the - p_flag to one on the child process. - - /usr/src/sys/kern/kern_fork.c: -if (p2->p_prison) { - p2->p_prison->pr_ref++; - p2->p_flag |= P_JAILED; -} - - - - - - - Restrictions - - Throughout the kernel there are access restrictions relating - to jailed processes. Usually, these restrictions only check if - the process is jailed, and if so, returns an error. For - example: - - if (p->p_prison) - return EPERM; - - - SysV IPC - - System V IPC is based on messages. Processes can send each - other these messages which tell them how to act. The functions - which deal with messages are: msgsys, - msgctl, msgget, - msgsend and msgrcv. - Earlier, I mentioned that there were certain sysctls you could - turn on or off in order to affect the behavior of Jail. One of - these sysctls was jail_sysvipc_allowed. On - most systems, this sysctl is set to 0. If it were set to 1, it - would defeat the whole purpose of having a jail; privleged - users from within the jail would be able to affect processes - outside of the environment. The difference between a message - and a signal is that the message only consists of the signal - number. - - /usr/src/sys/kern/sysv_msg.c: - - - &man.msgget.3;: msgget returns (and possibly - creates) a message descriptor that designates a message queue - for use in other system calls. - - &man.msgctl.3;: Using this function, a process - can query the status of a message - descriptor. - - &man.msgsnd.3;: msgsnd sends a message to a - process. - - &man.msgrcv.3;: a process receives messages using - this function - - - - In each of these system calls, there is this - conditional: - - /usr/src/sys/kern/sysv msg.c: -if (!jail.sysvipc.allowed && p->p_prison != NULL) - return (ENOSYS); - - Semaphore system calls allow processes to synchronize - execution by doing a set of operations atomically on a set of - semaphores. Basically semaphores provide another way for - processes lock resources. However, process waiting on a - semaphore, that is being used, will sleep until the resources - are relinquished. The following semaphore system calls are - blocked inside a jail: semsys, - semget, semctl and - semop. - - /usr/src/sys/kern/sysv_sem.c: - - - - &man.semctl.2;(id, num, cmd, arg): - Semctl does the specified cmd on the semaphore queue - indicated by id. - - - &man.semget.2;(key, nsems, flag): - Semget creates an array of semaphores, corresponding to - key. - - Key and flag take on the same meaning as they - do in msgget. - - &man.semop.2;(id, ops, num): - Semop does the set of semaphore operations in the array of - structures ops, to the set of semaphores identified by - id. - - - System V IPC allows for processes to share - memory. Processes can communicate directly with each other by - sharing parts of their virtual address space and then reading - and writing data stored in the shared memory. These system - calls are blocked within a jailed environment: shmdt, - shmat, oshmctl, shmctl, shmget, and - shmsys. - - /usr/src/sys/kern/sysv shm.c: - - - &man.shmctl.2;(id, cmd, buf): - shmctl does various control operations on the shared memory - region identified by id. - - &man.shmget.2;(key, size, - flag): shmget accesses or creates a shared memory - region of size bytes. - - &man.shmat.2;(id, addr, flag): - shmat attaches a shared memory region identified by id to the - address space of a process. - - &man.shmdt.2;(addr): shmdt - detaches the shared memory region previously attached at - addr. - - - - - - Sockets - - Jail treats the &man.socket.2; system call and related - lower-level socket functions in a special manner. In order to - determine whether a certain socket is allowed to be created, - it first checks to see if the sysctl - jail.socket.unixiproute.only is set. If - set, sockets are only allowed to be created if the family - specified is either PF_LOCAL, - PF_INET or - PF_ROUTE. Otherwise, it returns an - error. - - /usr/src/sys/kern/uipc_socket.c: -int socreate(dom, aso, type, proto, p) -... -register struct protosw *prp; -... -{ - if (p->p_prison && jail_socket_unixiproute_only && - prp->pr_domain->dom_family != PR_LOCAL && prp->pr_domain->dom_family != PF_INET - && prp->pr_domain->dom_family != PF_ROUTE) - return (EPROTONOSUPPORT); -... -} - - - - - Berkeley Packet Filter - - The Berkeley Packet Filter provides a raw interface to - data link layers in a protocol independent fashion. The - function bpfopen() opens an Ethernet - device. There is a conditional which disallows any jailed - processes from accessing this function. - - /usr/src/sys/net/bpf.c: -static int bpfopen(dev, flags, fmt, p) -... -{ - if (p->p_prison) - return (EPERM); -... -} - - - - - Protocols - - There are certain protocols which are very common, such as - TCP, UDP, IP and ICMP. IP and ICMP are on the same level: the - network layer 2. There are certain precautions which are - taken in order to prevent a jailed process from binding a - protocol to a certain port only if the nam - parameter is set. nam is a pointer to a sockaddr structure, - which describes the address on which to bind the service. A - more exact definition is that sockaddr "may be used as a - template for reffering to the identifying tag and length of - each address"[2]. In the function in - pcbbind, sin is a - pointer to a sockaddr.in structure, which contains the port, - address, length and domain family of the socket which is to be - bound. Basically, this disallows any processes from jail to be - able to specify the domain family. - - /usr/src/sys/kern/netinet/in_pcb.c: -int in.pcbbind(int, nam, p) -... - struct sockaddr *nam; - struct proc *p; -{ - ... - struct sockaddr.in *sin; - ... - if (nam) { - sin = (struct sockaddr.in *)nam; - ... - if (sin->sin_addr.s_addr != INADDR_ANY) - if (prison.ip(p, 0, ->sin.addr.s_addr)) - return (EINVAL); - .... - } -... -} - - You might be wondering what function - prison_ip() does. prison.ip is given three - arguments, the current process (represented by - p), any flags, and an ip address. It - returns 1 if the ip address belongs to a jail or 0 if it does - not. As you can see from the code, if it is indeed an ip - address belonging to a jail, the protcol is not allowed to - bind to a certain port. - - /usr/src/sys/kern/kern_jail.c: -int prison_ip(struct proc *p, int flag, u_int32_t *ip) { - u_int32_t tmp; - - if (!p->p_prison) - return (0); - if (flag) - tmp = *ip; - else tmp = ntohl (*ip); - - if (tmp == INADDR_ANY) { - if (flag) - *ip = p->p_prison->pr_ip; - else *ip = htonl(p->p_prison->pr_ip); - return (0); - } - - if (p->p_prison->pr_ip != tmp) - return (1); - return (0); -} - - Jailed users are not allowed to bind services to an ip - which does not belong to the jail. The restriction is also - written within the function in_pcbbind: - - /usr/src/sys/net inet/in_pcb.c - if (nam) { - ... - lport = sin->sin.port; - ... if (lport) { - ... - if (p && p->p_prison) - prison = 1; - if (prison && - prison_ip(p, 0, ->sin_addr.s_addr)) - return (EADDRNOTAVAIL); - - - - - Filesystem - - Even root users within the jail are not allowed to set any - file flags, such as immutable, append, and no unlink flags, if - the securelevel is greater than 0. - - /usr/src/sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_vnops.c: -int ufs.setattr(ap) - ... -{ - if ((cred->cr.uid == 0) && (p->prison == NULL)) { - if ((ip->i_flags - & (SF_NOUNLINK | SF_IMMUTABLE | SF_APPEND)) && - securelevel > 0) - return (EPERM); -} - - - - - - - Jail NG - - Jail NG is a "from-scratch re-implementation of Jail" by - Robert Watson, a FreeBSD committer. Some of the new features - include the ability to add processes to a jail, an improved - management tool, and per-jail sysctls. For example, you could - have sysvipc_permitted set on one jail while - another jail may be allowed to use System V IPC. You can - download the kernel patches and utilities for Jail NG from his - website at: - . - - - -
- diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/kobj/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/kobj/chapter.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index f8fd4d9851..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/kobj/chapter.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,298 +0,0 @@ - - - - Kernel Objects - - Kernel Objects, or Kobj provides an - object-oriented C programming system for the kernel. As such the - data being operated on carries the description of how to operate - on it. This allows operations to be added and removed from an - interface at run time and without breaking binary - compatibility. - - - Terminology - - - - Object - A set of data - data structure - data - allocation. - - - - Method - - An operation - function. - - - - Class - - One or more methods. - - - - Interface - - A standard set of one or more methods. - - - - - - - Kobj Operation - - Kobj works by generating descriptions of methods. Each - description holds a unique id as well as a default function. The - description's address is used to uniquely identify the method - within a class' method table. - - A class is built by creating a method table associating one - or more functions with method descriptions. Before use the class - is compiled. The compilation allocates a cache and associates it - with the class. A unique id is assigned to each method - description within the method table of the class if not already - done so by another referencing class compilation. For every - method to be used a function is generated by script to qualify - arguments and automatically reference the method description for - a lookup. The generated function looks up the method by using - the unique id associated with the method description as a hash - into the cache associated with the object's class. If the method - is not cached the generated function proceeds to use the class' - table to find the method. If the method is found then the - associated function within the class is used; otherwise, the - default function associated with the method description is - used. - - These indirections can be visualized as the - following: - - object->cache<->class - - - - - Using Kobj - - - Structures - - struct kobj_method - - - - Functions - - void kobj_class_compile(kobj_class_t cls); -void kobj_class_compile_static(kobj_class_t cls, kobj_ops_t ops); -void kobj_class_free(kobj_class_t cls); -kobj_t kobj_create(kobj_class_t cls, struct malloc_type *mtype, int mflags); -void kobj_init(kobj_t obj, kobj_class_t cls); -void kobj_delete(kobj_t obj, struct malloc_type *mtype); - - - - Macros - - KOBJ_CLASS_FIELDS -KOBJ_FIELDS -DEFINE_CLASS(name, methods, size) -KOBJMETHOD(NAME, FUNC) - - - - Headers - - <sys/param.h> -<sys/kobj.h> - - - - Creating an interface template - - The first step in using Kobj is to create an - Interface. Creating the interface involves creating a template - that the script - src/sys/kern/makeobjops.pl can use to - generate the header and code for the method declarations and - method lookup functions. - - Within this template the following keywords are used: - #include, INTERFACE, - CODE, METHOD, - STATICMETHOD, and - DEFAULT. - - The #include statement and what follows - it is copied verbatim to the head of the generated code - file. - - For example: - - #include <sys/foo.h> - - The INTERFACE keyword is used to define - the interface name. This name is concatenated with each method - name as [interface name]_[method name]. Its syntax is - INTERFACE [interface name];. - - For example: - - INTERFACE foo; - - The CODE keyword copies its arguments - verbatim into the code file. Its syntax is - CODE { [whatever] }; - - For example: - - CODE { - struct foo * foo_alloc_null(struct bar *) - { - return NULL; -} -}; - - The METHOD keyword describes a method. Its syntax is - METHOD [return type] [method name] { [object [, - arguments]] }; - - For example: - - METHOD int bar { - struct object *; - struct foo *; - struct bar; -}; - - The DEFAULT keyword may follow the - METHOD keyword. It extends the - METHOD key word to include the default - function for method. The extended syntax is - METHOD [return type] [method name] { - [object; [other arguments]] }DEFAULT [default - function]; - - For example: - - METHOD int bar { - struct object *; - struct foo *; - int bar; -} DEFAULT foo_hack; - - The STATICMETHOD keyword is used like - the METHOD keyword except the kobj data is not - at the head of the object structure so casting to kobj_t would - be incorrect. Instead STATICMETHOD relies on the Kobj data being - referenced as 'ops'. This is also useful for calling - methods directly out of a class's method table. - - Other complete examples: - - src/sys/kern/bus_if.m -src/sys/kern/device_if.m - - - - - Creating a Class - - The second step in using Kobj is to create a class. A - class consists of a name, a table of methods, and the size of - objects if Kobj's object handling facilities are used. To - create the class use the macro - DEFINE_CLASS(). To create the method - table create an array of kobj_method_t terminated by a NULL - entry. Each non-NULL entry may be created using the macro - KOBJMETHOD(). - - For example: - - DEFINE_CLASS(fooclass, foomethods, sizeof(struct foodata)); - -kobj_method_t foomethods[] = { - KOBJMETHOD(bar_doo, foo_doo), - KOBJMETHOD(bar_foo, foo_foo), - { NULL, NULL} -}; - - The class must be compiled. Depending on - the state of the system at the time that the class is to be - initialized a statically allocated cache, ops - table have to be used. This can be accomplished by - declaring a struct kobj_ops and using - kobj_class_compile_static(); otherwise, - kobj_class_compile() should be used. - - - - Creating an Object - - The third step in using Kobj involves how to define the - object. Kobj object creation routines assume that Kobj data is - at the head of an object. If this in not appropriate you will - have to allocate the object yourself and then use - kobj_init() on the Kobj portion of it; - otherwise, you may use kobj_create() to - allocate and initialize the Kobj portion of the object - automatically. kobj_init() may also be - used to change the class that an object uses. - - To integrate Kobj into the object you should use the macro - KOBJ_FIELDS. - - For example - - struct foo_data { - KOBJ_FIELDS; - foo_foo; - foo_bar; -}; - - - - Calling Methods - - The last step in using Kobj is to simply use the generated - functions to use the desired method within the object's - class. This is as simple as using the interface name and the - method name with a few modifications. The interface name - should be concatenated with the method name using a '_' - between them, all in upper case. - - For example, if the interface name was foo and the method - was bar then the call would be: - - [return value = ] FOO_BAR(object [, other parameters]); - - - - - Cleaning Up - - When an object allocated through - kobj_create() is no longer needed - kobj_delete() may be called on it, and - when a class is no longer being used - kobj_class_free() may be called on it. - - - - - diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/locking/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/locking/chapter.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 00501a8d2f..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/locking/chapter.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,333 +0,0 @@ - - - - Locking Notes - - This chapter is maintained by the FreeBSD SMP Next - Generation Project. Please direct any comments or suggestions - to its &a.smp;. - - - This document outlines the locking used in the FreeBSD kernel - to permit effective multi-processing within the kernel. Locking - can be achieved via several means. Data structures can be - protected by mutexes or &man.lockmgr.9; locks. A few variables - are protected simply by always using atomic operations to access - them. - - - Mutexes - - A mutex is simply a lock used to guarantee mutual exclusion. - Specifically, a mutex may only be owned by one entity at a time. - If another entity wishes to obtain a mutex that is already - owned, it must wait until the mutex is released. In the FreeBSD - kernel, mutexes are owned by processes. - - Mutexes may be recursively acquired, but they are intended - to be held for a short period of time. Specifically, one may - not sleep while holding a mutex. If you need to hold a lock - across a sleep, use a &man.lockmgr.9; lock. - - Each mutex has several properties of interest: - - - - Variable Name - - The name of the struct mtx variable in - the kernel source. - - - - - Logical Name - - The name of the mutex assigned to it by - mtx_init. This name is displayed in - KTR trace messages and witness errors and warnings and is - used to distinguish mutexes in the witness code. - - - - - Type - - The type of the mutex in terms of the - MTX_* flags. The meaning for each - flag is related to its meaning as documented in - &man.mutex.9;. - - - - MTX_DEF - - A sleep mutex - - - - - MTX_SPIN - - A spin mutex - - - - - MTX_COLD - - This mutex is initialized very early. Thus, it - must be declared via - MUTEX_DECLARE, and the - MTX_COLD flag must be passed to - mtx_init. - - - - - MTX_TOPHALF - - This spin mutex does not disable - interrupts. - - - - - MTX_NORECURSE - - This mutex is not allowed to recurse. - - - - - - - - Protectees - - A list of data structures or data structure members - that this entry protects. For data structure members, the - name will be in the form of - - - - - - Dependent Functions - - Functions that can only be called if this mutex is - held. - - - - - - Mutex List - - - - - Variable Name - Logical Name - Type - Protectees - Dependent Functions - - - - - - - sched_lock - sched lock - - MTX_SPIN | - MTX_COLD - - - _gmonparam, - cnt.v_swtch, - cp_time, - curpriority, - P_PROFIL XXX, - P_INMEM, - P_SINTR, - P_TIMEOUT, - P_SWAPINREQ XXX, - P_INMEN XXX), - p_prof/, - p_ru/, - statclock), - pscnt, - slpque, - itqueuebits, - itqueues, - rtqueuebits, - rtqueues, - queuebits, - queues, - idqueuebits, - idqueues, - switchtime, - - - setrunqueue, - remrunqueue, - mi_switch, - chooseproc, - schedclock, - resetpriority, - updatepri, - maybe_resched, - cpu_switch, - cpu_throw - - - - - - vm86pcb_lock - vm86pcb lock - - MTX_DEF | - MTX_COLD - - - vm86pcb - - - vm86_bioscall - - - - - - Giant - Giant - - MTX_DEF | - MTX_COLD - - nearly everything - lots - - - - - callout_lock - callout lock - - MTX_SPIN - - - callfree, - callwheel, - nextsoftcheck, - softticks, - ticks - - - - - - -
-
- - - Lock Manager Locks - - Locks that are provided via the &man.lockmgr.9; interface - are lock manager locks. These locks are reader-writer locks and - may be held by a sleeping process. - - - &man.lockmgr.9; Lock List - - - - - Variable Name - Protectees - - - - - allproc_lock - - allproc - zombproc - pidhashtbl - nextpid - - proctree_lock - - - - - -
-
- - - Atomically Protected Variables - - An atomically protected variable is a special variable that - is not protected by an explicit lock. Instead, all data - accesses to the variables use special atomic operations as - described in &man.atomic.9;. Very few variables are treated - this way, although other synchronization primitives such as - mutexes are implemented with atomically protected - variables. - - - - astpending - - - - - - - -
diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/pci/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/pci/chapter.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 15146dc9e9..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/pci/chapter.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,369 +0,0 @@ - - - - PCI Devices - - This chapter will talk about the FreeBSD mechanisms for - writing a device driver for a device on a PCI bus. - - - Probe and Attach - - Information here about how the PCI bus code iterates through - the unattached devices and see if a newly loaded kld will attach - to any of them. - -/* - * Simple KLD to play with the PCI functions. - * - * Murray Stokely - */ - -#define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b)) - -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/module.h> -#include <sys/systm.h> /* uprintf */ -#include <sys/errno.h> -#include <sys/param.h> /* defines used in kernel.h */ -#include <sys/kernel.h> /* types used in module initialization */ -#include <sys/conf.h> /* cdevsw struct */ -#include <sys/uio.h> /* uio struct */ -#include <sys/malloc.h> -#include <sys/bus.h> /* structs, prototypes for pci bus stuff */ - -#include <pci/pcivar.h> /* For get_pci macros! */ - -/* Function prototypes */ -d_open_t mypci_open; -d_close_t mypci_close; -d_read_t mypci_read; -d_write_t mypci_write; - -/* Character device entry points */ - -static struct cdevsw mypci_cdevsw = { - mypci_open, - mypci_close, - mypci_read, - mypci_write, - noioctl, - nopoll, - nommap, - nostrategy, - "mypci", - 36, /* reserved for lkms - /usr/src/sys/conf/majors */ - nodump, - nopsize, - D_TTY, - -1 -}; - -/* vars */ -static dev_t sdev; - -/* We're more interested in probe/attach than with - open/close/read/write at this point */ - -int -mypci_open(dev_t dev, int oflags, int devtype, struct proc *p) -{ - int err = 0; - - uprintf("Opened device \"mypci\" successfully.\n"); - return(err); -} - -int -mypci_close(dev_t dev, int fflag, int devtype, struct proc *p) -{ - int err=0; - - uprintf("Closing device \"mypci.\"\n"); - return(err); -} - -int -mypci_read(dev_t dev, struct uio *uio, int ioflag) -{ - int err = 0; - - uprintf("mypci read!\n"); - return err; -} - -int -mypci_write(dev_t dev, struct uio *uio, int ioflag) -{ - int err = 0; - - uprintf("mypci write!\n"); - return(err); -} - -/* PCI Support Functions */ - -/* - * Return identification string if this is device is ours. - */ -static int -mypci_probe(device_t dev) -{ - uprintf("MyPCI Probe\n" - "Vendor ID : 0x%x\n" - "Device ID : 0x%x\n",pci_get_vendor(dev),pci_get_device(dev)); - - if (pci_get_vendor(dev) == 0x11c1) { - uprintf("We've got the Winmodem, probe successful!\n"); - return 0; - } - - return ENXIO; -} - -/* Attach function is only called if the probe is successful */ - -static int -mypci_attach(device_t dev) -{ - uprintf("MyPCI Attach for : deviceID : 0x%x\n",pci_get_vendor(dev)); - sdev = make_dev(&mypci_cdevsw, - 0, - UID_ROOT, - GID_WHEEL, - 0600, - "mypci"); - uprintf("Mypci device loaded.\n"); - return ENXIO; -} - -/* Detach device. */ - -static int -mypci_detach(device_t dev) -{ - uprintf("Mypci detach!\n"); - return 0; -} - -/* Called during system shutdown after sync. */ - -static int -mypci_shutdown(device_t dev) -{ - uprintf("Mypci shutdown!\n"); - return 0; -} - -/* - * Device suspend routine. - */ -static int -mypci_suspend(device_t dev) -{ - uprintf("Mypci suspend!\n"); - return 0; -} - -/* - * Device resume routine. - */ - -static int -mypci_resume(device_t dev) -{ - uprintf("Mypci resume!\n"); - return 0; -} - -static device_method_t mypci_methods[] = { - /* Device interface */ - DEVMETHOD(device_probe, mypci_probe), - DEVMETHOD(device_attach, mypci_attach), - DEVMETHOD(device_detach, mypci_detach), - DEVMETHOD(device_shutdown, mypci_shutdown), - DEVMETHOD(device_suspend, mypci_suspend), - DEVMETHOD(device_resume, mypci_resume), - - { 0, 0 } -}; - -static driver_t mypci_driver = { - "mypci", - mypci_methods, - 0, - /* sizeof(struct mypci_softc), */ -}; - -static devclass_t mypci_devclass; - -DRIVER_MODULE(mypci, pci, mypci_driver, mypci_devclass, 0, 0); - - Additional Resources - - PCI - Special Interest Group - - PCI System Architecture, Fourth Edition by - Tom Shanley, et al. - - - - - - - Bus Resources - - FreeBSD provides an object-oriented mechanism for requesting - resources from a parent bus. Almost all devices will be a child - member of some sort of bus (PCI, ISA, USB, SCSI, etc) and these - devices need to acquire resources from their parent bus (such as - memory segments, interrupt lines, or DMA channels). - - - Base Address Registers - - To do anything particularly useful with a PCI device you - will need to obtain the Base Address - Registers (BARs) from the PCI Configuration space. - The PCI-specific details of obtaining the BAR is abstracted in - the bus_alloc_resource() function. - - For example, a typical driver might have something similar - to this in the attach() function: - - sc->bar0id = 0x10; - sc->bar0res = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, &(sc->bar0id), - 0, ~0, 1, RF_ACTIVE); - if (sc->bar0res == NULL) { - uprintf("Memory allocation of PCI base register 0 failed!\n"); - error = ENXIO; - goto fail1; - } - - sc->bar1id = 0x14; - sc->bar1res = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_MEMORY, &(sc->bar1id), - 0, ~0, 1, RF_ACTIVE); - if (sc->bar1res == NULL) { - uprintf("Memory allocation of PCI base register 1 failed!\n"); - error = ENXIO; - goto fail2; - } - sc->bar0_bt = rman_get_bustag(sc->bar0res); - sc->bar0_bh = rman_get_bushandle(sc->bar0res); - sc->bar1_bt = rman_get_bustag(sc->bar1res); - sc->bar1_bh = rman_get_bushandle(sc->bar1res); - - - - Handles for each base address register are kept in the - softc structure so that they can be - used to write to the device later. - - These handles can then be used to read or write from the - device registers with the bus_space_* - functions. For example, a driver might contain a shorthand - function to read from a board specific register like this: - -uint16_t -board_read(struct ni_softc *sc, uint16_t address) { - return bus_space_read_2(sc->bar1_bt, sc->bar1_bh, address); -} - - - Similarly, one could write to the registers with: - -void -board_write(struct ni_softc *sc, uint16_t address, uint16_t value) { - bus_space_write_2(sc->bar1_bt, sc->bar1_bh, address, value); -} - - - These functions exist in 8bit, 16bit, and 32bit versions - and you should use - bus_space_{read|write}_{1|2|4} - accordingly. - - - - Interrupts - - Interrupts are allocated from the object-oriented bus code - in a way similar to the memory resources. First an IRQ - resource must be allocated from the parent bus, and then the - interrupt handler must be setup to deal with this IRQ. - - Again, a sample from a device - attach() function says more than - words. - -/* Get the IRQ resource */ - - sc->irqid = 0x0; - sc->irqres = bus_alloc_resource(dev, SYS_RES_IRQ, &(sc->irqid), - 0, ~0, 1, RF_SHAREABLE | RF_ACTIVE); - if (sc->irqres == NULL) { - uprintf("IRQ allocation failed!\n"); - error = ENXIO; - goto fail3; - } - - /* Now we should setup the interrupt handler */ - - error = bus_setup_intr(dev, sc->irqres, INTR_TYPE_MISC, - my_handler, sc, &(sc->handler)); - if (error) { - printf("Couldn't set up irq\n"); - goto fail4; - } - - sc->irq_bt = rman_get_bustag(sc->irqres); - sc->irq_bh = rman_get_bushandle(sc->irqres); - - - - - - DMA - On the PC, peripherals that want to do bus-mastering DMA - must deal with physical addresses. This is a problem since - FreeBSD uses virtual memory and deals almost exclusively with - virtual addresses. Fortunately, there is a function, - vtophys() to help. - -#include <vm/vm.h> -#include <vm/pmap.h> - -#define vtophys(virtual_address) (...) - - - The solution is a bit different on the alpha however, and - what we really want is a function called - vtobus(). - -#if defined(__alpha__) -#define vtobus(va) alpha_XXX_dmamap((vm_offset_t)va) -#else -#define vtobus(va) vtophys(va) -#endif - - - - - - Deallocating Resources - - It is very important to deallocate all of the resources - that were allocated during attach(). - Care must be taken to deallocate the correct stuff even on a - failure condition so that the system will remain usable while - your driver dies. - - - - - diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/scsi/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/scsi/chapter.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index fa00f66106..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/scsi/chapter.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1983 +0,0 @@ - - - - Common Access Method SCSI Controllers - - This chapter was written by &a.babkin; - Modifications for the handbook made by - &a.murray;. - - - Synopsis - - This document assumes that the reader has a general - understanding of device drivers in FreeBSD and of the SCSI - protocol. Much of the information in this document was - extracted from the drivers: - - - - ncr (/sys/pci/ncr.c) by - Wolfgang Stanglmeier and Stefan Esser - - sym (/sys/pci/sym.c) by - Gerard Roudier - - aic7xxx - (/sys/dev/aic7xxx/aic7xxx.c) by Justin - T. Gibbs - - - - and from the CAM code itself (by Justing T. Gibbs, see - /sys/cam/*). When some solution looked the - most logical and was essentially verbatim extracted from the code - by Justin Gibbs, I marked it as recommended. - - The document is illustrated with examples in - pseudo-code. Although sometimes the examples have many details - and look like real code, it is still pseudo-code. It was written - to demonstrate the concepts in an understandable way. For a real - driver other approaches may be more modular and efficient. It - also abstracts from the hardware details, as well as issues that - would cloud the demonstrated concepts or that are supposed to be - described in the other chapters of the developers handbook. Such - details are commonly shown as calls to functions with descriptive - names, comments or pseudo-statements. Fortunately real life - full-size examples with all the details can be found in the real - drivers. - - - - - General architecture - - CAM stands for Common Access Method. It is a generic way to - address the I/O buses in a SCSI-like way. This allows a - separation of the generic device drivers from the drivers - controlling the I/O bus: for example the disk driver becomes able - to control disks on both SCSI, IDE, and/or any other bus so the - disk driver portion does not have to be rewritten (or copied and - modified) for every new I/O bus. Thus the two most important - active entities are: - - - Peripheral Modules - a - driver for peripheral devices (disk, tape, CDROM, - etc.) - SCSI Interface Modules (SIM) - - a Host Bus Adapter drivers for connecting to an I/O bus such - as SCSI or IDE. - - - A peripheral driver receives requests from the OS, converts - them to a sequence of SCSI commands and passes these SCSI - commands to a SCSI Interface Module. The SCSI Interface Module - is responsible for passing these commands to the actual hardware - (or if the actual hardware is not SCSI but, for example, IDE - then also converting the SCSI commands to the native commands of - the hardware). - - Because we are interested in writing a SCSI adapter driver - here, from this point on we will consider everything from the - SIM standpoint. - - A typical SIM driver needs to include the following - CAM-related header files: - -#include <cam/cam.h> -#include <cam/cam_ccb.h> -#include <cam/cam_sim.h> -#include <cam/cam_xpt_sim.h> -#include <cam/cam_debug.h> -#include <cam/scsi/scsi_all.h> - - The first thing each SIM driver must do is register itself - with the CAM subsystem. This is done during the driver's - xxx_attach() function (here and further - xxx_ is used to denote the unique driver name prefix). The - xxx_attach() function itself is called by - the system bus auto-configuration code which we do not describe - here. - - This is achieved in multiple steps: first it is necessary to - allocate the queue of requests associated with this SIM: - - struct cam_devq *devq; - - if(( devq = cam_simq_alloc(SIZE) )==NULL) { - error; /* some code to handle the error */ - } - - Here SIZE is the size of the queue to be allocated, maximal - number of requests it could contain. It is the number of requests - that the SIM driver can handle in parallel on one SCSI - card. Commonly it can be calculated as: - -SIZE = NUMBER_OF_SUPPORTED_TARGETS * MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_COMMANDS_PER_TARGET - - Next we create a descriptor of our SIM: - - struct cam_sim *sim; - - if(( sim = cam_sim_alloc(action_func, poll_func, driver_name, - softc, unit, max_dev_transactions, - max_tagged_dev_transactions, devq) )==NULL) { - cam_simq_free(devq); - error; /* some code to handle the error */ - } - - Note that if we are not able to create a SIM descriptor we - free the devq also because we can do - nothing else with it and we want to conserve memory. - - If a SCSI card has multiple SCSI buses on it then each bus - requires its own cam_sim - structure. - - An interesting question is what to do if a SCSI card has - more than one SCSI bus, do we need one - devq structure per card or per SCSI - bus? The answer given in the comments to the CAM code is: - either way, as the driver's author prefers. - - The arguments are: - - - action_func - pointer to - the driver's xxx_action function. - - static void - xxx_action - - - struct cam_sim *sim, - union ccb *ccb - - - - - poll_func - pointer to - the driver's xxx_poll() - - static void - xxx_poll - - - struct cam_sim *sim - - - - - driver_name - the name of the actual driver, - such as ncr or wds. - - softc - pointer to the - driver's internal descriptor for this SCSI card. This - pointer will be used by the driver in future to get private - data. - - unit - the controller unit number, for example - for controller wds0 this number will be - 0 - - max_dev_transactions - maximal number of - simultaneous transactions per SCSI target in the non-tagged - mode. This value will be almost universally equal to 1, with - possible exceptions only for the non-SCSI cards. Also the - drivers that hope to take advantage by preparing one - transaction while another one is executed may set it to 2 - but this does not seem to be worth the - complexity. - - max_tagged_dev_transactions - the same thing, - but in the tagged mode. Tags are the SCSI way to initiate - multiple transactions on a device: each transaction is - assigned a unique tag and the transaction is sent to the - device. When the device completes some transaction it sends - back the result together with the tag so that the SCSI - adapter (and the driver) can tell which transaction was - completed. This argument is also known as the maximal tag - depth. It depends on the abilities of the SCSI - adapter. - - - - Finally we register the SCSI buses associated with our SCSI - adapter: - - if(xpt_bus_register(sim, bus_number) != CAM_SUCCESS) { - cam_sim_free(sim, /*free_devq*/ TRUE); - error; /* some code to handle the error */ - } - - If there is one devq structure per - SCSI bus (i.e. we consider a card with multiple buses as - multiple cards with one bus each) then the bus number will - always be 0, otherwise each bus on the SCSI card should be get a - distinct number. Each bus needs its own separate structure - cam_sim. - - After that our controller is completely hooked to the CAM - system. The value of devq can be - discarded now: sim will be passed as an argument in all further - calls from CAM and devq can be derived from it. - - CAM provides the framework for such asynchronous - events. Some events originate from the lower levels (the SIM - drivers), some events originate from the peripheral drivers, - some events originate from the CAM subsystem itself. Any driver - can register callbacks for some types of the asynchronous - events, so that it would be notified if these events - occur. - - A typical example of such an event is a device reset. Each - transaction and event identifies the devices to which it applies - by the means of path. The target-specific events normally - occur during a transaction with this device. So the path from - that transaction may be re-used to report this event (this is - safe because the event path is copied in the event reporting - routine but not deallocated nor passed anywhere further). Also - it is safe to allocate paths dynamically at any time including - the interrupt routines, although that incurs certain overhead, - and a possible problem with this approach is that there may be - no free memory at that time. For a bus reset event we need to - define a wildcard path including all devices on the bus. So we - can create the path for the future bus reset events in advance - and avoid problems with the future memory shortage: - - struct cam_path *path; - - if(xpt_create_path(&path, /*periph*/NULL, - cam_sim_path(sim), CAM_TARGET_WILDCARD, - CAM_LUN_WILDCARD) != CAM_REQ_CMP) { - xpt_bus_deregister(cam_sim_path(sim)); - cam_sim_free(sim, /*free_devq*/TRUE); - error; /* some code to handle the error */ - } - - softc->wpath = path; - softc->sim = sim; - - As you can see the path includes: - - - ID of the peripheral driver (NULL here because we have - none) - - ID of the SIM driver - (cam_sim_path(sim)) - - SCSI target number of the device (CAM_TARGET_WILDCARD - means all devices) - - SCSI LUN number of the subdevice (CAM_LUN_WILDCARD means - all LUNs) - - - If the driver can not allocate this path it will not be able to - work normally, so in that case we dismantle that SCSI - bus. - - And we save the path pointer in the - softc structure for future use. After - that we save the value of sim (or we can also discard it on the - exit from xxx_probe() if we wish). - - That is all for a minimalistic initialization. To do things - right there is one more issue left. - - For a SIM driver there is one particularly interesting - event: when a target device is considered lost. In this case - resetting the SCSI negotiations with this device may be a good - idea. So we register a callback for this event with CAM. The - request is passed to CAM by requesting CAM action on a CAM - control block for this type of request: - - struct ccb_setasync csa; - - xpt_setup_ccb(&csa.ccb_h, path, /*priority*/5); - csa.ccb_h.func_code = XPT_SASYNC_CB; - csa.event_enable = AC_LOST_DEVICE; - csa.callback = xxx_async; - csa.callback_arg = sim; - xpt_action((union ccb *)&csa); - - Now we take a look at the xxx_action() - and xxx_poll() driver entry points. - - - - static void - xxx_action - - - struct cam_sim *sim, - union ccb *ccb - - - - - Do some action on request of the CAM subsystem. Sim - describes the SIM for the request, CCB is the request - itself. CCB stands for CAM Control Block. It is a union of - many specific instances, each describing arguments for some type - of transactions. All of these instances share the CCB header - where the common part of arguments is stored. - - CAM supports the SCSI controllers working in both initiator - (normal) mode and target (simulating a SCSI device) mode. Here - we only consider the part relevant to the initiator mode. - - There are a few function and macros (in other words, - methods) defined to access the public data in the struct sim: - - - cam_sim_path(sim) - the - path ID (see above) - - cam_sim_name(sim) - the - name of the sim - - cam_sim_softc(sim) - the - pointer to the softc (driver private data) - structure - - cam_sim_unit(sim) - the - unit number - - cam_sim_bus(sim) - the bus - ID - - - To identify the device, xxx_action() can - get the unit number and pointer to its structure softc using - these functions. - - The type of request is stored in - ccb->ccb_h.func_code. So generally - xxx_action() consists of a big - switch: - - struct xxx_softc *softc = (struct xxx_softc *) cam_sim_softc(sim); - struct ccb_hdr *ccb_h = &ccb->ccb_h; - int unit = cam_sim_unit(sim); - int bus = cam_sim_bus(sim); - - switch(ccb_h->func_code) { - case ...: - ... - default: - ccb_h->status = CAM_REQ_INVALID; - xpt_done(ccb); - break; - } - - As can be seen from the default case (if an unknown command - was received) the return code of the command is set into - ccb->ccb_h.status and the completed - CCB is returned back to CAM by calling - xpt_done(ccb). - - xpt_done() does not have to be called - from xxx_action(): For example an I/O - request may be enqueued inside the SIM driver and/or its SCSI - controller. Then when the device would post an interrupt - signaling that the processing of this request is complete - xpt_done() may be called from the interrupt - handling routine. - - Actually, the CCB status is not only assigned as a return - code but a CCB has some status all the time. Before CCB is - passed to the xxx_action() routine it gets - the status CCB_REQ_INPROG meaning that it is in progress. There - are a surprising number of status values defined in - /sys/cam/cam.h which should be able to - represent the status of a request in great detail. More - interesting yet, the status is in fact a bitwise or of an - enumerated status value (the lower 6 bits) and possible - additional flag-like bits (the upper bits). The enumerated - values will be discussed later in more detail. The summary of - them can be found in the Errors Summary section. The possible - status flags are: - - - - CAM_DEV_QFRZN - if the - SIM driver gets a serious error (for example, the device does - not respond to the selection or breaks the SCSI protocol) when - processing a CCB it should freeze the request queue by calling - xpt_freeze_simq(), return the other - enqueued but not processed yet CCBs for this device back to - the CAM queue, then set this flag for the troublesome CCB and - call xpt_done(). This flag causes the CAM - subsystem to unfreeze the queue after it handles the - error. - - CAM_AUTOSNS_VALID - if - the device returned an error condition and the flag - CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE is not set in CCB the SIM driver must - execute the REQUEST SENSE command automatically to extract the - sense (extended error information) data from the device. If - this attempt was successful the sense data should be saved in - the CCB and this flag set. - - CAM_RELEASE_SIMQ - like - CAM_DEV_QFRZN but used in case there is some problem (or - resource shortage) with the SCSI controller itself. Then all - the future requests to the controller should be stopped by - xpt_freeze_simq(). The controller queue - will be restarted after the SIM driver overcomes the shortage - and informs CAM by returning some CCB with this flag - set. - - CAM_SIM_QUEUED - when SIM - puts a CCB into its request queue this flag should be set (and - removed when this CCB gets dequeued before being returned back - to CAM). This flag is not used anywhere in the CAM code now, - so its purpose is purely diagnostic. - - - - The function xxx_action() is not - allowed to sleep, so all the synchronization for resource access - must be done using SIM or device queue freezing. Besides the - aforementioned flags the CAM subsystem provides functions - xpt_release_simq() and - xpt_release_devq() to unfreeze the queues - directly, without passing a CCB to CAM. - - The CCB header contains the following fields: - - - - path - path ID for the - request - - target_id - target device - ID for the request - - target_lun - LUN ID of - the target device - - timeout - timeout - interval for this command, in milliseconds - - timeout_ch - a - convenience place for the SIM driver to store the timeout handle - (the CAM subsystem itself does not make any assumptions about - it) - - flags - various bits of - information about the request spriv_ptr0, spriv_ptr1 - fields - reserved for private use by the SIM driver (such as linking to - the SIM queues or SIM private control blocks); actually, they - exist as unions: spriv_ptr0 and spriv_ptr1 have the type (void - *), spriv_field0 and spriv_field1 have the type unsigned long, - sim_priv.entries[0].bytes and sim_priv.entries[1].bytes are byte - arrays of the size consistent with the other incarnations of the - union and sim_priv.bytes is one array, twice - bigger. - - - - The recommended way of using the SIM private fields of CCB - is to define some meaningful names for them and use these - meaningful names in the driver, like: - -#define ccb_some_meaningful_name sim_priv.entries[0].bytes -#define ccb_hcb spriv_ptr1 /* for hardware control block */ - - The most common initiator mode requests are: - - XPT_SCSI_IO - execute an - I/O transaction - - The instance struct ccb_scsiio csio of the union ccb is - used to transfer the arguments. They are: - - - cdb_io - pointer to - the SCSI command buffer or the buffer - itself - - cdb_len - SCSI - command length - - data_ptr - pointer to - the data buffer (gets a bit complicated if scatter/gather is - used) - - dxfer_len - length of - the data to transfer - - sglist_cnt - counter - of the scatter/gather segments - - scsi_status - place - to return the SCSI status - - sense_data - buffer - for the SCSI sense information if the command returns an - error (the SIM driver is supposed to run the REQUEST SENSE - command automatically in this case if the CCB flag - CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE is not set) - - sense_len - the - length of that buffer (if it happens to be higher than size - of sense_data the SIM driver must silently assume the - smaller value) resid, sense_resid - if the transfer of data - or SCSI sense returned an error these are the returned - counters of the residual (not transferred) data. They do not - seem to be especially meaningful, so in a case when they are - difficult to compute (say, counting bytes in the SCSI - controller's FIFO buffer) an approximate value will do as - well. For a successfully completed transfer they must be set - to zero. - - tag_action - the kind - of tag to use: - - - CAM_TAG_ACTION_NONE - do not use tags for this - transaction - MSG_SIMPLE_Q_TAG, MSG_HEAD_OF_Q_TAG, - MSG_ORDERED_Q_TAG - value equal to the appropriate tag - message (see /sys/cam/scsi/scsi_message.h); this gives only - the tag type, the SIM driver must assign the tag value - itself - - - - - - - The general logic of handling this request is the - following: - - The first thing to do is to check for possible races, to - make sure that the command did not get aborted when it was - sitting in the queue: - - struct ccb_scsiio *csio = &ccb->csio; - - if ((ccb_h->status & CAM_STATUS_MASK) != CAM_REQ_INPROG) { - xpt_done(ccb); - return; - } - - Also we check that the device is supported at all by our - controller: - - if(ccb_h->target_id > OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_TARGET_ID - || cch_h->target_id == OUR_SCSI_CONTROLLERS_OWN_ID) { - ccb_h->status = CAM_TID_INVALID; - xpt_done(ccb); - return; - } - if(ccb_h->target_lun > OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_LUN) { - ccb_h->status = CAM_LUN_INVALID; - xpt_done(ccb); - return; - } - - Then allocate whatever data structures (such as - card-dependent hardware control block) we need to process this - request. If we ca not then freeze the SIM queue and remember - that we have a pending operation, return the CCB back and ask - CAM to re-queue it. Later when the resources become available - the SIM queue must be unfrozen by returning a ccb with the - CAM_SIMQ_RELEASE bit set in its status. Otherwise, if all went - well, link the CCB with the hardware control block (HCB) and - mark it as queued. - - struct xxx_hcb *hcb = allocate_hcb(softc, unit, bus); - - if(hcb == NULL) { - softc->flags |= RESOURCE_SHORTAGE; - xpt_freeze_simq(sim, /*count*/1); - ccb_h->status = CAM_REQUEUE_REQ; - xpt_done(ccb); - return; - } - - hcb->ccb = ccb; ccb_h->ccb_hcb = (void *)hcb; - ccb_h->status |= CAM_SIM_QUEUED; - - Extract the target data from CCB into the hardware control - block. Check if we are asked to assign a tag and if yes then - generate an unique tag and build the SCSI tag messages. The - SIM driver is also responsible for negotiations with the - devices to set the maximal mutually supported bus width, - synchronous rate and offset. - - hcb->target = ccb_h->target_id; hcb->lun = ccb_h->target_lun; - generate_identify_message(hcb); - if( ccb_h->tag_action != CAM_TAG_ACTION_NONE ) - generate_unique_tag_message(hcb, ccb_h->tag_action); - if( !target_negotiated(hcb) ) - generate_negotiation_messages(hcb); - - Then set up the SCSI command. The command storage may be - specified in the CCB in many interesting ways, specified by - the CCB flags. The command buffer can be contained in CCB or - pointed to, in the latter case the pointer may be physical or - virtual. Since the hardware commonly needs physical address we - always convert the address to the physical one. - - A NOT-QUITE RELATED NOTE: Normally this is done by a call - to vtophys(), but for the PCI device (which account for most - of the SCSI controllers now) drivers' portability to the Alpha - architecture the conversion must be done by vtobus() instead - due to special Alpha quirks. [IMHO it would be much better to - have two separate functions, vtop() and ptobus() then vtobus() - would be a simple superposition of them.] In case if a - physical address is requested it is OK to return the CCB with - the status CAM_REQ_INVALID, the current drivers do that. But - it is also possible to compile the Alpha-specific piece of - code, as in this example (there should be a more direct way to - do that, without conditional compilation in the drivers). If - necessary a physical address can be also converted or mapped - back to a virtual address but with big pain, so we do not do - that. - - if(ccb_h->flags & CAM_CDB_POINTER) { - /* CDB is a pointer */ - if(!(ccb_h->flags & CAM_CDB_PHYS)) { - /* CDB pointer is virtual */ - hcb->cmd = vtobus(csio->cdb_io.cdb_ptr); - } else { - /* CDB pointer is physical */ -#if defined(__alpha__) - hcb->cmd = csio->cdb_io.cdb_ptr | alpha_XXX_dmamap_or ; -#else - hcb->cmd = csio->cdb_io.cdb_ptr ; -#endif - } - } else { - /* CDB is in the ccb (buffer) */ - hcb->cmd = vtobus(csio->cdb_io.cdb_bytes); - } - hcb->cmdlen = csio->cdb_len; - - Now it is time to set up the data. Again, the data storage - may be specified in the CCB in many interesting ways, - specified by the CCB flags. First we get the direction of the - data transfer. The simplest case is if there is no data to - transfer: - - int dir = (ccb_h->flags & CAM_DIR_MASK); - - if (dir == CAM_DIR_NONE) - goto end_data; - - Then we check if the data is in one chunk or in a - scatter-gather list, and the addresses are physical or - virtual. The SCSI controller may be able to handle only a - limited number of chunks of limited length. If the request - hits this limitation we return an error. We use a special - function to return the CCB to handle in one place the HCB - resource shortages. The functions to add chunks are - driver-dependent, and here we leave them without detailed - implementation. See description of the SCSI command (CDB) - handling for the details on the address-translation issues. - If some variation is too difficult or impossible to implement - with a particular card it is OK to return the status - CAM_REQ_INVALID. Actually, it seems like the scatter-gather - ability is not used anywhere in the CAM code now. But at least - the case for a single non-scattered virtual buffer must be - implemented, it is actively used by CAM. - - int rv; - - initialize_hcb_for_data(hcb); - - if((!(ccb_h->flags & CAM_SCATTER_VALID)) { - /* single buffer */ - if(!(ccb_h->flags & CAM_DATA_PHYS)) { - rv = add_virtual_chunk(hcb, csio->data_ptr, csio->dxfer_len, dir); - } - } else { - rv = add_physical_chunk(hcb, csio->data_ptr, csio->dxfer_len, dir); - } - } else { - int i; - struct bus_dma_segment *segs; - segs = (struct bus_dma_segment *)csio->data_ptr; - - if ((ccb_h->flags & CAM_SG_LIST_PHYS) != 0) { - /* The SG list pointer is physical */ - rv = setup_hcb_for_physical_sg_list(hcb, segs, csio->sglist_cnt); - } else if (!(ccb_h->flags & CAM_DATA_PHYS)) { - /* SG buffer pointers are virtual */ - for (i = 0; i < csio->sglist_cnt; i++) { - rv = add_virtual_chunk(hcb, segs[i].ds_addr, - segs[i].ds_len, dir); - if (rv != CAM_REQ_CMP) - break; - } - } else { - /* SG buffer pointers are physical */ - for (i = 0; i < csio->sglist_cnt; i++) { - rv = add_physical_chunk(hcb, segs[i].ds_addr, - segs[i].ds_len, dir); - if (rv != CAM_REQ_CMP) - break; - } - } - } - if(rv != CAM_REQ_CMP) { - /* we expect that add_*_chunk() functions return CAM_REQ_CMP - * if they added a chunk successfully, CAM_REQ_TOO_BIG if - * the request is too big (too many bytes or too many chunks), - * CAM_REQ_INVALID in case of other troubles - */ - free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, ccb, rv); - return; - } - end_data: - - If disconnection is disabled for this CCB we pass this - information to the hcb: - - if(ccb_h->flags & CAM_DIS_DISCONNECT) - hcb_disable_disconnect(hcb); - - If the controller is able to run REQUEST SENSE command all - by itself then the value of the flag CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE should - also be passed to it, to prevent automatic REQUEST SENSE if the - CAM subsystem does not want it. - - The only thing left is to set up the timeout, pass our hcb - to the hardware and return, the rest will be done by the - interrupt handler (or timeout handler). - - ccb_h->timeout_ch = timeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb, - (ccb_h->timeout * hz) / 1000); /* convert milliseconds to ticks */ - put_hcb_into_hardware_queue(hcb); - return; - - And here is a possible implementation of the function - returning CCB: - - static void - free_hcb_and_ccb_done(struct xxx_hcb *hcb, union ccb *ccb, u_int32_t status) - { - struct xxx_softc *softc = hcb->softc; - - ccb->ccb_h.ccb_hcb = 0; - if(hcb != NULL) { - untimeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb, ccb->ccb_h.timeout_ch); - /* we're about to free a hcb, so the shortage has ended */ - if(softc->flags & RESOURCE_SHORTAGE) { - softc->flags &= ~RESOURCE_SHORTAGE; - status |= CAM_RELEASE_SIMQ; - } - free_hcb(hcb); /* also removes hcb from any internal lists */ - } - ccb->ccb_h.status = status | - (ccb->ccb_h.status & ~(CAM_STATUS_MASK|CAM_SIM_QUEUED)); - xpt_done(ccb); - } - - - XPT_RESET_DEV - send the SCSI BUS - DEVICE RESET message to a device - - There is no data transferred in CCB except the header and - the most interesting argument of it is target_id. Depending on - the controller hardware a hardware control block just like for - the XPT_SCSI_IO request may be constructed (see XPT_SCSI_IO - request description) and sent to the controller or the SCSI - controller may be immediately programmed to send this RESET - message to the device or this request may be just not supported - (and return the status CAM_REQ_INVALID). Also on completion of - the request all the disconnected transactions for this target - must be aborted (probably in the interrupt routine). - - Also all the current negotiations for the target are lost on - reset, so they might be cleaned too. Or they clearing may be - deferred, because anyway the target would request re-negotiation - on the next transaction. - - XPT_RESET_BUS - send the RESET signal - to the SCSI bus - - No arguments are passed in the CCB, the only interesting - argument is the SCSI bus indicated by the struct sim - pointer. - - A minimalistic implementation would forget the SCSI - negotiations for all the devices on the bus and return the - status CAM_REQ_CMP. - - The proper implementation would in addition actually reset - the SCSI bus (possible also reset the SCSI controller) and mark - all the CCBs being processed, both those in the hardware queue - and those being disconnected, as done with the status - CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET. Like: - - int targ, lun; - struct xxx_hcb *h, *hh; - struct ccb_trans_settings neg; - struct cam_path *path; - - /* The SCSI bus reset may take a long time, in this case its completion - * should be checked by interrupt or timeout. But for simplicity - * we assume here that it's really fast. - */ - reset_scsi_bus(softc); - - /* drop all enqueued CCBs */ - for(h = softc->first_queued_hcb; h != NULL; h = hh) { - hh = h->next; - free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET); - } - - /* the clean values of negotiations to report */ - neg.bus_width = 8; - neg.sync_period = neg.sync_offset = 0; - neg.valid = (CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID - | CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID | CCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID); - - /* drop all disconnected CCBs and clean negotiations */ - for(targ=0; targ <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_TARGET; targ++) { - clean_negotiations(softc, targ); - - /* report the event if possible */ - if(xpt_create_path(&path, /*periph*/NULL, - cam_sim_path(sim), targ, - CAM_LUN_WILDCARD) == CAM_REQ_CMP) { - xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, path, &neg); - xpt_free_path(path); - } - - for(lun=0; lun <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_LUN; lun++) - for(h = softc->first_discon_hcb[targ][lun]; h != NULL; h = hh) { - hh=h->next; - free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET); - } - } - - ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_CMP; - xpt_done(ccb); - - /* report the event */ - xpt_async(AC_BUS_RESET, softc->wpath, NULL); - return; - - Implementing the SCSI bus reset as a function may be a good - idea because it would be re-used by the timeout function as a - last resort if the things go wrong. - - XPT_ABORT - abort the specified - CCB - - The arguments are transferred in the instance struct - ccb_abort cab of the union ccb. The only argument field in it - is: - - abort_ccb - pointer to the CCB to be - aborted - - If the abort is not supported just return the status - CAM_UA_ABORT. This is also the easy way to minimally implement - this call, return CAM_UA_ABORT in any case. - - The hard way is to implement this request honestly. First - check that abort applies to a SCSI transaction: - - struct ccb *abort_ccb; - abort_ccb = ccb->cab.abort_ccb; - - if(abort_ccb->ccb_h.func_code != XPT_SCSI_IO) { - ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_UA_ABORT; - xpt_done(ccb); - return; - } - - Then it is necessary to find this CCB in our queue. This can - be done by walking the list of all our hardware control blocks - in search for one associated with this CCB: - - struct xxx_hcb *hcb, *h; - - hcb = NULL; - - /* We assume that softc->first_hcb is the head of the list of all - * HCBs associated with this bus, including those enqueued for - * processing, being processed by hardware and disconnected ones. - */ - for(h = softc->first_hcb; h != NULL; h = h->next) { - if(h->ccb == abort_ccb) { - hcb = h; - break; - } - } - - if(hcb == NULL) { - /* no such CCB in our queue */ - ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_PATH_INVALID; - xpt_done(ccb); - return; - } - - hcb=found_hcb; - - Now we look at the current processing status of the HCB. It - may be either sitting in the queue waiting to be sent to the - SCSI bus, being transferred right now, or disconnected and - waiting for the result of the command, or actually completed by - hardware but not yet marked as done by software. To make sure - that we do not get in any races with hardware we mark the HCB as - being aborted, so that if this HCB is about to be sent to the - SCSI bus the SCSI controller will see this flag and skip - it. - - int hstatus; - - /* shown as a function, in case special action is needed to make - * this flag visible to hardware - */ - set_hcb_flags(hcb, HCB_BEING_ABORTED); - - abort_again: - - hstatus = get_hcb_status(hcb); - switch(hstatus) { - case HCB_SITTING_IN_QUEUE: - remove_hcb_from_hardware_queue(hcb); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case HCB_COMPLETED: - /* this is an easy case */ - free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, abort_ccb, CAM_REQ_ABORTED); - break; - - If the CCB is being transferred right now we would like to - signal to the SCSI controller in some hardware-dependent way - that we want to abort the current transfer. The SCSI controller - would set the SCSI ATTENTION signal and when the target responds - to it send an ABORT message. We also reset the timeout to make - sure that the target is not sleeping forever. If the command - would not get aborted in some reasonable time like 10 seconds - the timeout routine would go ahead and reset the whole SCSI bus. - Because the command will be aborted in some reasonable time we - can just return the abort request now as successfully completed, - and mark the aborted CCB as aborted (but not mark it as done - yet). - - case HCB_BEING_TRANSFERRED: - untimeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb, abort_ccb->ccb_h.timeout_ch); - abort_ccb->ccb_h.timeout_ch = - timeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb, 10 * hz); - abort_ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_ABORTED; - /* ask the controller to abort that HCB, then generate - * an interrupt and stop - */ - if(signal_hardware_to_abort_hcb_and_stop(hcb) < 0) { - /* oops, we missed the race with hardware, this transaction - * got off the bus before we aborted it, try again */ - goto abort_again; - } - - break; - - If the CCB is in the list of disconnected then set it up as - an abort request and re-queue it at the front of hardware - queue. Reset the timeout and report the abort request to be - completed. - - case HCB_DISCONNECTED: - untimeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb, abort_ccb->ccb_h.timeout_ch); - abort_ccb->ccb_h.timeout_ch = - timeout(xxx_timeout, (caddr_t) hcb, 10 * hz); - put_abort_message_into_hcb(hcb); - put_hcb_at_the_front_of_hardware_queue(hcb); - break; - } - ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_CMP; - xpt_done(ccb); - return; - - That is all for the ABORT request, although there is one more - issue. Because the ABORT message cleans all the ongoing - transactions on a LUN we have to mark all the other active - transactions on this LUN as aborted. That should be done in the - interrupt routine, after the transaction gets aborted. - - Implementing the CCB abort as a function may be quite a good - idea, this function can be re-used if an I/O transaction times - out. The only difference would be that the timed out transaction - would return the status CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT for the timed out - request. Then the case XPT_ABORT would be small, like - that: - - case XPT_ABORT: - struct ccb *abort_ccb; - abort_ccb = ccb->cab.abort_ccb; - - if(abort_ccb->ccb_h.func_code != XPT_SCSI_IO) { - ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_UA_ABORT; - xpt_done(ccb); - return; - } - if(xxx_abort_ccb(abort_ccb, CAM_REQ_ABORTED) < 0) - /* no such CCB in our queue */ - ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_PATH_INVALID; - else - ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_CMP; - xpt_done(ccb); - return; - - - XPT_SET_TRAN_SETTINGS - explicitly - set values of SCSI transfer settings - - The arguments are transferred in the instance struct ccb_trans_setting cts -of the union ccb: - - - valid - a bitmask showing - which settings should be updated: - - CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID - - synchronous transfer rate - - CCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID - - synchronous offset - - CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID - - bus width - - CCB_TRANS_DISC_VALID - - set enable/disable disconnection - - CCB_TRANS_TQ_VALID - set - enable/disable tagged queuing - - flags - consists of two - parts, binary arguments and identification of - sub-operations. The binary arguments are: - - CCB_TRANS_DISC_ENB - enable disconnection - CCB_TRANS_TAG_ENB - - enable tagged queuing - - - - the sub-operations are: - - CCB_TRANS_CURRENT_SETTINGS - - change the current negotiations - - CCB_TRANS_USER_SETTINGS - - remember the desired user values sync_period, sync_offset - - self-explanatory, if sync_offset==0 then the asynchronous mode - is requested bus_width - bus width, in bits (not - bytes) - - - - - - Two sets of negotiated parameters are supported, the user - settings and the current settings. The user settings are not - really used much in the SIM drivers, this is mostly just a piece - of memory where the upper levels can store (and later recall) - its ideas about the parameters. Setting the user parameters - does not cause re-negotiation of the transfer rates. But when - the SCSI controller does a negotiation it must never set the - values higher than the user parameters, so it is essentially the - top boundary. - - The current settings are, as the name says, - current. Changing them means that the parameters must be - re-negotiated on the next transfer. Again, these new current - settings are not supposed to be forced on the device, just they - are used as the initial step of negotiations. Also they must be - limited by actual capabilities of the SCSI controller: for - example, if the SCSI controller has 8-bit bus and the request - asks to set 16-bit wide transfers this parameter must be - silently truncated to 8-bit transfers before sending it to the - device. - - One caveat is that the bus width and synchronous parameters - are per target while the disconnection and tag enabling - parameters are per lun. - - The recommended implementation is to keep 3 sets of - negotiated (bus width and synchronous transfer) - parameters: - - - user - the user set, as - above - - current - those actually - in effect - - goal - those requested by - setting of the current parameters - - - The code looks like: - - struct ccb_trans_settings *cts; - int targ, lun; - int flags; - - cts = &ccb->cts; - targ = ccb_h->target_id; - lun = ccb_h->target_lun; - flags = cts->flags; - if(flags & CCB_TRANS_USER_SETTINGS) { - if(flags & CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID) - softc->user_sync_period[targ] = cts->sync_period; - if(flags & CCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID) - softc->user_sync_offset[targ] = cts->sync_offset; - if(flags & CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID) - softc->user_bus_width[targ] = cts->bus_width; - - if(flags & CCB_TRANS_DISC_VALID) { - softc->user_tflags[targ][lun] &= ~CCB_TRANS_DISC_ENB; - softc->user_tflags[targ][lun] |= flags & CCB_TRANS_DISC_ENB; - } - if(flags & CCB_TRANS_TQ_VALID) { - softc->user_tflags[targ][lun] &= ~CCB_TRANS_TQ_ENB; - softc->user_tflags[targ][lun] |= flags & CCB_TRANS_TQ_ENB; - } - } - if(flags & CCB_TRANS_CURRENT_SETTINGS) { - if(flags & CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID) - softc->goal_sync_period[targ] = - max(cts->sync_period, OUR_MIN_SUPPORTED_PERIOD); - if(flags & CCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID) - softc->goal_sync_offset[targ] = - min(cts->sync_offset, OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_OFFSET); - if(flags & CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID) - softc->goal_bus_width[targ] = min(cts->bus_width, OUR_BUS_WIDTH); - - if(flags & CCB_TRANS_DISC_VALID) { - softc->current_tflags[targ][lun] &= ~CCB_TRANS_DISC_ENB; - softc->current_tflags[targ][lun] |= flags & CCB_TRANS_DISC_ENB; - } - if(flags & CCB_TRANS_TQ_VALID) { - softc->current_tflags[targ][lun] &= ~CCB_TRANS_TQ_ENB; - softc->current_tflags[targ][lun] |= flags & CCB_TRANS_TQ_ENB; - } - } - ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_CMP; - xpt_done(ccb); - return; - - Then when the next I/O request will be processed it will - check if it has to re-negotiate, for example by calling the - function target_negotiated(hcb). It can be implemented like - this: - - int - target_negotiated(struct xxx_hcb *hcb) - { - struct softc *softc = hcb->softc; - int targ = hcb->targ; - - if( softc->current_sync_period[targ] != softc->goal_sync_period[targ] - || softc->current_sync_offset[targ] != softc->goal_sync_offset[targ] - || softc->current_bus_width[targ] != softc->goal_bus_width[targ] ) - return 0; /* FALSE */ - else - return 1; /* TRUE */ - } - - After the values are re-negotiated the resulting values must - be assigned to both current and goal parameters, so for future - I/O transactions the current and goal parameters would be the - same and target_negotiated() would return - TRUE. When the card is initialized (in - xxx_attach()) the current negotiation - values must be initialized to narrow asynchronous mode, the goal - and current values must be initialized to the maximal values - supported by controller. - - XPT_GET_TRAN_SETTINGS - get values of - SCSI transfer settings - - This operations is the reverse of - XPT_SET_TRAN_SETTINGS. Fill up the CCB instance struct - ccb_trans_setting cts with data as requested by the flags - CCB_TRANS_CURRENT_SETTINGS or CCB_TRANS_USER_SETTINGS (if both - are set then the existing drivers return the current - settings). Set all the bits in the valid field. - - XPT_CALC_GEOMETRY - calculate logical - (BIOS) geometry of the disk - - The arguments are transferred in the instance struct - ccb_calc_geometry ccg of the union ccb: - - - - block_size - input, block - (A.K.A sector) size in bytes - - volume_size - input, - volume size in bytes - - cylinders - output, - logical cylinders - - heads - output, logical - heads - - secs_per_track - output, - logical sectors per track - - - - If the returned geometry differs much enough from what the - SCSI controller BIOS thinks and a disk on this SCSI controller - is used as bootable the system may not be able to boot. The - typical calculation example taken from the aic7xxx driver - is: - - struct ccb_calc_geometry *ccg; - u_int32_t size_mb; - u_int32_t secs_per_cylinder; - int extended; - - ccg = &ccb->ccg; - size_mb = ccg->volume_size - / ((1024L * 1024L) / ccg->block_size); - extended = check_cards_EEPROM_for_extended_geometry(softc); - - if (size_mb > 1024 && extended) { - ccg->heads = 255; - ccg->secs_per_track = 63; - } else { - ccg->heads = 64; - ccg->secs_per_track = 32; - } - secs_per_cylinder = ccg->heads * ccg->secs_per_track; - ccg->cylinders = ccg->volume_size / secs_per_cylinder; - ccb->ccb_h.status = CAM_REQ_CMP; - xpt_done(ccb); - return; - - This gives the general idea, the exact calculation depends - on the quirks of the particular BIOS. If BIOS provides no way - set the extended translation flag in EEPROM this flag should - normally be assumed equal to 1. Other popular geometries - are: - - 128 heads, 63 sectors - Symbios controllers - 16 heads, 63 sectors - old controllers - - Some system BIOSes and SCSI BIOSes fight with each other - with variable success, for example a combination of Symbios - 875/895 SCSI and Phoenix BIOS can give geometry 128/63 after - power up and 255/63 after a hard reset or soft reboot. - - - XPT_PATH_INQ - path inquiry, in other - words get the SIM driver and SCSI controller (also known as HBA - - Host Bus Adapter) properties - - The properties are returned in the instance struct -ccb_pathinq cpi of the union ccb: - - - - version_num - the SIM driver version number, now - all drivers use 1 - - hba_inquiry - bitmask of features supported by - the controller: - - PI_MDP_ABLE - supports MDP message (something - from SCSI3?) - - PI_WIDE_32 - supports 32 bit wide - SCSI - - PI_WIDE_16 - supports 16 bit wide - SCSI - - PI_SDTR_ABLE - can negotiate synchronous - transfer rate - - PI_LINKED_CDB - supports linked - commands - - PI_TAG_ABLE - supports tagged - commands - - PI_SOFT_RST - supports soft reset alternative - (hard reset and soft reset are mutually exclusive within a - SCSI bus) - - target_sprt - flags for target mode support, 0 - if unsupported - - hba_misc - miscellaneous controller - features: - - PIM_SCANHILO - bus scans from high ID to low - ID - - PIM_NOREMOVE - removable devices not included in - scan - - PIM_NOINITIATOR - initiator role not - supported - - PIM_NOBUSRESET - user has disabled initial BUS - RESET - - hba_eng_cnt - mysterious HBA engine count, - something related to compression, now is always set to - 0 - - vuhba_flags - vendor-unique flags, unused - now - - max_target - maximal supported target ID (7 for - 8-bit bus, 15 for 16-bit bus, 127 for Fibre - Channel) - - max_lun - maximal supported LUN ID (7 for older - SCSI controllers, 63 for newer ones) - - async_flags - bitmask of installed Async - handler, unused now - - hpath_id - highest Path ID in the subsystem, - unused now - - unit_number - the controller unit number, - cam_sim_unit(sim) - - bus_id - the bus number, - cam_sim_bus(sim) - - initiator_id - the SCSI ID of the controller - itself - - base_transfer_speed - nominal transfer speed in - KB/s for asynchronous narrow transfers, equals to 3300 for - SCSI - - sim_vid - SIM driver's vendor id, a - zero-terminated string of maximal length SIM_IDLEN including - the terminating zero - - hba_vid - SCSI controller's vendor id, a - zero-terminated string of maximal length HBA_IDLEN including - the terminating zero - - dev_name - device driver name, a zero-terminated - string of maximal length DEV_IDLEN including the terminating - zero, equal to cam_sim_name(sim) - - - - The recommended way of setting the string fields is using - strncpy, like: - - strncpy(cpi->dev_name, cam_sim_name(sim), DEV_IDLEN); - - After setting the values set the status to CAM_REQ_CMP and mark the -CCB as done. - - - - - - - Polling - - - static void - xxx_poll - - - struct cam_sim *sim - - - - The poll function is used to simulate the interrupts when - the interrupt subsystem is not functioning (for example, when - the system has crashed and is creating the system dump). The CAM - subsystem sets the proper interrupt level before calling the - poll routine. So all it needs to do is to call the interrupt - routine (or the other way around, the poll routine may be doing - the real action and the interrupt routine would just call the - poll routine). Why bother about a separate function then? - Because of different calling conventions. The - xxx_poll routine gets the struct cam_sim - pointer as its argument when the PCI interrupt routine by common - convention gets pointer to the struct - xxx_softc and the ISA interrupt routine - gets just the device unit number. So the poll routine would - normally look as: - -static void -xxx_poll(struct cam_sim *sim) -{ - xxx_intr((struct xxx_softc *)cam_sim_softc(sim)); /* for PCI device */ -} - - or - -static void -xxx_poll(struct cam_sim *sim) -{ - xxx_intr(cam_sim_unit(sim)); /* for ISA device */ -} - - - - - Asynchronous Events - - If an asynchronous event callback has been set up then the - callback function should be defined. - -static void -ahc_async(void *callback_arg, u_int32_t code, struct cam_path *path, void *arg) - - - callback_arg - the value supplied when registering the - callback - - code - identifies the type of event - - path - identifies the devices to which the event - applies - - arg - event-specific argument - - - Implementation for a single type of event, AC_LOST_DEVICE, - looks like: - - struct xxx_softc *softc; - struct cam_sim *sim; - int targ; - struct ccb_trans_settings neg; - - sim = (struct cam_sim *)callback_arg; - softc = (struct xxx_softc *)cam_sim_softc(sim); - switch (code) { - case AC_LOST_DEVICE: - targ = xpt_path_target_id(path); - if(targ <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_TARGET) { - clean_negotiations(softc, targ); - /* send indication to CAM */ - neg.bus_width = 8; - neg.sync_period = neg.sync_offset = 0; - neg.valid = (CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID - | CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID | CCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID); - xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, path, &neg); - } - break; - default: - break; - } - - - - - Interrupts - - The exact type of the interrupt routine depends on the type - of the peripheral bus (PCI, ISA and so on) to which the SCSI - controller is connected. - - The interrupt routines of the SIM drivers run at the - interrupt level splcam. So splcam() should - be used in the driver to synchronize activity between the - interrupt routine and the rest of the driver (for a - multiprocessor-aware driver things get yet more interesting but - we ignore this case here). The pseudo-code in this document - happily ignores the problems of synchronization. The real code - must not ignore them. A simple-minded approach is to set - splcam() on the entry to the other routines - and reset it on return thus protecting them by one big critical - section. To make sure that the interrupt level will be always - restored a wrapper function can be defined, like: - - static void - xxx_action(struct cam_sim *sim, union ccb *ccb) - { - int s; - s = splcam(); - xxx_action1(sim, ccb); - splx(s); - } - - static void - xxx_action1(struct cam_sim *sim, union ccb *ccb) - { - ... process the request ... - } - - This approach is simple and robust but the problem with it - is that interrupts may get blocked for a relatively long time - and this would negatively affect the system's performance. On - the other hand the functions of the spl() - family have rather high overhead, so vast amount of tiny - critical sections may not be good either. - - The conditions handled by the interrupt routine and the - details depend very much on the hardware. We consider the set of - typical conditions. - - First, we check if a SCSI reset was encountered on the bus - (probably caused by another SCSI controller on the same SCSI - bus). If so we drop all the enqueued and disconnected requests, - report the events and re-initialize our SCSI controller. It is - important that during this initialization the controller will not - issue another reset or else two controllers on the same SCSI bus - could ping-pong resets forever. The case of fatal controller - error/hang could be handled in the same place, but it will - probably need also sending RESET signal to the SCSI bus to reset - the status of the connections with the SCSI devices. - - int fatal=0; - struct ccb_trans_settings neg; - struct cam_path *path; - - if( detected_scsi_reset(softc) - || (fatal = detected_fatal_controller_error(softc)) ) { - int targ, lun; - struct xxx_hcb *h, *hh; - - /* drop all enqueued CCBs */ - for(h = softc->first_queued_hcb; h != NULL; h = hh) { - hh = h->next; - free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET); - } - - /* the clean values of negotiations to report */ - neg.bus_width = 8; - neg.sync_period = neg.sync_offset = 0; - neg.valid = (CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID - | CCB_TRANS_SYNC_RATE_VALID | CCB_TRANS_SYNC_OFFSET_VALID); - - /* drop all disconnected CCBs and clean negotiations */ - for(targ=0; targ <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_TARGET; targ++) { - clean_negotiations(softc, targ); - - /* report the event if possible */ - if(xpt_create_path(&path, /*periph*/NULL, - cam_sim_path(sim), targ, - CAM_LUN_WILDCARD) == CAM_REQ_CMP) { - xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, path, &neg); - xpt_free_path(path); - } - - for(lun=0; lun <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_LUN; lun++) - for(h = softc->first_discon_hcb[targ][lun]; h != NULL; h = hh) { - hh=h->next; - if(fatal) - free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_UNREC_HBA_ERROR); - else - free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET); - } - } - - /* report the event */ - xpt_async(AC_BUS_RESET, softc->wpath, NULL); - - /* re-initialization may take a lot of time, in such case - * its completion should be signaled by another interrupt or - * checked on timeout - but for simplicity we assume here that - * it's really fast - */ - if(!fatal) { - reinitialize_controller_without_scsi_reset(softc); - } else { - reinitialize_controller_with_scsi_reset(softc); - } - schedule_next_hcb(softc); - return; - } - - If interrupt is not caused by a controller-wide condition - then probably something has happened to the current hardware - control block. Depending on the hardware there may be other - non-HCB-related events, we just do not consider them here. Then - we analyze what happened to this HCB: - - struct xxx_hcb *hcb, *h, *hh; - int hcb_status, scsi_status; - int ccb_status; - int targ; - int lun_to_freeze; - - hcb = get_current_hcb(softc); - if(hcb == NULL) { - /* either stray interrupt or something went very wrong - * or this is something hardware-dependent - */ - handle as necessary; - return; - } - - targ = hcb->target; - hcb_status = get_status_of_current_hcb(softc); - - First we check if the HCB has completed and if so we check - the returned SCSI status. - - if(hcb_status == COMPLETED) { - scsi_status = get_completion_status(hcb); - - Then look if this status is related to the REQUEST SENSE - command and if so handle it in a simple way. - - if(hcb->flags & DOING_AUTOSENSE) { - if(scsi_status == GOOD) { /* autosense was successful */ - hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_AUTOSNS_VALID; - free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, hcb->ccb, CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR); - } else { - autosense_failed: - free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, hcb->ccb, CAM_AUTOSENSE_FAIL); - } - schedule_next_hcb(softc); - return; - } - - Else the command itself has completed, pay more attention to - details. If auto-sense is not disabled for this CCB and the - command has failed with sense data then run REQUEST SENSE - command to receive that data. - - hcb->ccb->csio.scsi_status = scsi_status; - calculate_residue(hcb); - - if( (hcb->ccb->ccb_h.flags & CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE)==0 - && ( scsi_status == CHECK_CONDITION - || scsi_status == COMMAND_TERMINATED) ) { - /* start auto-SENSE */ - hcb->flags |= DOING_AUTOSENSE; - setup_autosense_command_in_hcb(hcb); - restart_current_hcb(softc); - return; - } - if(scsi_status == GOOD) - free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, hcb->ccb, CAM_REQ_CMP); - else - free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, hcb->ccb, CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR); - schedule_next_hcb(softc); - return; - } - - One typical thing would be negotiation events: negotiation - messages received from a SCSI target (in answer to our - negotiation attempt or by target's initiative) or the target is - unable to negotiate (rejects our negotiation messages or does - not answer them). - - switch(hcb_status) { - case TARGET_REJECTED_WIDE_NEG: - /* revert to 8-bit bus */ - softc->current_bus_width[targ] = softc->goal_bus_width[targ] = 8; - /* report the event */ - neg.bus_width = 8; - neg.valid = CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID; - xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, hcb->ccb.ccb_h.path_id, &neg); - continue_current_hcb(softc); - return; - case TARGET_ANSWERED_WIDE_NEG: - { - int wd; - - wd = get_target_bus_width_request(softc); - if(wd <= softc->goal_bus_width[targ]) { - /* answer is acceptable */ - softc->current_bus_width[targ] = - softc->goal_bus_width[targ] = neg.bus_width = wd; - - /* report the event */ - neg.valid = CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID; - xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, hcb->ccb.ccb_h.path_id, &neg); - } else { - prepare_reject_message(hcb); - } - } - continue_current_hcb(softc); - return; - case TARGET_REQUESTED_WIDE_NEG: - { - int wd; - - wd = get_target_bus_width_request(softc); - wd = min (wd, OUR_BUS_WIDTH); - wd = min (wd, softc->user_bus_width[targ]); - - if(wd != softc->current_bus_width[targ]) { - /* the bus width has changed */ - softc->current_bus_width[targ] = - softc->goal_bus_width[targ] = neg.bus_width = wd; - - /* report the event */ - neg.valid = CCB_TRANS_BUS_WIDTH_VALID; - xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, hcb->ccb.ccb_h.path_id, &neg); - } - prepare_width_nego_rsponse(hcb, wd); - } - continue_current_hcb(softc); - return; - } - - Then we handle any errors that could have happened during - auto-sense in the same simple-minded way as before. Otherwise we - look closer at the details again. - - if(hcb->flags & DOING_AUTOSENSE) - goto autosense_failed; - - switch(hcb_status) { - - The next event we consider is unexpected disconnect. Which - is considered normal after an ABORT or BUS DEVICE RESET message - and abnormal in other cases. - - case UNEXPECTED_DISCONNECT: - if(requested_abort(hcb)) { - /* abort affects all commands on that target+LUN, so - * mark all disconnected HCBs on that target+LUN as aborted too - */ - for(h = softc->first_discon_hcb[hcb->target][hcb->lun]; - h != NULL; h = hh) { - hh=h->next; - free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_REQ_ABORTED); - } - ccb_status = CAM_REQ_ABORTED; - } else if(requested_bus_device_reset(hcb)) { - int lun; - - /* reset affects all commands on that target, so - * mark all disconnected HCBs on that target+LUN as reset - */ - - for(lun=0; lun <= OUR_MAX_SUPPORTED_LUN; lun++) - for(h = softc->first_discon_hcb[hcb->target][lun]; - h != NULL; h = hh) { - hh=h->next; - free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET); - } - - /* send event */ - xpt_async(AC_SENT_BDR, hcb->ccb->ccb_h.path_id, NULL); - - /* this was the CAM_RESET_DEV request itself, it's completed */ - ccb_status = CAM_REQ_CMP; - } else { - calculate_residue(hcb); - ccb_status = CAM_UNEXP_BUSFREE; - /* request the further code to freeze the queue */ - hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_DEV_QFRZN; - lun_to_freeze = hcb->lun; - } - break; - - If the target refuses to accept tags we notify CAM about - that and return back all commands for this LUN: - - case TAGS_REJECTED: - /* report the event */ - neg.flags = 0 & ~CCB_TRANS_TAG_ENB; - neg.valid = CCB_TRANS_TQ_VALID; - xpt_async(AC_TRANSFER_NEG, hcb->ccb.ccb_h.path_id, &neg); - - ccb_status = CAM_MSG_REJECT_REC; - /* request the further code to freeze the queue */ - hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_DEV_QFRZN; - lun_to_freeze = hcb->lun; - break; - - Then we check a number of other conditions, with processing - basically limited to setting the CCB status: - - case SELECTION_TIMEOUT: - ccb_status = CAM_SEL_TIMEOUT; - /* request the further code to freeze the queue */ - hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_DEV_QFRZN; - lun_to_freeze = CAM_LUN_WILDCARD; - break; - case PARITY_ERROR: - ccb_status = CAM_UNCOR_PARITY; - break; - case DATA_OVERRUN: - case ODD_WIDE_TRANSFER: - ccb_status = CAM_DATA_RUN_ERR; - break; - default: - /* all other errors are handled in a generic way */ - ccb_status = CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR; - /* request the further code to freeze the queue */ - hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_DEV_QFRZN; - lun_to_freeze = CAM_LUN_WILDCARD; - break; - } - - Then we check if the error was serious enough to freeze the - input queue until it gets proceeded and do so if it is: - - if(hcb->ccb->ccb_h.status & CAM_DEV_QFRZN) { - /* freeze the queue */ - xpt_freeze_devq(ccb->ccb_h.path, /*count*/1); - - /* re-queue all commands for this target/LUN back to CAM */ - - for(h = softc->first_queued_hcb; h != NULL; h = hh) { - hh = h->next; - - if(targ == h->targ - && (lun_to_freeze == CAM_LUN_WILDCARD || lun_to_freeze == h->lun) ) - free_hcb_and_ccb_done(h, h->ccb, CAM_REQUEUE_REQ); - } - } - free_hcb_and_ccb_done(hcb, hcb->ccb, ccb_status); - schedule_next_hcb(softc); - return; - - This concludes the generic interrupt handling although - specific controllers may require some additions. - - - - - Errors Summary - - When executing an I/O request many things may go wrong. The - reason of error can be reported in the CCB status with great - detail. Examples of use are spread throughout this document. For - completeness here is the summary of recommended responses for - the typical error conditions: - - - - CAM_RESRC_UNAVAIL - some - resource is temporarily unavailable and the SIM driver cannot - generate an event when it will become available. An example of - this resource would be some intra-controller hardware resource - for which the controller does not generate an interrupt when - it becomes available. - - CAM_UNCOR_PARITY - - unrecovered parity error occurred - - CAM_DATA_RUN_ERR - data - overrun or unexpected data phase (going in other direction - than specified in CAM_DIR_MASK) or odd transfer length for - wide transfer - - CAM_SEL_TIMEOUT - selection - timeout occurred (target does not respond) - - CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT - command - timeout occurred (the timeout function ran) - - CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR - the - device returned error - - CAM_AUTOSENSE_FAIL - the - device returned error and the REQUEST SENSE COMMAND - failed - - CAM_MSG_REJECT_REC - MESSAGE - REJECT message was received - - CAM_SCSI_BUS_RESET - received - SCSI bus reset - - CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR - - impossible SCSI phase occurred or something else as weird or - just a generic error if further detail is not - available - - CAM_UNEXP_BUSFREE - - unexpected disconnect occurred - - CAM_BDR_SENT - BUS DEVICE - RESET message was sent to the target - - CAM_UNREC_HBA_ERROR - - unrecoverable Host Bus Adapter Error - - CAM_REQ_TOO_BIG - the request - was too large for this controller - - CAM_REQUEUE_REQ - this - request should be re-queued to preserve transaction ordering. - This typically occurs when the SIM recognizes an error that - should freeze the queue and must place other queued requests - for the target at the sim level back into the XPT - queue. Typical cases of such errors are selection timeouts, - command timeouts and other like conditions. In such cases the - troublesome command returns the status indicating the error, - the and the other commands which have not be sent to the bus - yet get re-queued. - - CAM_LUN_INVALID - the LUN - ID in the request is not supported by the SCSI - controller - - CAM_TID_INVALID - the - target ID in the request is not supported by the SCSI - controller - - - - - Timeout Handling - - When the timeout for an HCB expires that request should be - aborted, just like with an XPT_ABORT request. The only - difference is that the returned status of aborted request should - be CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT instead of CAM_REQ_ABORTED (that is why - implementation of the abort better be done as a function). But - there is one more possible problem: what if the abort request - itself will get stuck? In this case the SCSI bus should be - reset, just like with an XPT_RESET_BUS request (and the idea - about implementing it as a function called from both places - applies here too). Also we should reset the whole SCSI bus if a - device reset request got stuck. So after all the timeout - function would look like: - -static void -xxx_timeout(void *arg) -{ - struct xxx_hcb *hcb = (struct xxx_hcb *)arg; - struct xxx_softc *softc; - struct ccb_hdr *ccb_h; - - softc = hcb->softc; - ccb_h = &hcb->ccb->ccb_h; - - if(hcb->flags & HCB_BEING_ABORTED - || ccb_h->func_code == XPT_RESET_DEV) { - xxx_reset_bus(softc); - } else { - xxx_abort_ccb(hcb->ccb, CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT); - } -} - - When we abort a request all the other disconnected requests - to the same target/LUN get aborted too. So there appears a - question, should we return them with status CAM_REQ_ABORTED or - CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT? The current drivers use CAM_CMD_TIMEOUT. This - seems logical because if one request got timed out then probably - something really bad is happening to the device, so if they - would not be disturbed they would time out by themselves. - - - - diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/sound/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/sound/chapter.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 38f39f1e78..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/sound/chapter.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,687 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Jean-Francois - Dockes - Contributed by - - - - - - Sound subsystem - - - Introduction - - The FreeBSD sound subsystem cleanly separates generic sound - handling issues from device-specific ones. This makes it easier - to add support for new hardware. - - The &man.pcm.4; framework is the central piece of the sound - subsystem. It mainly implements the following elements: - - - - A system call interface (read, write, ioctls) to - digitized sound and mixer functions. The ioctl command set - is compatible with the legacy OSS or - Voxware interface, allowing common - multimedia applications to be ported without - modification. - - Common code for processing sound data (format - conversions, virtual channels). - - - A uniform software interface to hardware-specific audio - interface modules. - - - Additional support for some common hardware interfaces - (ac97), or shared hardware-specific code (ex: ISA DMA - routines). - - - - The support for specific sound cards is implemented by - hardware-specific drivers, which provide channel and mixer interfaces - to plug into the generic pcm code. - - In this chapter, the term pcm will - refer to the central, common part of the sound driver, as - opposed to the hardware-specific modules. - - The prospective driver writer will of course want to start - from an existing module and use the code as the ultimate - reference. But, while the sound code is nice and clean, it is - also mostly devoid of comments. This document tries to give an - overview of the framework interface and answer some questions - that may arise while adapting the existing code. - - As an alternative, or in addition to starting from a working - example, you can find a commented driver template at - - http://people.freebsd.org/~cg/template.c - - - - - Files - - All the relevant code currently (FreeBSD 4.4) lives in - /usr/src/sys/dev/sound/, except for the - public ioctl interface definitions, found in - /usr/src/sys/sys/soundcard.h - - Under /usr/src/sys/dev/sound/, the - pcm/ directory holds the central code, - while the isa/ and - pci/ directories have the drivers for ISA - and PCI boards. - - - - - Probing, attaching, etc. - - Sound drivers probe and attach in almost the same way as any - hardware driver module. You might want to look at the ISA or PCI specific sections of the handbook for - more information. - - However, sound drivers differ in some ways: - - - - - They declare themselves as pcm - class devices, with a struct - snddev_info device private structure: - - static driver_t xxx_driver = { - "pcm", - xxx_methods, - sizeof(struct snddev_info) - }; - - DRIVER_MODULE(snd_xxxpci, pci, xxx_driver, pcm_devclass, 0, 0); - MODULE_DEPEND(snd_xxxpci, snd_pcm, PCM_MINVER, PCM_PREFVER,PCM_MAXVER); - - Most sound drivers need to store additional private - information about their device. A private data structure is - usually allocated in the attach routine. Its address is - passed to pcm by the calls to - pcm_register() and - mixer_init(). - pcm later passes back this address - as a parameter in calls to the sound driver - interfaces. - - - - The sound driver attach routine should declare its MIXER - or AC97 interface to pcm by calling - mixer_init(). For a MIXER interface, - this causes in turn a call to - xxxmixer_init(). - - - - The sound driver attach routine declares its general - CHANNEL configuration to pcm by - calling pcm_register(dev, sc, nplay, - nrec), where sc is the address - for the device data structure, used in further calls from - pcm, and nplay - and nrec are the number of play and - record channels. - - - - The sound driver attach routine declares each of its - channel objects by calls to - pcm_addchan(). This sets up the - channel glue in pcm and causes in - turn a call to - - xxxchannel_init(). - - - - The sound driver detach routine should call - pcm_unregister() before releasing its - resources. - - - - There are two possible methods to handle non-PnP devices: - - - Use a device_identify() method - (example: sound/isa/es1888.c). The - device_identify() method probes for the - hardware at known addresses and, if it finds a supported - device, creates a new pcm device which is then passed to - probe/attach. - - - Use a custom kernel configuration with appropriate hints - for pcm devices (example: - sound/isa/mss.c). - - - - pcm drivers should implement - device_suspend, - device_resume and - device_shutdown routines, so that power - management and module unloading function correctly. - - - - - Interfaces - - The interface between the pcm core - and the sound drivers is defined in terms of kernel objects. - - There are two main interfaces that a sound driver will - usually provide: CHANNEL and either - MIXER or AC97. - - The AC97 interface is a very small - hardware access (register read/write) interface, implemented by - drivers for hardware with an AC97 codec. In this case, the - actual MIXER interface is provided by the shared AC97 code in - pcm. - - - The CHANNEL interface - - - Common notes for function parameters - - Sound drivers usually have a private data structure to - describe their device, and one structure for each play and - record data channel that it supports. - - For all CHANNEL interface functions, the first parameter - is an opaque pointer. - - The second parameter is a pointer to the private - channel data structure, except for - channel_init() which has a pointer to the - private device structure (and returns the channel pointer - for further use by pcm). - - - - - Overview of data transfer operations - - For sound data transfers, the - pcm core and the sound drivers - communicate through a shared memory area, described by a - struct snd_dbuf. - - struct snd_dbuf is private to - pcm, and sound drivers obtain - values of interest by calls to accessor functions - (sndbuf_getxxx()). - - The shared memory area has a size of - sndbuf_getsize() and is divided into - fixed size blocks of sndbuf_getblksz() - bytes. - - When playing, the general transfer mechanism is as - follows (reverse the idea for recording): - - - - pcm initially fills up the - buffer, then calls the sound driver's - xxxchannel_trigger() - function with a parameter of PCMTRIG_START. - - - - The sound driver then arranges to repeatedly - transfer the whole memory area - (sndbuf_getbuf(), - sndbuf_getsize()) to the device, in - blocks of sndbuf_getblksz() bytes. - It calls back the chn_intr() - pcm function for each - transferred block (this will typically happen at - interrupt time). - - - - chn_intr() arranges to copy new - data to the area that was transferred to the device (now - free), and make appropriate updates to the - snd_dbuf structure. - - - - - - channel_init - - xxxchannel_init() is called to - initialize each of the play or record channels. The calls - are initiated from the sound driver attach routine. (See - the probe and attach - section). - - static void * - xxxchannel_init(kobj_t obj, void *data, - struct snd_dbuf *b, struct pcm_channel *c, int dir) - { - struct xxx_info *sc = data; - struct xxx_chinfo *ch; - ... - return ch; - } - - - - - b is the address for the channel - struct snd_dbuf. It should be - initialized in the function by calling - sndbuf_alloc(). The buffer size to - use is normally a small multiple of the 'typical' unit - transfer size for your device. - - c is the - pcm channel control structure - pointer. This is an opaque object. The function should - store it in the local channel structure, to be used in - later calls to pcm (ie: - chn_intr(c)). - - dir indicates the channel - direction (PCMDIR_PLAY or - PCMDIR_REC). - - - - The function should return a pointer to the private - area used to control this channel. This will be passed - as a parameter to other channel interface calls. - - - - - - - - channel_setformat - - xxxchannel_setformat() should set - up the hardware for the specified channel for the specified - sound format. - - static int - xxxchannel_setformat(kobj_t obj, void *data, u_int32_t format) - { - struct xxx_chinfo *ch = data; - ... - return 0; - } - - - - format is specified as an - AFMT_XXX value - (soundcard.h). - - - - - - - channel_setspeed - - xxxchannel_setspeed() sets up the - channel hardware for the specified sampling speed, and - returns the possibly adjusted speed. - - static int - xxxchannel_setspeed(kobj_t obj, void *data, u_int32_t speed) - { - struct xxx_chinfo *ch = data; - ... - return speed; - } - - - - - channel_setblocksize - - xxxchannel_setblocksize() sets the - block size, which is the size of unit transactions between - pcm and the sound driver, and - between the sound driver and the device. Typically, this - would be the number of bytes transferred before an interrupt - occurs. During a transfer, the sound driver should call - pcm's - chn_intr() every time this size has - been transferred. - - Most sound drivers only take note of the block size - here, to be used when an actual transfer will be - started. - - static int - xxxchannel_setblocksize(kobj_t obj, void *data, u_int32_t blocksize) - { - struct xxx_chinfo *ch = data; - ... - return blocksize; - } - - - - The function returns the possibly adjusted block - size. In case the block size is indeed changed, - sndbuf_resize() should be called to - adjust the buffer. - - - - - - - - channel_trigger - - xxxchannel_trigger() is called by - pcm to control data transfer - operations in the driver. - - static int - xxxchannel_trigger(kobj_t obj, void *data, int go) - { - struct xxx_chinfo *ch = data; - ... - return 0; - } - - - - go defines the action for the - current call. The possible values are: - - - - PCMTRIG_START: the driver - should start a data transfer from or to the channel - buffer. If needed, the buffer base and size can be - retrieved through - sndbuf_getbuf() and - sndbuf_getsize(). - - - - PCMTRIG_EMLDMAWR / - PCMTRIG_EMLDMARD: this tells the - driver that the input or output buffer may have been - updated. Most drivers just ignore these - calls. - - - - PCMTRIG_STOP / - PCMTRIG_ABORT: the driver should - stop the current transfer. - - - - - - - If the driver uses ISA DMA, - sndbuf_isadma() should be called before - performing actions on the device, and will take care of the - DMA chip side of things. - - - - - - channel_getptr - - xxxchannel_getptr() returns the - current offset in the transfer buffer. This will typically - be called by chn_intr(), and this is how - pcm knows where it can transfer - new data. - - - - - channel_free - - xxxchannel_free() is called to free - up channel resources, for example when the driver is - unloaded, and should be implemented if the channel data - structures are dynamically allocated or if - sndbuf_alloc() was not used for buffer - allocation. - - - - - channel_getcaps - - struct pcmchan_caps * - xxxchannel_getcaps(kobj_t obj, void *data) - { - return &xxx_caps; - } - - - - - The routine returns a pointer to a (usually - statically-defined) pcmchan_caps - structure (defined in - sound/pcm/channel.h. The structure holds - the minimum and maximum sampling frequencies, and the - accepted sound formats. Look at any sound driver for an - example. - - - - - - - - More functions - - channel_reset(), - channel_resetdone(), and - channel_notify() are for special purposes - and should not be implemented in a driver without discussing - it with the authorities (&a.cg;). - - channel_setdir() is deprecated. - - - - - - The MIXER interface - - - mixer_init - - xxxmixer_init() initializes the - hardware and tells pcm what mixer - devices are available for playing and recording - - static int - xxxmixer_init(struct snd_mixer *m) - { - struct xxx_info *sc = mix_getdevinfo(m); - u_int32_t v; - - [Initialize hardware] - - [Set appropriate bits in v for play mixers] - mix_setdevs(m, v); - [Set appropriate bits in v for record mixers] - mix_setrecdevs(m, v) - - return 0; - } - - - - Set bits in an integer value and call - mix_setdevs() and - mix_setrecdevs() to tell - pcm what devices exist. - - - - Mixer bits definitions can be found in - soundcard.h - (SOUND_MASK_XXX values and - SOUND_MIXER_XXX bit shifts). - - - - - mixer_set - - xxxmixer_set() sets the volume - level for one mixer device. - - static int - xxxmixer_set(struct snd_mixer *m, unsigned dev, - unsigned left, unsigned right) - { - struct sc_info *sc = mix_getdevinfo(m); - [set volume level] - return left | (right << 8); - } - - - - The device is specified as a SOUND_MIXER_XXX - value The volume values are specified in - range [0-100]. A value of zero should mute the - device. - - - - As the hardware levels probably won't match the - input scale, and some rounding will occur, the routine - returns the actual level values (in range 0-100) as - shown. - - - - - - - mixer_setrecsrc - - xxxmixer_setrecsrc() sets the - recording source device. - - static int - xxxmixer_setrecsrc(struct snd_mixer *m, u_int32_t src) - { - struct xxx_info *sc = mix_getdevinfo(m); - - [look for non zero bit(s) in src, set up hardware] - - [update src to reflect actual action] - return src; - } - - - - The desired recording devices are specified as a - bit field - - - - The actual devices set for recording are returned. - Some drivers can only set one device for recording. The - function should return -1 if an error occurs. - - - - - - mixer_uninit, mixer_reinit - - xxxmixer_uninit() should ensure - that all sound is muted and if possible mixer hardware - should be powered down - - xxxmixer_reinit() should ensure - that the mixer hardware is powered up and any settings not - controlled by mixer_set() or - mixer_setrecsrc() are restored. - - - - - - The AC97 interface - - The AC97 interface is implemented - by drivers with an AC97 codec. It only has three methods: - - - - xxxac97_init() returns - the number of ac97 codecs found. - - - ac97_read() and - ac97_write() read or write a specified - register. - - - - - The AC97 interface is used by the - AC97 code in pcm to perform higher - level operations. Look at - sound/pci/maestro3.c or many others under - sound/pci/ for an example. - - - - - - diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/sysinit/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/sysinit/chapter.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 1b8a0b4cdb..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/sysinit/chapter.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ - - - - The Sysinit Framework - - Sysinit is the framework for a generic call sort and dispatch - mechanism. FreeBSD currently uses it for the dynamic - initialization of the kernel. Sysinit allows FreeBSD's kernel - subsystems to be reordered, and added, removed, and replaced at - kernel link time when the kernel or one of its modules is loaded - without having to edit a statically ordered initialization routing - and recompile the kernel. This system also allows kernel modules, - currently called KLD's, to be separately - compiled, linked, and initialized at boot time and loaded even - later while the system is already running. This is accomplished - using the kernel linker and linker - sets. - - - Terminology - - - - Linker Set - - A linker technique in which the linker gathers - statically declared data throughout a program's source files - into a single contiguously addressable unit of - data. - - - - - - - Sysinit Operation - - Sysinit relies on the ability of the linker to take static - data declared at multiple locations throughout a program's - source and group it together as a single contiguous chunk of - data. This linker technique is called a linker - set. Sysinit uses two linker sets to maintain two data - sets containing each consumer's call order, function, and a - pointer to the data to pass to that function. - - Sysinit uses two priorities when ordering the functions for - execution. The first priority is a subsystem ID giving an - overall order Sysinit's dispatch of functions. Current predeclared - ID's are in <sys/kernel.h> in the enum - list sysinit_sub_id. The second priority used - is an element order within the subsystem. Current predeclared - subsystem element orders are in - <sys/kernel.h> in the enum list - sysinit_elem_order. - - There are currently two uses for Sysinit. Function dispatch - at system startup and kernel module loads, and function dispatch - at system shutdown and kernel module unload. - - - - - Using Sysinit - - - Interface - - - Headers - - <sys/kernel.h> - - - - Macros - - SYSINIT(uniquifier, subsystem, order, func, ident) - SYSUNINIT(uniquifier, subsystem, order, func, ident) - - - - - Startup - - The SYSINIT() macro creates the - necessary sysinit data in Sysinit's startup data set for - Sysinit to sort and dispatch a function at system startup and - module load. SYSINIT() takes a uniquifier - that Sysinit uses identify the particular function dispatch - data, the subsystem order, the subsystem element order, the - function to call, and the data to pass the function. All - functions must take a constant pointer argument. - - - For example: - - #include <sys/kernel.h> - -void foo_null(void *unused) -{ - foo_doo(); -} -SYSINIT(foo_null, SI_SUB_FOO, SI_ORDER_FOO, NULL); - -struct foo foo_voodoo = { - FOO_VOODOO; -} - -void foo_arg(void *vdata) -{ - struct foo *foo = (struct foo *)vdata; - foo_data(foo); -} -SYSINIT(foo_arg, SI_SUB_FOO, SI_ORDER_FOO, foo_voodoo); - - - - - Shutdown - - The SYSUNINIT() macro behaves similarly - to the SYSINIT() macro except that it adds - the Sysinit data to Sysinit's shutdown data set. - - For example: - - #include <sys/kernel.h> - -void foo_cleanup(void *unused) -{ - foo_kill(); -} -SYSUNINIT(foo_cleanup, SI_SUB_FOO, SI_ORDER_FOO, NULL); - -struct foo_stack foo_stack = { - FOO_STACK_VOODOO; -} - -void foo_flush(void *vdata) -{ -} -SYSUNINIT(foo_flush, SI_SUB_FOO, SI_ORDER_FOO, foo_stack); - - - - - - diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/usb/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/usb/chapter.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 3a483a1cf7..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/usb/chapter.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,623 +0,0 @@ - - - - USB Devices - - This chapter was written by &a.nhibma;. Modifications made for - the handbook by &a.murray;. - - - Introduction - - The Universal Serial Bus (USB) is a new way of attaching - devices to personal computers. The bus architecture features - two-way communication and has been developed as a response to - devices becoming smarter and requiring more interaction with the - host. USB support is included in all current PC chipsets and is - therefore available in all recently built PCs. Apple's - introduction of the USB-only iMac has been a major incentive for - hardware manufacturers to produce USB versions of their devices. - The future PC specifications specify that all legacy connectors - on PCs should be replaced by one or more USB connectors, - providing generic plug and play capabilities. Support for USB - hardware was available at a very early stage in NetBSD and was - developed by Lennart Augustsson for the NetBSD project. The - code has been ported to FreeBSD and we are currently maintaining - a shared code base. For the implementation of the USB subsystem - a number of features of USB are important. - - Lennart Augustsson has done most of the implementation of - the USB support for the NetBSD project. Many thanks for this - incredible amount of work. Many thanks also to Ardy and Dirk for - their comments and proofreading of this paper. - - - - Devices connect to ports on the computer - directly or on devices called hubs, forming a treelike device - structure. - - The devices can be connected and disconnected at - run time. - - Devices can suspend themselves and trigger - resumes of the host system - - As the devices can be powered from the bus, the - host software has to keep track of power budgets for each - hub. - - Different quality of service requirements by the - different device types together with the maximum of 126 - devices that can be connected to the same bus, require proper - scheduling of transfers on the shared bus to take full - advantage of the 12Mbps bandwidth available. (over 400Mbps - with USB 2.0) - - Devices are intelligent and contain easily - accessible information about themselves - - - - The development of drivers for the USB subsystem and devices - connected to it is supported by the specifications that have - been developed and will be developed. These specifications are - publicly available from the USB home pages. Apple has been very - strong in pushing for standards based drivers, by making drivers - for the generic classes available in their operating system - MacOS and discouraging the use of separate drivers for each new - device. This chapter tries to collate essential information for a - basic understanding of the present implementation of the USB - stack in FreeBSD/NetBSD. It is recommended however to read it - together with the relevant specifications mentioned in the - references below. - - - Structure of the USB Stack - - The USB support in FreeBSD can be split into three - layers. The lowest layer contains the host controller driver, - providing a generic interface to the hardware and its scheduling - facilities. It supports initialisation of the hardware, - scheduling of transfers and handling of completed and/or failed - transfers. Each host controller driver implements a virtual hub - providing hardware independent access to the registers - controlling the root ports on the back of the machine. - - The middle layer handles the device connection and - disconnection, basic initialisation of the device, driver - selection, the communication channels (pipes) and does - resource management. This services layer also controls the - default pipes and the device requests transferred over - them. - - The top layer contains the individual drivers supporting - specific (classes of) devices. These drivers implement the - protocol that is used over the pipes other than the default - pipe. They also implement additional functionality to make the - device available to other parts of the kernel or userland. They - use the USB driver interface (USBDI) exposed by the services - layer. - - - - - Host Controllers - - The host controller (HC) controls the transmission of - packets on the bus. Frames of 1 millisecond are used. At the - start of each frame the host controller generates a Start of - Frame (SOF) packet. - - The SOF packet is used to synchronise to the start of the - frame and to keep track of the frame number. Within each frame - packets are transferred, either from host to device (out) or - from device to host (in). Transfers are always initiated by the - host (polled transfers). Therefore there can only be one host - per USB bus. Each transfer of a packet has a status stage in - which the recipient of the data can return either ACK - (acknowledge reception), NAK (retry), STALL (error condition) or - nothing (garbled data stage, device not available or - disconnected). Section 8.5 of the USB - specification explains the details of packets in more - detail. Four different types of transfers can occur on a USB - bus: control, bulk, interrupt and isochronous. The types of - transfers and their characteristics are described below (`Pipes' - subsection). - - Large transfers between the device on the USB bus and the - device driver are split up into multiple packets by the host - controller or the HC driver. - - Device requests (control transfers) to the default endpoints - are special. They consist of two or three phases: SETUP, DATA - (optional) and STATUS. The set-up packet is sent to the - device. If there is a data phase, the direction of the data - packet(s) is given in the set-up packet. The direction in the - status phase is the opposite of the direction during the data - phase, or IN if there was no data phase. The host controller - hardware also provides registers with the current status of the - root ports and the changes that have occurred since the last - reset of the status change register. Access to these registers - is provided through a virtualised hub as suggested in the USB - specification [ 2]. The virtual hub must comply with the hub - device class given in chapter 11 of that specification. It must - provide a default pipe through which device requests can be sent - to it. It returns the standard andhub class specific set of - descriptors. It should also provide an interrupt pipe that - reports changes happening at its ports. There are currently two - specifications for host controllers available: Universal - Host Controller Interface (UHCI; Intel) and Open - Host Controller Interface (OHCI; Compaq, Microsoft, - National Semiconductor). The UHCI specification has been - designed to reduce hardware complexity by requiring the host - controller driver to supply a complete schedule of the transfers - for each frame. OHCI type controllers are much more independent - by providing a more abstract interface doing alot of work - themselves. - - - UHCI - - The UHCI host controller maintains a framelist with 1024 - pointers to per frame data structures. It understands two - different data types: transfer descriptors (TD) and queue - heads (QH). Each TD represents a packet to be communicated to - or from a device endpoint. QHs are a means to groupTDs (and - QHs) together. - - Each transfer consists of one or more packets. The UHCI - driver splits large transfers into multiple packets. For every - transfer, apart from isochronous transfers, a QH is - allocated. For every type of transfer these QHs are collected - at a QH for that type. Isochronous transfers have to be - executed first because of the fixed latency requirement and - are directly referred to by the pointer in the framelist. The - last isochronous TD refers to the QH for interrupt transfers - for that frame. All QHs for interrupt transfers point at the - QH for control transfers, which in turn points at the QH for - bulk transfers. The following diagram gives a graphical - overview of this: - - This results in the following schedule being run in each - frame. After fetching the pointer for the current frame from - the framelist the controller first executes the TDs for all - the isochronous packets in that frame. The last of these TDs - refers to the QH for the interrupt transfers for - thatframe. The host controller will then descend from that QH - to the QHs for the individual interrupt transfers. After - finishing that queue, the QH for the interrupt transfers will - refer the controller to the QH for all control transfers. It - will execute all the subqueues scheduled there, followed by - all the transfers queued at the bulk QH. To facilitate the - handling of finished or failed transfers different types of - interrupts are generated by the hardware at the end of each - frame. In the last TD for a transfer the Interrupt-On - Completion bit is set by the HC driver to flag an interrupt - when the transfer has completed. An error interrupt is flagged - if a TD reaches its maximum error count. If the short packet - detect bit is set in a TD and less than the set packet length - is transferred this interrupt is flagged to notify - the controller driver of the completed transfer. It is the host - controller driver's task to find out which transfer has - completed or produced an error. When called the interrupt - service routine will locate all the finished transfers and - call their callbacks. - - See for a more elaborate description the UHCI - specification. - - - - - OHCI - - Programming an OHCI host controller is much simpler. The - controller assumes that a set of endpoints is available, and - is aware of scheduling priorities and the ordering of the - types of transfers in a frame. The main data structure used by - the host controller is the endpoint descriptor (ED) to which - aqueue of transfer descriptors (TDs) is attached. The ED - contains the maximum packet size allowed for an endpoint and - the controller hardware does the splitting into packets. The - pointers to the data buffers are updated after each transfer - and when the start and end pointer are equal, the TD is - retired to the done-queue. The four types of endpoints have - their own queues. Control and bulk endpoints are queued each at - their own queue. Interrupt EDs are queued in a tree, with the - level in the tree defining the frequency at which they - run. - - framelist interruptisochronous control bulk - - The schedule being run by the host controller in each - frame looks as follows. The controller will first run the - non-periodic control and bulk queues, up to a time limit set - by the HC driver. Then the interrupt transfers for that frame - number are run, by using the lower five bits of the frame - number as an index into level 0 of the tree of interrupts - EDs. At the end of this tree the isochronous EDs are connected - and these are traversed subsequently. The isochronous TDs - contain the frame number of the first frame the transfer - should be run in. After all the periodic transfers have been - run, the control and bulk queues are traversed - again. Periodically the interrupt service routine is called to - process the done queue and call the callbacks for each - transfer and reschedule interrupt and isochronous - endpoints. - - See for a more elaborate description the - OHCI specification. Services layer The middle layer - provides access to the device in a controlled way and - maintains resources in use by the different drivers and the - services layer. The layer takes care of the following - aspects: - - - The device configuration - information - The pipes to communicate with a - device - Probing and attaching and detaching form a - device. - - - - - - - USB Device Information - - - Device configuration information - - Each device provides different levels of configuration - information. Each device has one or more configurations, of - which one is selected during probe/attach. A configuration - provides power and bandwidth requirements. Within each - configuration there can be multiple interfaces. A device - interface is a collection of endpoints. For example USB - speakers can have an interface for the audio data (Audio - Class) and an interface for the knobs, dials and buttons (HID - Class). All interfaces in a configuration are active at the - same time and can be attached to by different drivers. Each - interface can have alternates, providing different quality of - service parameters. In for example cameras this is used to - provide different frame sizes and numbers of frames per - second. - - Within each interface 0 or more endpoints can be - specified. Endpoints are the unidirectional access points for - communicating with a device. They provide buffers to - temporarily store incoming or outgoing data from the - device. Each endpoint has a unique address within - a configuration, the endpoint's number plus its direction. The - default endpoint, endpoint 0, is not part of any interface and - available in all configurations. It is managed by the services - layer and not directly available to device drivers. - - Level 0 Level 1 Level 2 Slot 0 - Slot 3 Slot 2 Slot 1 - (Only 4 out of 32 slots shown) - - This hierarchical configuration information is described - in the device by a standard set of descriptors (see section 9.6 - of the USB specification [ 2]). They can be requested through - the Get Descriptor Request. The services layer caches these - descriptors to avoid unnecessary transfers on the USB - bus. Access to the descriptors is provided through function - calls. - - - Device descriptors: General information about - the device, like Vendor, Product and Revision Id, supported - device class, subclass and protocol if applicable, maximum - packet size for the default endpoint, etc. - - Configuration descriptors: The number of - interfaces in this configuration, suspend and resume - functionality supported and power - requirements. - - Interface descriptors: interface class, - subclass and protocol if applicable, number of alternate - settings for the interface and the number of - endpoints. - - Endpoint descriptors: Endpoint address, - direction and type, maximum packet size supported and - polling frequency if type is interrupt endpoint. There is no - descriptor for the default endpoint (endpoint 0) and it is - never counted in an interface descriptor. - - String descriptors: In the other descriptors - string indices are supplied for some fields.These can be - used to retrieve descriptive strings, possibly in multiple - languages. - - - - Class specifications can add their own descriptor types - that are available through the GetDescriptor Request. - - Pipes Communication to end points on a device flows - through so-called pipes. Drivers submit transfers to endpoints - to a pipe and provide a callback to be called on completion or - failure of the transfer (asynchronous transfers) or wait for - completion (synchronous transfer). Transfers to an endpoint - are serialised in the pipe. A transfer can either complete, - fail or time-out (if a time-out has been set). There are two - types of time-outs for transfers. Time-outs can happen due to - time-out on the USBbus (milliseconds). These time-outs are - seen as failures and can be due to disconnection of the - device. A second form of time-out is implemented in software - and is triggered when a transfer does not complete within a - specified amount of time (seconds). These are caused by a - device acknowledging negatively (NAK) the transferred - packets. The cause for this is the device not being ready to - receive data, buffer under- or overrun or protocol - errors. - - If a transfer over a pipe is larger than the maximum - packet size specified in the associated endpoint descriptor, - the host controller (OHCI) or the HC driver (UHCI) will split - the transfer into packets of maximum packet size, with the - last packet possibly smaller than the maximum - packet size. - - Sometimes it is not a problem for a device to return less - data than requested. For example abulk-in-transfer to a modem - might request 200 bytes of data, but the modem has only 5 - bytes available at that time. The driver can set the short - packet (SPD) flag. It allows the host controller to accept a - packet even if the amount of data transferred is less than - requested. This flag is only valid for in-transfers, as the - amount of data to be sent to a device is always known - beforehand. If an unrecoverable error occurs in a device - during a transfer the pipe is stalled. Before any more data is - accepted or sent the driver needs to resolve the cause of the - stall and clear the endpoint stall condition through send the - clear endpoint halt device request over the default - pipe. The default endpoint should never stall. - - There are four different types of endpoints and - corresponding pipes: - Control pipe / default pipe: There is - one control pipe per device, connected to the default endpoint - (endpoint 0). The pipe carries the device requests and - associated data. The difference between transfers over the - default pipe and other pipes is that the protocol for - the transfers is described in the USB specification [ 2]. These - requests are used to reset and configure the device. A basic - set of commands that must be supported by each device is - provided in chapter 9 of the USB specification [ 2]. The - commands supported on this pipe can be extended by a device - class specification to support additional - functionality. - - - Bulk pipe: This is the USB equivalent to a raw - transmission medium. - Interrupt pipe: The host sends a request for - data to the device and if the device has nothing to send, it - will NAK the data packet. Interrupt transfers are scheduled - at a frequency specified when creating the - pipe. - - Isochronous pipe: These pipes are intended for - isochronous data, for example video or audio streams, with - fixed latency, but no guaranteed delivery. Some support for - pipes of this type is available in the current - implementation. Packets in control, bulk and interrupt - transfers are retried if an error occurs during transmission - or the device acknowledges the packet negatively (NAK) due to - for example lack of buffer space to store the incoming - data. Isochronous packets are however not retried in case of - failed delivery or NAK of a packet as this might violate the - timing constraints. - - - The availability of the necessary bandwidth is calculated - during the creation of the pipe. Transfers are scheduled within - frames of 1 millisecond. The bandwidth allocation within a - frame is prescribed by the USB specification, section 5.6 [ - 2]. Isochronous and interrupt transfers are allowed to consume - up to 90% of the bandwidth within a frame. Packets for control - and bulk transfers are scheduled after all isochronous and - interrupt packets and will consume all the remaining - bandwidth. - - More information on scheduling of transfers and bandwidth - reclamation can be found in chapter 5of the USB specification - [ 2], section 1.3 of the UHCI specification [ 3] and section - 3.4.2 of the OHCI specification [4]. - - - - - - Device probe and attach - - After the notification by the hub that a new device has been - connected, the service layer switches on the port, providing the - device with 100 mA of current. At this point the device is in - its default state and listening to device address 0. The - services layer will proceed to retrieve the various descriptors - through the default pipe. After that it will send a Set Address - request to move the device away from the default device address - (address 0). Multiple device drivers might be able to support - the device. For example a modem driver might be able to support - an ISDN TA through the AT compatibility interface. A driver for - that specific model of the ISDN adapter might however be able to - provide much better support for this device. To support this - flexibility, the probes return priorities indicating their level - of support. Support for a specific revision of a product ranks - the highest and the generic driver the lowest priority. It might - also be that multiple drivers could attach to one device if - there are multiple interfaces within one configuration. Each - driver only needs to support a subset of the interfaces. - - The probing for a driver for a newly attached device checks - first for device specific drivers. If not found, the probe code - iterates over all supported configurations until a driver - attaches in a configuration. To support devices with multiple - drivers on different interfaces, the probe iterates over all - interfaces in a configuration that have not yet been claimed by - a driver. Configurations that exceed the power budget for the - hub are ignored. During attach the driver should initialise the - device to its proper state, but not reset it, as this will make - the device disconnect itself from the bus and restart the - probing process for it. To avoid consuming unnecessary bandwidth - should not claim the interrupt pipe at attach time, but - should postpone allocating the pipe until the file is opened and - the data is actually used. When the file is closed the pipe - should be closed again, even though the device might still be - attached. - - - Device disconnect and detach - - A device driver should expect to receive errors during any - transaction with the device. The design of USB supports and - encourages the disconnection of devices at any point in - time. Drivers should make sure that they do the right thing - when the device disappears. - - Furthermore a device that has been disconnected and - reconnected will not be reattached at the same device - instance. This might change in the future when more devices - support serial numbers (see the device descriptor) or other - means of defining an identity for a device have been - developed. - - The disconnection of a device is signaled by a hub in the - interrupt packet delivered to the hub driver. The status - change information indicates which port has seen a connection - change. The device detach method for all device drivers for - the device connected on that port are called and the structures - cleaned up. If the port status indicates that in the mean time - a device has been connected to that port, the procedure for - probing and attaching the device will be started. A device - reset will produce a disconnect-connect sequence on the hub - and will be handled as described above. - - - - - - USB Drivers Protocol Information - - The protocol used over pipes other than the default pipe is - undefined by the USB specification. Information on this can be - found from various sources. The most accurate source is the - developer's section on the USB home pages [ 1]. From these pages - a growing number of deviceclass specifications are - available. These specifications specify what a compliant device - should look like from a driver perspective, basic functionality - it needs to provide and the protocol that is to be used over the - communication channels. The USB specification [ 2] includes the - description of the Hub Class. A class specification for Human - Interface Devices (HID) has been created to cater for keyboards, - tablets, bar-code readers, buttons, knobs, switches, etc. A - third example is the class specification for mass storage - devices. For a full list of device classes see the developers - section on the USB home pages [ 1]. - - For many devices the protocol information has not yet been - published however. Information on the protocol being used might - be available from the company making the device. Some companies - will require you to sign a Non -Disclosure Agreement (NDA) - before giving you the specifications. This in most cases - precludes making the driver open source. - - Another good source of information is the Linux driver - sources, as a number of companies have started to provide drivers - for Linux for their devices. It is always a good idea to contact - the authors of those drivers for their source of - information. - - Example: Human Interface Devices The specification for the - Human Interface Devices like keyboards, mice, tablets, buttons, - dials,etc. is referred to in other device class specifications - and is used in many devices. - - For example audio speakers provide endpoints to the digital - to analogue converters and possibly an extra pipe for a - microphone. They also provide a HID endpoint in a separate - interface for the buttons and dials on the front of the - device. The same is true for the monitor control class. It is - straightforward to build support for these interfaces through - the available kernel and userland libraries together with the - HID class driver or the generic driver. Another device that - serves as an example for interfaces within one configuration - driven by different device drivers is a cheap keyboard with - built-in legacy mouse port. To avoid having the cost of - including the hardware for a USB hub in the device, - manufacturers combined the mouse data received from the PS/2 port - on the back of the keyboard and the key presses from the keyboard - into two separate interfaces in the same configuration. The - mouse and keyboard drivers each attach to the appropriate - interface and allocate the pipes to the two independent - endpoints. - - Example: Firmware download Many devices that have been - developed are based on a general purpose processor with - an additional USB core added to it. Because the development of - drivers and firmware for USB devices is still very new, many - devices require the downloading of the firmware after they - have been connected. - - The procedure followed is straightforward. The device - identifies itself through a vendor and product Id. The first - driver probes and attaches to it and downloads the firmware into - it. After that the device soft resets itself and the driver is - detached. After a short pause the device announces its presence - on the bus. The device will have changed its - vendor/product/revision Id to reflect the fact that it has been - supplied with firmware and as a consequence a second driver will - probe it and attach to it. - - An example of these types of devices is the ActiveWire I/O - board, based on the EZ-USB chip. For this chip a generic firmware - downloader is available. The firmware downloaded into the - ActiveWire board changes the revision Id. It will then perform a - soft reset of the USB part of the EZ-USB chip to disconnect from - the USB bus and again reconnect. - - Example: Mass Storage Devices Support for mass storage - devices is mainly built around existing protocols. The Iomega - USB Zipdrive is based on the SCSI version of their drive. The - SCSI commands and status messages are wrapped in blocks and - transferred over the bulk pipes to and from the device, - emulating a SCSI controller over the USB wire. ATAPI and UFI - commands are supported in a similar fashion. - - The Mass Storage Specification supports 2 different types of - wrapping of the command block.The initial attempt was based on - sending the command and status through the default pipe and - using bulk transfers for the data to be moved between the host - and the device. Based on experience a second approach was - designed that was based on wrapping the command and status - blocks and sending them over the bulk out and in endpoint. The - specification specifies exactly what has to happen when and what - has to be done in case an error condition is encountered. The - biggest challenge when writing drivers for these devices is to - fit USB based protocol into the existing support for mass storage - devices. CAM provides hooks to do this in a fairly straight - forward way. ATAPI is less simple as historically the IDE - interface has never had many different appearances. - - The support for the USB floppy from Y-E Data is again less - straightforward as a new command set has been designed. - - - - diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/vm/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/vm/chapter.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index b48098aa00..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/vm/chapter.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,255 +0,0 @@ - - - - Virtual Memory System - - - The FreeBSD VM System - - Contributed by &a.dillon;. 6 Feb 1999 - - - Management of physical - memory—<literal>vm_page_t</literal> - - Physical memory is managed on a page-by-page basis through the - vm_page_t structure. Pages of physical memory are - categorized through the placement of their respective - vm_page_t structures on one of several paging - queues. - - A page can be in a wired, active, inactive, cache, or free state. - Except for the wired state, the page is typically placed in a doubly - link list queue representing the state that it is in. Wired pages - are not placed on any queue. - - FreeBSD implements a more involved paging queue for cached and - free pages in order to implement page coloring. Each of these states - involves multiple queues arranged according to the size of the - processor's L1 and L2 caches. When a new page needs to be allocated, - FreeBSD attempts to obtain one that is reasonably well aligned from - the point of view of the L1 and L2 caches relative to the VM object - the page is being allocated for. - - Additionally, a page may be held with a reference count or locked - with a busy count. The VM system also implements an ultimate - locked state for a page using the PG_BUSY bit in the page's - flags. - - In general terms, each of the paging queues operates in a LRU - fashion. A page is typically placed in a wired or active state - initially. When wired, the page is usually associated with a page - table somewhere. The VM system ages the page by scanning pages in a - more active paging queue (LRU) in order to move them to a less-active - paging queue. Pages that get moved into the cache are still - associated with a VM object but are candidates for immediate reuse. - Pages in the free queue are truly free. FreeBSD attempts to minimize - the number of pages in the free queue, but a certain minimum number of - truly free pages must be maintained in order to accommodate page - allocation at interrupt time. - - If a process attempts to access a page that does not exist in its - page table but does exist in one of the paging queues (such as the - inactive or cache queues), a relatively inexpensive page reactivation - fault occurs which causes the page to be reactivated. If the page - does not exist in system memory at all, the process must block while - the page is brought in from disk. - - FreeBSD dynamically tunes its paging queues and attempts to - maintain reasonable ratios of pages in the various queues as well as - attempts to maintain a reasonable breakdown of clean vs. dirty pages. - The amount of rebalancing that occurs depends on the system's memory - load. This rebalancing is implemented by the pageout daemon and - involves laundering dirty pages (syncing them with their backing - store), noticing when pages are activity referenced (resetting their - position in the LRU queues or moving them between queues), migrating - pages between queues when the queues are out of balance, and so forth. - FreeBSD's VM system is willing to take a reasonable number of - reactivation page faults to determine how active or how idle a page - actually is. This leads to better decisions being made as to when to - launder or swap-out a page. - - - - The unified buffer - cache—<literal>vm_object_t</literal> - - FreeBSD implements the idea of a generic VM object. - VM objects can be associated with backing store of various - types—unbacked, swap-backed, physical device-backed, or - file-backed storage. Since the filesystem uses the same VM objects to - manage in-core data relating to files, the result is a unified buffer - cache. - - VM objects can be shadowed. That is, they - can be stacked on top of each other. For example, you might have a - swap-backed VM object stacked on top of a file-backed VM object in - order to implement a MAP_PRIVATE mmap()ing. This stacking is also - used to implement various sharing properties, including - copy-on-write, for forked address spaces. - - It should be noted that a vm_page_t can only be - associated with one VM object at a time. The VM object shadowing - implements the perceived sharing of the same page across multiple - instances. - - - - Filesystem I/O—<literal>struct buf</literal> - - vnode-backed VM objects, such as file-backed objects, generally - need to maintain their own clean/dirty info independent from the VM - system's idea of clean/dirty. For example, when the VM system decides - to synchronize a physical page to its backing store, the VM system - needs to mark the page clean before the page is actually written to - its backing store. Additionally, filesystems need to be able to map - portions of a file or file metadata into KVM in order to operate on - it. - - The entities used to manage this are known as filesystem buffers, - struct buf's, or - bp's. When a filesystem needs to operate on a - portion of a VM object, it typically maps part of the object into a - struct buf and the maps the pages in the struct buf into KVM. In the - same manner, disk I/O is typically issued by mapping portions of - objects into buffer structures and then issuing the I/O on the buffer - structures. The underlying vm_page_t's are typically busied for the - duration of the I/O. Filesystem buffers also have their own notion of - being busy, which is useful to filesystem driver code which would - rather operate on filesystem buffers instead of hard VM pages. - - FreeBSD reserves a limited amount of KVM to hold mappings from - struct bufs, but it should be made clear that this KVM is used solely - to hold mappings and does not limit the ability to cache data. - Physical data caching is strictly a function of - vm_page_t's, not filesystem buffers. However, - since filesystem buffers are used to placehold I/O, they do inherently - limit the amount of concurrent I/O possible. However, as there are usually a - few thousand filesystem buffers available, this is not usually a - problem. - - - - Mapping Page Tables - vm_map_t, vm_entry_t - - FreeBSD separates the physical page table topology from the VM - system. All hard per-process page tables can be reconstructed on the - fly and are usually considered throwaway. Special page tables such as - those managing KVM are typically permanently preallocated. These page - tables are not throwaway. - - FreeBSD associates portions of vm_objects with address ranges in - virtual memory through vm_map_t and - vm_entry_t structures. Page tables are directly - synthesized from the - vm_map_t/vm_entry_t/ - vm_object_t hierarchy. Recall that I mentioned - that physical pages are only directly associated with a - vm_object; that is not quite true. - vm_page_t's are also linked into page tables that - they are actively associated with. One vm_page_t - can be linked into several pmaps, as page tables - are called. However, the hierarchical association holds, so all - references to the same page in the same object reference the same - vm_page_t and thus give us buffer cache unification - across the board. - - - - KVM Memory Mapping - - FreeBSD uses KVM to hold various kernel structures. The single - largest entity held in KVM is the filesystem buffer cache. That is, - mappings relating to struct buf entities. - - Unlike Linux, FreeBSD does not map all of physical memory into - KVM. This means that FreeBSD can handle memory configurations up to - 4G on 32 bit platforms. In fact, if the mmu were capable of it, - FreeBSD could theoretically handle memory configurations up to 8TB on - a 32 bit platform. However, since most 32 bit platforms are only - capable of mapping 4GB of ram, this is a moot point. - - KVM is managed through several mechanisms. The main mechanism - used to manage KVM is the zone allocator. The - zone allocator takes a chunk of KVM and splits it up into - constant-sized blocks of memory in order to allocate a specific type - of structure. You can use vmstat -m to get an - overview of current KVM utilization broken down by zone. - - - - Tuning the FreeBSD VM system - - A concerted effort has been made to make the FreeBSD kernel - dynamically tune itself. Typically you do not need to mess with - anything beyond the and - kernel config options. That is, kernel - compilation options specified in (typically) - /usr/src/sys/i386/conf/CONFIG_FILE. - A description of all available kernel configuration options can be - found in /usr/src/sys/i386/conf/LINT. - - In a large system configuration you may wish to increase - . Values typically range from 10 to 128. - Note that raising too high can cause the - system to overflow available KVM resulting in unpredictable operation. - It is better to leave at some reasonable number and add other - options, such as , to increase specific - resources. - - If your system is going to use the network heavily, you may want - to increase . Typical values range from - 1024 to 4096. - - The NBUF parameter is also traditionally used - to scale the system. This parameter determines the amount of KVA the - system can use to map filesystem buffers for I/O. Note that this - parameter has nothing whatsoever to do with the unified buffer cache! - This parameter is dynamically tuned in 3.0-CURRENT and later kernels - and should generally not be adjusted manually. We recommend that you - not try to specify an NBUF - parameter. Let the system pick it. Too small a value can result in - extremely inefficient filesystem operation while too large a value can - starve the page queues by causing too many pages to become wired - down. - - By default, FreeBSD kernels are not optimized. You can set - debugging and optimization flags with the - makeoptions directive in the kernel configuration. - Note that you should not use unless you can - accommodate the large (typically 7 MB+) kernels that result. - - makeoptions DEBUG="-g" -makeoptions COPTFLAGS="-O -pipe" - - Sysctl provides a way to tune kernel parameters at run-time. You - typically do not need to mess with any of the sysctl variables, - especially the VM related ones. - - Run time VM and system tuning is relatively straightforward. - First, use softupdates on your UFS/FFS filesystems whenever possible. - /usr/src/sys/ufs/ffs/README.softupdates contains - instructions (and restrictions) on how to configure it. - - Second, configure sufficient swap. You should have a swap - partition configured on each physical disk, up to four, even on your - work disks. You should have at least 2x the swap space - as you have main memory, and possibly even more if you do not have a - lot of memory. You should also size your swap partition based on the - maximum memory configuration you ever intend to put on the machine so - you do not have to repartition your disks later on. If you want to be - able to accommodate a crash dump, your first swap partition must be at - least as large as main memory and /var/crash must - have sufficient free space to hold the dump. - - NFS-based swap is perfectly acceptable on -4.x or later systems, - but you must be aware that the NFS server will take the brunt of the - paging load. - - - - diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/disk-layout.kil b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/disk-layout.kil deleted file mode 100644 index 85820c2878..0000000000 Binary files a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/disk-layout.kil and /dev/null differ diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir1.dot b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir1.dot deleted file mode 100644 index f259e8377d..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir1.dot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -// $FreeBSD$ - -digraph directory { - root [label="Root\n/"]; - root -> "A1/"; - root -> "A2/"; -} diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir2.dot b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir2.dot deleted file mode 100644 index b846c82399..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir2.dot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -// $FreeBSD$ - -digraph directory { - root [label="Root\n/"]; - root -> "A1/" -> "B1/"; - "A1/" -> "B2/"; - root -> "A2/"; -} diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir3.dot b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir3.dot deleted file mode 100644 index 178a3a91bb..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir3.dot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -// $FreeBSD$ - -digraph directory { - root [label="Root\n/"]; - root -> "A1/"; - root -> "A2/" -> "B1/"; - "A2/" -> "B2/"; -} diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir4.dot b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir4.dot deleted file mode 100644 index 82d12b421a..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir4.dot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -// $FreeBSD$ - -digraph directory { - root [label="Root\n/"]; - root -> "A1/"; - root -> "A2/" -> "B1/" -> "C1/"; - "B1/" -> "C2/"; - "A2/" -> "B2/"; -} diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir5.dot b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir5.dot deleted file mode 100644 index f5aa6e01dc..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/basics/example-dir5.dot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -// $FreeBSD$ - -digraph directory { - root [label="Root\n/"]; - root -> "A1/" -> "C1/"; - "A1/" -> "C2/"; - root -> "A2/" -> "B1/"; - "A2/" -> "B2/"; -} diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/mirrors/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/mirrors/chapter.sgml index 095e68843e..25016f6ede 100644 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/mirrors/chapter.sgml +++ b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/mirrors/chapter.sgml @@ -3831,6 +3831,14 @@ doc/zh_TW.Big5 Other revision tags that are available include: + + RELENG_4_6_1_RELEASE + + + FreeBSD 4.6.1 + + + RELENG_4_6_0_RELEASE diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/multimedia/Makefile b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/multimedia/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 0ea7f84352..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/multimedia/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -# -# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter. -# -# $FreeBSD$ -# - -CHAPTERS= sound/chapter.sgml - -VPATH= .. - -MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX} - -DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../.. - -.include "../Makefile" diff --git a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/multimedia/chapter.sgml b/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/multimedia/chapter.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index fc05ff119d..0000000000 --- a/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/multimedia/chapter.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,589 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Moses - Moore - Contributed by - - - - - - Sound - - - Synopsis - - FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards, allowing you - to enjoy high fidelity output from your computer. This includes - the ability to record and playback audio in the MPEG Audio Layer - 3 (MP3), WAV, and Ogg Vorbis formats as well as many other - formats. The FreeBSD Ports Collection also contains - applications allowing you to edit your recorded audio, add sound - effects, and control attached MIDI devices. - - After reading this chapter, you will know: - - How to locate your sound card. - How to configure your system so that your sound card is - recognized. - Methods to test that your card is working using - sample applications. - How to troubleshoot your sound setup. - How to playback and encode MP3s. - How to rip CD audio tracks into data files. - - - Before reading this chapter, you should: - - - Know how to configure and install a new kernel (). - - - - - Locating the Correct Device - - PCI - ISA - sound cards - Before you begin, you should know the model of the card you - have, the chip it uses, and whether it is a PCI or ISA card. - FreeBSD supports a wide variety of both PCI and ISA cards. If - you do not see your card in the following list, check the - &man.pcm.4; manual page. This is not a complete list; however, - it does list some of the most common cards. - - - - Crystal 4237, 4236, 4232, 4231 - - - - Yamaha OPL-SAx - - - - OPTi931 - - - - Ensoniq AudioPCI 1370/1371 - - - - ESS Solo-1/1E - - - - NeoMagic 256AV/ZX - - - - Sound Blaster Pro, 16, 32, AWE64, AWE128, Live - - - - Creative ViBRA16 - - - - Advanced Asound 100, 110, and Logic ALS120 - - - - ES 1868, 1869, 1879, 1888 - - - - Gravis UltraSound - - - - Aureal Vortex 1 or 2 - - - - - kernel - configuration - - - To use your sound device, you will need to load the proper - device driver. This may be accomplished in one of two ways. - The easiest way is to simply load a kernel module for your sound - card with &man.kldload.8;. Alternatively, you may statically - compile in support for your sound card in your kernel. The - sections below provide the information you need to add support - for your hardware in this manner. For more information about - recompiling your kernel, please see . - - - Creative, Advance, and ESS Sound Cards - - If you have one of the above cards, you will need to - add: - - device pcm - - to your kernel configuration file. If you have a PnP ISA - card, you will also need to add: - - device sbc - - For a non-PnP ISA card, add: - - device pcm -device sbc0 at isa? port 0x220 irq 5 drq 1 flags 0x15 - - to your kernel configuration file. The settings shown - above are the defaults. You may need to change the IRQ or the - other settings to match your card. See the &man.sbc.4; manual - page for more information. - - - The Sound Blaster Live is not supported under FreeBSD 4.0 - without a patch, which this section will not cover. It is - recommended that you update to the latest -STABLE before - trying to use this card. - - - - - Gravis UltraSound Cards - - For a PnP ISA card, you will need to add: - - device pcm -device gusc - - to your kernel configuration file. If you have a non-PnP - ISA card, you will need to add: - - device pcm -device gus0 at isa? port 0x220 irq 5 drq 1 flags 0x13 - - to your kernel configuration file. You may need to change - the IRQ or the other settings to match your card. See the - &man.gusc.4; manual page for more information. - - - - Crystal Sound Cards - - For Crystal cards, you will need to add: - - device pcm -device csa - - to your kernel configuration file. - - - - Generic Support - - For PnP ISA or PCI cards, you will need to add: - - device pcm - - to your kernel configuration file. If you have a non-PnP - ISA sound card that does not have a bridge driver, you will - need to add: - - device pcm0 at isa? irq 10 drq 1 flags 0x0 - - to your kernel configuration file. You may need to change - the IRQ or the other settings to match your card. - - - - - Onboard Sound - - Some systems with built-in motherboard sound devices may - require the following option in your kernel - configuration: - - options PNPBIOS - - - - - Creating and Testing the Device Nodes - - device nodes - After you reboot, log in and run dmesg | grep - pcm as shown below: - - &prompt.root; dmesg | grep pcm -pcm0: <SB16 DSP 4.11> on sbc0 - - The output from your system may look different. If no - pcm devices show up, something went - wrong earlier. If that happens, go through your kernel - configuration file again and make sure you chose the correct - device. Consult the troubleshooting section for additional - options. - - If the previous command returned - pcm0, you will have to run the - following as root: - - &prompt.root; cd /dev -&prompt.root; sh MAKEDEV snd0 - - If the command returned pcm1, - follow the same steps as shown above, replacing - snd0 with - snd1. - - - The above commands will not create a - /dev/snd device! - - - MAKEDEV will create a group of device - nodes, including: - - - - - - Device - Description - - - - - - /dev/audio - SPARC-compatible audio device - - - - /dev/dsp - Digitized voice device - - - - /dev/dspW - Like /dev/dsp, but 16 bits - per sample - - - - /dev/midi - Raw midi access device - - - - /dev/mixer - Control port mixer device - - - - /dev/music - Level 2 sequencer interface - - - - /dev/sequencer - Sequencer device - - - - /dev/pss - Programmable device interface - - - - - - If all goes well, you should now have a functioning sound - card. You may want to install an application such as - audio/mpg123 to listen to audio files. - - - Common Problems - - - - - - Error - Solution - - - device node - - - - unsupported subdevice XX - One or more of the device nodes was not created - correctly. Repeat the steps above. - - - I/O port - - sb_dspwr(XX) timed out - The I/O port is not set correctly. - - - IRQ - - bad irq XX - The IRQ is set incorrectly. Make sure that - the set IRQ and the sound IRQ are the same. - - - - xxx: gus pcm not attached, out of - memory - There is not enough available memory to use - the device. - - - DSP - - xxx: can't open /dev/dsp! - Check with fstat | grep dsp - if another application is holding the device open. - Noteworthy troublemakers are esound and KDE's sound - support. - - - - - - - - - - - - Chern - Lee - Contributed by - - - - - - MP3 Audio - - MP3 (MPEG Layer 3 Audio) accomplishes near CD-quality sound, - leaving no reason to let your FreeBSD workstation fall short of - its offerings. - - - MP3 Players - - By far, the most popular XFree86 MP3 player is - XMMS (X Multimedia System). - Winamp - skins can be used with XMMS since the - GUI is almost identical to that of Nullsoft's - Winamp. - XMMS also has native plug-in - support. - - XMMS can be installed from the - audio/xmms port or package. - - XMMS' interface is intuitive, - with a playlist, graphic equalizer, and more. Those familiar - with Winamp will find - XMMS simple to use. - - The audio/mpg123 port is an alternative, - command-line MP3 player. - - mpg123 can be run by specifying - the sound device and the MP3 file on the command line, as - shown below: - - &prompt.root; mpg123 -a /dev/dsp1.0 Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3 -High Performance MPEG 1.0/2.0/2.5 Audio Player for Layer 1, 2 and 3. -Version 0.59r (1999/Jun/15). Written and copyrights by Michael Hipp. -Uses code from various people. See 'README' for more! -THIS SOFTWARE COMES WITH ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY! USE AT YOUR OWN RISK! - - - - - -Playing MPEG stream from BT - Foobar-GreastHits.mp3 ... -MPEG 1.0 layer III, 128 kbit/s, 44100 Hz joint-stereo - - - /dev/dsp1.0 should be replaced with the - dsp device entry on your system. - - - - - Ripping CD Audio Tracks - - Before encoding a CD or CD track to MP3, the audio data on - the CD must be ripped onto the hard drive. This is done by - copying the raw CDDA (CD Digital Audio) data to WAV - files. - - The cdda2wav tool, which is a part of - the sysutils/cdrtools suite, is used for ripping - audio information of CDs and the information associated with - it. - - With the audio CD in the drive, the following command can - be issued (as root) to rip an entire CD - into individual (per track) WAV files: - - &prompt.root; cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -B - - The - indicates the SCSI device 0,1,0, - which corresponds to the output of cdrecord - -scanbus. - - To rip individual tracks, make use of the - option as shown: - - &prompt.root; cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -t 7 - - This example rips track seven of the audio CDROM. To rip - a range of tracks, for example, track one to seven, specify a - range: - - &prompt.root; cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -t 1+7 - - cdda2wav will also support - ATAPI (IDE) CDROM drives. To rip from an IDE drive, specify - the device name in place of the SCSI unit numbers. For - example, to rip track 7 from an IDE drive: - - &prompt.root; cdda2wav -D /dev/acd0a -t 7 - - - - - Encoding MP3s - - Nowadays, the mp3 encoder of choice is - lame. - Lame can be found at - audio/lame in the ports tree. - - Using the ripped WAV files, the following command will - convert audio01.wav to - audio01.mp3: - - &prompt.root; lame -h -b 128 \ ---tt "Foo Song Title" \ ---ta "FooBar Artist" \ ---tl "FooBar Album" \ ---ty "2001" \ ---tc "Ripped and encoded by Foo" \ ---tg "Genre" \ -audio01.wav audio01.mp3 - - 128 kbits seems to be the standard MP3 bitrate in use. - Many enjoy the higher quality 160, or 192. The higher the - bitrate, the more disk space the resulting MP3 will - consume--but the quality will be higher. The - option turns on the higher quality - but a little slower mode. The options beginning with - indicate ID3 tags, which usually contain - song information, to be embedded within the MP3 file. - Additional encoding options can be found by consulting the - lame manual page. - - - - Decoding MP3s - - In order to burn an audio CD from MP3s, they must be - converted to a non-compressed WAV format. Both - XMMS and - mpg123 support the output of MP3 to - an uncompressed file format. - - Writing to Disk in XMMS: - - - - Launch XMMS. - - - - Right-click on the window to bring up the - XMMS menu. - - - - Select Preference under - Options. - - - - Change the Output Plugin to Disk Writer - Plugin. - - - - Press Configure. - - - - Enter (or choose browse) a directory to write the - uncompressed files to. - - - - Load the MP3 file into XMMS - as usual, with volume at 100% and EQ settings turned - off. - - - - Press Play — - XMMS will appear as if it is - playing the MP3, but no music will be heard. It is - actually playing the MP3 to a file. - - - - Be sure to set the default Output Plugin back to what - it was before in order to listen to MP3s again. - - - - Writing to stdout in mpg123: - - - - Run mpg123 -s audio01.mp3 - > audio01.pcm - - - - XMMS writes a file in the WAV - format, while mpg123 converts the - MP3 into raw PCM audio data. Both of these formats can be - used with cdrecord or - burncd to create audio - CDROMs. - - Read for more information on using a - CD burner in FreeBSD. - - - diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/books/handbook/multimedia/Makefile b/ja_JP.eucJP/books/handbook/multimedia/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 2487a8c522..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/books/handbook/multimedia/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -# -# Build the Handbook with just the content from this chapter. -# -# $FreeBSD$ -# -# Original revision: 1.1 - -CHAPTERS= sound/chapter.sgml - -VPATH= .. - -MASTERDOC= ${.CURDIR}/../${DOC}.${DOCBOOKSUFFIX} - -DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../../.. - -.include "../Makefile" diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/books/handbook/multimedia/chapter.sgml b/ja_JP.eucJP/books/handbook/multimedia/chapter.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 991d5a72f4..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/books/handbook/multimedia/chapter.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,397 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Moses - Moore - 寄稿 - - - - - - サウンド - - - この章では - - FreeBSD はあなたのコンピュータから原音に忠実な再生を楽しむための, - 数多くの種類のサウンドカードをサポートしています. - これにより, MPEG Audio Layer 3 (MP3) や WAV, Ogg Vorbis などの - 音楽を録音したり再生したりできるようになります. - 加えて FreeBSD Ports コレクションには, あなたが録音した音楽を - 編集したり, 音響効果を加えたり, 接続された MIDI 機器を制御したり - するためのアプリケーションが含まれています. - - - - この章を読めば, 以下のことを知ることができます: - - サウンドカードをインストールする方法. - システムを設定してサウンドカードを認識させる方法. - - サンプルアプリケーションを利用してサウンドカードが - うまく動いているかどうかをテストする方法. - サウンド関連の設定のトラブルシュート方法. - - - - この章を読む前に, 以下のことを理解しておく必要があります: - - - 新しいカーネルを設定してインストールする方法 (). - - - - - 正しいデバイスの確認 - - PCI - ISA - サウンドカード - 設定をはじめる前に, あなたが持っているカードのモデル, - そのカードが使用しているチップ, そして PCI, ISA - どちらのカードなのかを確認する必要があります. - FreeBSD は, さまざまな PCI および ISA のカードをサポートしています. - もしあなたのカードが次のリストに無い場合は, - &man.pcm.4; のマニュアルページを確認してください. - これは完全なリストではありませんが, - 良く使われているカードがだいたい含まれています. - - - - Crystal 4237, 4236, 4232, 4231 - - - - ヤマハ OPL-SAx - - - - OPTi931 - - - - Ensoniq AudioPCI 1370/1371 - - - - ESS Solo-1/1E - - - - NeoMagic 256AV/ZX - - - - Sound Blaster Pro, 16, 32, AWE64, AWE128, Live - - - - Creative ViBRA16 - - - - Advanced Asound 100, 110, および Logic ALS120 - - - - ES 1868, 1869, 1879, 1888 - - - - Gravis UltraSound - - - - Aureal Vortex 1 および 2 - - - - - カーネル - コンフィグレーション - - カーネル内で使用するドライバは, - 使用するカードの種類によって異なります. - この節では, それらの詳しい情報と, - カーネルコンフィグレーションファイルに - 何を追加すれば良いのかについて説明します. - - - Creative, Advance, および ESS 社製サウンドカード - - これらのカードを使用する場合は, - カーネルコンフィグレーションファイルに以下の設定を追加します. - - device pcm - - PnP の ISA カードを使用する場合は, さらに - - device sbc - - も加えてください. - PnP ではない ISA のカードを使用する場合は, - - device pcm - - と - - device sbc0 at isa? port0x220 irq 5 drq 1 flags 0x15 - - を加えます. - これらは標準の設定にあわせたものですので, - IRQ などの設定は必要に応じて変更する必要があります. - また, 設定の詳細については, &man.sbc.4; - のマニュアルページを参照してください. - - - パッチを適用していない FreeBSD 4.0 は - Sound Blaster Live に対応していません. - また, この文書ではその設定方法については扱いません. - このカードを使用する前に, 最新の -STABLE - にアップデートするようにしてください. - - - - - Gravis 社製 UltraSound カード - - PnP の ISA カードを使用するには, - カーネルコンフィグレーションファイルに次の - 2 つの設定を追加します. - - device pcm - - device gusc - - PnP ではない ISA カードの場合には, - - device pcm - - と - - device gus0 at isa? port 0x220 irq 5 drq 1 flags 0x13 - - を加えます. - IRQ などの設定は必要に応じて変更する必要があります. - また, 設定の詳細については, &man.gusc.4; - のマニュアルページを参照してください. - - - - Crystal 社製サウンドカード - - Crystal 社製のカードを使用する場合は, - カーネルコンフィグレーションファイルに - - device pcm - - と - - device csa - - の両方が必要です. - - - - 一般的なカードのサポート - - PnP ISA カードや PCI カードを使用する場合は, - - device pcm - - をカーネルコンフィグレーションファイルに追加します. - ブリッジドライバを持たない, PnP 非対応の ISA - カードの場合は, - - device pcm0 at isa? irq 10 drq 1 flags 0x0 - - を加えます. - IRQ などの設定は, - ハードウェアの設定に合うように必要に応じて変更してください. - - - - - カーネルの再構築 - - 必要な設定をカーネルコンフィグレーションファイルに追加したら, - カーネルを再構築します. - 詳細についてはハンドブックのを参照してください. - - - - デバイスノードの作成とテスト - - デバイスノード - 再起動した後, ログインして cat /dev/sndstat - を実行します. すると, 以下のように出力されるはずです. - - FreeBSD Audio Driver (newpcm) Sep 21 2000 18:29:53 -Installed devices: -pcm0: <Aureal Vortex 8830> at memory 0xfeb40000 irq 5 (4p/1r +channels duplex) - - エラーメッセージが出力される場合は, - 今までの手順のどこかが間違っています. - カーネルコンフィグレーションファイルをもう一度見直して, - 正しいデバイスを選択しているかどうか確認してください. - - エラーが出力されずに pcm0 - が出力された場合は, - su コマンドで - root になり, - 次のように実行します. - - &prompt.root; cd /dev -&prompt.root; sh MAKEDEV snd0 - - エラーが出力されずに pcm1 - が出力された場合は, - su コマンドで - root になり, - 次のように実行します. - - &prompt.root; cd /dev -&prompt.root; sh MAKEDEV snd1 - - 上のコマンドはどちらも, - /dev/snd という - デバイスを作成するものではないという点に注意してください! - これらは代わりに, - 次のような複数のデバイスノードを作成します. - - - - - - デバイス - 説明 - - - - - - /dev/audio - SPARC 互換オーディオデバイス - - - - /dev/dsp - (訳注: 8 ビットで) サンプリングする音声デバイス - - - - /dev/dspW - /dev/dspと同様. - ただしサンプリングは 16 ビット. - - - - /dev/midi - Raw MIDI アクセスデバイス - - - - /dev/mixer - コントロールポートミキサーデバイス - - - - /dev/music - レベル 2 シーケンサインタフェース - - - - /dev/sequencer - シーケンサデバイス - - - - /dev/pss - プログラム可能なデバイスインタフェース - - - - - - すべてうまく行けば, - サウンドカードの機能を使用することができます. - うまく行かない場合は, 次の節をご覧ください. - - - - よくある問題 - - - デバイスノード - - - unsupported subdevice XX error が出ました! - - - - いくつかのデバイスノードが正しく作成されていません. - 前節の手順をもう一度やってみてください. - - - - I/O ポート - - - sb_dspwr(XX) timed out error が出ました! - - - - I/O ポートが正しく設定されていません. - - - - IRQ - - - bad irq XX error が出ました! - - - - IRQ が正しく設定されていません. - カーネルコンフィグレーションファイル中の - IRQ の設定と, - サウンドカードの IRQ の設定が同じであるか確認してください. - - - - - - xxx: gus pcm not attached, out of memory というエラーが出ます. - 何が起きたのでしょうか? - - - - これは, - デバイスを使用するために必要なメモリが確保できない時に表示されます. - - - - - - - diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/gtar.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/gtar.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 61b73b3d81..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/gtar.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,597 +0,0 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation -*- nroff -*- -.\" See /usr/src/gnu/COPYING for conditions of redistribution -.\" -.\" Written by John F. Woods -.\" Updated by Robert Eckardt -.\" -.\" %FreeBSD: src/gnu/usr.bin/tar/tar.1,v 1.22.2.11 2001/08/16 10:14:58 ru Exp % -.\" -.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/tar.1,v 1.22 2001/08/17 05:42:08 horikawa Exp $ -.Dd December 23, 2000 -.Os -.Dt TAR 1 -.Sh 名称 -.Nm tar -.Nd "テープアーカイバ; ""tar"" アーカイブファイルの操作" -.Sh 書式 -.Nm -.Op Oo Fl Oc Ns Ar bundled-options Ar Args -.Op Ar gnu-style-flags -.Op Ar filenames | Fl C Ar directory-name -.Ar ... -.Sh 解説 -.Nm -は、歴史的な理由により -.Dq tape archiver -を省略して名付けられました。 -.Nm -プログラムは、 -.Ar tarfile -と呼ばれる -.Nm -フォーマットのアーカイブファイルを作成し、アーカイブにファイルを追加したり、 -またアーカイブからファイルを抽出したりします。 -.Ar tarfile -は通常磁気テープを指しますが、フロッピディスケットや -通常のファイルでも構いません。 -.Pp -通常、 -.Nm -コマンドラインの最初の引数は、機能文字および機能変更文字からなる単語であり、 -その前に ダッシュ (-) を付けても付けなくてもいいようになっています。 -単語には、次の機能文字のうち丁度 1 つを含んでいる必要があります: -.Cm A , -.Cm c , -.Cm d , -.Cm r , -.Cm t , -.Cm u , -.Cm x , -これらはそれぞれ、 -.Em 追加 (append) -、 -.Em 作成 (create) -、 -.Em 差分 (difference) -、 -.Em 置換 (replace) -、 -.Em リスト表示 (table of contents) -、 -.Em 更新 (update) -、 -.Em 抽出 (extract) -を意味しています (下記に詳細があります)。 -これらの他に、以下に詳細を述べる機能変更文字を、コマンド単語に -含めることができます。それらのいくつかは、コマンド単語内と同じ順で -コマンドライン引数を要求します ( -.Sx 使用例 -の節を参照)。 -機能文字と機能変更文字は、GNU 形式の引数で指定することもできます -(2 つのダッシュを最初に付け、1 つのコマンド単語ごとに機能文字か -機能変更文字を 1 つだけ指定する)。 -アーカイブへの追加、アーカイブからの抽出、そしてリスト表示のために -コマンドライン指定するファイル名には、 -シェルのパターンマッチ文字列を使用することができます。 -.Sh 機能 -以下の機能のいずれか 1 つだけを必ず指定する必要があります。 -.Pp -.Bl -tag -width "--concatenate" -compact -.It Fl A -.It Fl -catenate -.It Fl "-concatenate" -指定された ( -.Nm -アーカイブ形式の) ファイルを tar アーカイブの末尾 -に追加します (追加する前の古い end-of-archive ブロックは削除さ -れます)。 -これは、指定されたファイルがアーカイブの中の 1 ファイルとなるので -はなく、指定したファイルの中に含まれているファイルを、最初に指定 -したアーカイブに追加するという効果を持ちます。 -.Em 注 : -このオプションは -.Ar tarfile -を再書き込みする必要があるため、1/4 -インチカートリッジテープでは動作しません。 -.It Fl c -.It Fl -create -新しいアーカイブを作成して (もしくは古い内容を切り捨てて)、指定 -されたファイルをアーカイブに書き込みます。 -.It Fl d -.It Fl -diff -.It Fl -compare -アーカイブの中のファイルと、それに相当するファイルシステム内の -ファイルとの違いを調査します。 -.It Fl -delete -指定されたファイルをアーカイブから削除します -(1/4 インチテープでは動作しません)。 -.It Fl r -.It Fl -append -アーカイブの末尾にファイルを追加します -(1/4 インチテープでは動作しません)。 -.It Fl t -.It Fl -list -アーカイブ内容のリスト表示をします。もし引数として -.Ar filename -が指定されていれば、そのファイルだけがリスト表示されます。 -そうでなければ、アーカイブに含まれるすべてのファイルリストが表示されます。 -.It Fl u -.It Fl -update -指定したファイルのうち、アーカイブ内のファイルよりもディスク上の -ファイルの変更時刻が新しいものだけを追加します。1/4 インチテープ -では動作しません。 -.It Fl x -.It Fl -extract -.It Fl -get -アーカイブからファイルを抽出します。可能ならば、所有者、 -変更時刻、ファイル属性はリストアされます。もし -.Ar file -引数が指定されていなければ、アーカイブ内の全ファイルが抽出されます。 -もし -.Ar filename -引数がテープ上のディレクトリ名にマッチしていれば、そのディレクトリと -ディレクトリ内のファイルが抽出されます (ディレクトリ内の -すべてのディレクトリについても同様に抽出されます)。 -もしアーカイブ内に、相当する同じファイルが複数含まれていれば (上記の -.Fl -append -コマンドを参照)、最後に含まれているものが他のすべてのファイルを -上書きする形で抽出されます。 -.El -.Sh オプション -.Nm -の他のオプションは、組み合わせて使用することができます。 -1 文字オプションは、コマンド単語の中で指定することができます。 -引数を与えるべきオプションの場合、オプションに続けて引数を指定し -ます。1 文字オプションであれば、これに続くコマンドライン引数を -使用します (以下の -.Sx 使用例 -を参照してください)。 -.Pp -.Bl -tag -width "--preserve-permissions" -compact -.It Fl -help -.Nm -のすべてのコマンドオプションについて一覧と解説を表示します。 -.It Fl -atime-preserve -テープに書かれている、ファイルのアクセス時刻をリストアします。 -(inode の変更時刻が変更されることに注意してください!) -.It Fl b -.It Fl -block-size Ar number -読み書きするブロックサイズを -.Ar number -* 512-byte ブロック に設定します。 -.It Fl B -.It Fl -read-full-blocks -短い読みだしブロックを、完全なブロックに再組み立てします ( -.Bx 4.2 -パイプの読み込み用)。 -.It Fl C Ar directory -.It Fl -directory Ar directory -残りの引数を処理する前に -.Ar directory -へ移動します。 -.It Fl -checkpoint -アーカイブを読み書きする間に読み書きしたバッファの数を表示します。 -.It Fl f Xo -.Oo Ar hostname : Oc Ns Ar file -.Xc -.It Fl -file Xo -.Oo Ar hostname : Oc Ns Ar file -.Xc -指定された -.Ar file -(デフォルトは -.Pa /dev/sa0 ) -を読み書きします。 -もし -.Ar hostname -が指定されていれば、 -.Nm -は -.Xr rmt 8 -を使って、リモートマシン上の -.Ar file -を読み書きします。 -.Dq Ar - -はファイル名として使用されることもありますが、 -これは標準入力から読み出したり、標準出力へ書き出したりするために使用されます。 -.It Fl -force-local -コロンがある時でさえ、アーカイブファイルはローカルのものとします。 -.It Fl F Ar file -.It Fl -info-script Ar file -.It Fl -new-volume-script Ar file -それぞれのアーカイブが終ると、スクリプトを実行します (暗黙の -.Fl M -指定が行なわれます)。 -.It Fl -fast-read -ワイルドカードで指定されていないすべての抽出ターゲットが -アーカイブ内に見つかったら、その時点で終了します。 -.It Fl G -.It Fl -incremental -古い GNU-format インクリメンタルバックアップファイルを作成/リスト/抽出します。 -.It Fl g Ar file -.It Fl -listed-incremental Ar file -新しい GNU-format インクリメンタルバックアップファイルを -作成/リスト/抽出します。 -.It Fl h -.It Fl -dereference -シンボリックリンクをシンボリックのまま書き込みません。シンボリックリンクが -指しているデータを書き込みます。 -.It Fl i -.It Fl -ignore-zeros -アーカイブの中のゼロブロック (通常、End-Of-File を意味する) を無視します。 -.It Fl -ignore-failed-read -ファイルが読めなくても、非 0 のステータスで exit しません。 -.It Fl j -.It Fl y -.It Fl -bzip -.It Fl -bzip2 -.It Fl -bunzip2 -アーカイブを -.Xr bzip2 1 -でフィルタリングします。 -.It Fl k -.It Fl -keep-old-files -ディスク上に既にあるファイルを保持します。つまり、アーカイブから -抽出するファイルは、ディスク上のファイルへ上書きしません。 -.It Fl K Ar file -.It Fl -starting-file Ar file -アーカイブの中の -.Ar file -から (抽出、リストなどを) 始めます。 -.It Fl l -.It Fl -one-file-system -あるファイルシステム内にあるファイルだけでアーカイブを作成します -(他ファイルシステムへのマウントポイントを跨ぎません)。 -.It Fl L Ar number -.It Fl -tape-length Ar number -.Ar number -* 1024 バイト書き込んだ後でテープの交換を要求します。 -.It Fl m -.It Fl -modification-time -ファイルの変更時刻を抽出しません。 -.It Fl M -.It Fl -multi-volume -マルチボリュームアーカイブを作成/リスト/抽出します。 -.It Fl n -.It Fl -norecurse -作成時に再帰的にサブディレクトリを走査しません。 -.It Fl -volno-file Ar file -ボリューム番号付きのファイル名です。 -.It Fl N Ar date -.It Fl -after-date Ar date -.It Fl -newer Ar date -作成時間が -.Ar date -より新しいファイルだけを抽出します。 -.It Fl -newer-mtime Ar date -変更時間が -.Ar date -より新しいファイルだけを抽出します。 -.It Fl o -.It Fl -old-archive -.It Fl -portability -POSIX フォーマットではなく、V7 フォーマットのアーカイブを作成します。 -.It Fl O -.It Fl -to-stdout -ファイルを標準出力に抽出します。 -.It Fl p -.It Fl -same-permissions -.It Fl -preserve-permissions -保護情報を完全に抽出します。 -.It Fl -preserve -.Fl p s -の指定と同じ効果を持ちます。 -.It Fl P -.It Fl -absolute-paths -ファイル名から先頭の -.Ql / -をとりません。 -.It Fl R -.It Fl -record-number -メッセージ中にアーカイブ内のレコード番号を埋め込み表示します。 -.It Fl -remove-files -アーカイブに追加したファイルを、追加後に削除します。 -.It Fl s -.It Fl -same-order -.It Fl -preserve-order -アーカイブ内から抽出するファイルを、指定された順のままにします。 -.It Fl -show-omitted-dirs -アーカイブ作成中に除外されたディレクトリを表示します。 -.It Fl S -.It Fl -sparse -.Dq 疎な -ファイルを効率的に扱うようにします。 -.It Fl T Ar file -.It Fl I Ar file -.It Fl -files-from Ar file -.Ar file -から抽出もしくは作成するファイル名を得ます (1 行 1 ファイル名)。 -.It Fl -null -null で終わっている名前を考慮し、 -.Fl T -の振舞を変更します。 -これは -.Fl C -指定を無効にします。 -.It Fl -totals -.Fl -create -によって書かれた総バイト数を表示します。 -.It Fl U -.It Fl -unlink -.It Fl -unlink-first -ファイルを作成する前に、いったん削除します。 -.It Fl v -.It Fl -verbose -.Fl -create -でアーカイブに書くファイルや -.Fl -extract -でアーカイブから -取り出すファイル名をリスト表示します。 -ファイルの保護情報をファイル名とともに表示させるには、 -.Fl -list -を使います。 -.It Fl V Ar volume-name -.It Fl -label Ar volume-name -指定された -.Ar volume-name -を持ったアーカイブを作成します。 -.It Fl -version -.Nm -プログラムのバージョン番号を表示します。 -.It Fl w -.It Fl -interactive -.It Fl -confirmation -すべての動作に対して、確認を求めるようになります。 -.It Fl W -.It Fl -verify -アーカイブを書き込んだ後、ベリファイを試みます。 -.It Fl -exclude Ar pattern -.Ar pattern -にマッチするファイルを除外します -(抽出しません。追加しません。リスト表示しません)。 -.It Fl X Ar file -.It Fl -exclude-from Ar file -.Ar file -に一覧されているファイルを除外します。 -.It Fl Z -.It Fl -compress -.It Fl -uncompress -アーカイブを -.Xr compress 1 -でフィルタリングします。 -.It Fl z -.It Fl -gzip -.It Fl -gunzip -アーカイブを -.Xr gzip 1 -でフィルタリングします。 -.It Fl -use-compress-program Ar program -アーカイブを -.Ar program -でフィルタリングします -(これは、 -.Fl d -が指定されたときは -.Dq decompress -を意味しなければなりません)。 -.It Fl -block-compress -テープもしくはフロッピのために、圧縮プログラムの出力をブロック -化します (そうしないと、ブロック長がおかしくなり、デバイスドライバは -そのブロックを拒絶するでしょう)。 -.It Fl Xo -.Op Cm 0 Ns - Ns Cm 7 Ns -.Op Cm lmh -.Xc -テープドライブと密度を指定します。 -.El -.Sh 環境 -環境変数 -.Ev TAR_OPTIONS -に -.Nm -のデフォルトオプションを保持させることが可能です。 -これらのオプションは最初に解釈されますので、 -明示的なコマンドラインパラメータで上書き可能です。 -.Sh 使用例 -.Pa bert -と -.Pa ernie -というファイルを含む、 -ブロックサイズが 20 ブロックのアーカイブを、 -テープドライブ -.Pa /dev/sa0 -に作るには、 -.Dl "tar cfb /dev/sa0 20 bert ernie" -もしくは -.Dl "tar --create --file /dev/sa0 --block-size 20 bert ernie" -と入力します。 -.Fl f -および -.Fl b -フラグは両方とも引数を必要としていることに注意してください。 -この引数は、コマンド単語に書かれているのと同じ順序でコマンドラインから -取得されます。 -.Pp -.Pa /dev/sa0 -はデフォルトのデバイスであり、20 はデフォルトのブロック -サイズですので、上記の例は次のように単純化できます。 -.Dl "tar c bert ernie" -\&"backup.tar" というアーカイブから、すべての C ソース及びヘッダを -抽出するには、次のようにタイプします。 -.Pp -.Dl tar xf backup.tar '*.[ch]' -.Pp -シェルがカレントディレクトリ内のファイル名に展開しないよう、パターンを -クォートしなければならないことに注意してください (当然、 -シェルはアーカイブ内のファイル一覧にアクセスすることはできません)。 -.Pp -ファイルを階層構造ごとコピーするには、このようにコマンドを使用してください: -.Bd -literal -tar cf - -C srcdir . | tar xpf - -C destdir -.Ed -.Pp -ディスケットに、 -.Xr gzip 1 -を使った圧縮アーカイブを作成するには、次の -ようなコマンドラインを使うといいでしょう。 -.Dl "tar --block-compress -z -c -v -f /dev/fd1a -b 36 tar/" -.Pp -まとめ指定フラグと -.Fl - -スタイルのフラグを混在させることができない -ことに注意してください。次のようにタイプしなければならないわけで -はなく、上記のような書き方で 1 文字フラグを使うことができます。 -.Dl "tar --block-compress --gzip --verbose --file /dev/fd1a --block-size 20 tar/" -.Pp -上のようにして作成したディスクの内容は、次のようにすればリスト -表示できます。 -.Pp -.Dl "tar tvfbz /dev/fd1a 36" -.Pp -2 つの -.Nm -アーカイブを 1 つのアーカイブにまとめるには、 -.Dl "tar Af archive1.tar archive2.tar" -を使います。こうすると、 -.Pa archive2.tar -に含まれているファイルが -.Pa archive1.tar -の末尾に追加されます (単純に -.Dl "cat archive2.tar >> archive1.tar" -とタイプしてもうまくいかないことに注意してください。なぜなら、 -.Nm -アーカイブの末尾には end-of-file ブロックがあるからです)。 -.Pp -.Pa srcdir -ディレクトリから 1997 年 2 月 9 日 13:00 以降に変更をされた -全てのファイルをアーカイブするためには、以下の形式を使って下さい。 -.Dl "tar -c -f backup.tar --newer-mtime 'Feb 9 13:15 1997' srcdir/" -.Pp -他の時間指定形式としては、 -.Sq "02/09/97 13:15" , -.Sq "1997-02-09 13:15" , -.Sq "13:15 9 Feb 1997" , -.Sq "'9 Feb 1997 13:15" , -.Sq "Feb. 9, 1997 1:15pm" , -.Sq "09-Feb" , -.Sq "3 weeks ago" , -.Sq "May first Sunday" -があります。 -正しいタイムゾーンを指定するためには、 -.Sq "13:15 CEST" -や -.Sq "13:15+200" -を使用して下さい。 -.Sh 環境変数 -.Nm -プログラムは、以下の環境変数を参照します。 -.Bl -tag -width "POSIXLY_CORRECT" -.It Ev POSIXLY_CORRECT -通常、 -.Nm -はファイル指定の中に混ざったフラグを処理します。 -この環境変数を設定すると、 -.Nm -は最初のフラグ以外の引数を見つける -とそれ以降の引数に対してフラグ処理を行なわないという、POSIX 仕様 -に合わせた動作を行なうようになります。 -.It Ev SHELL -インタラクティブモードにおいて、サブシェルの起動が要求されたとき、 -.Ev SHELL -変数が設定されていればそれが、設定されていなければ -.Pa /bin/sh -が使用されます。 -.It Ev TAPE -.Nm -のデフォルトのテープドライブを変更します (これは、さらに -.Fl f -フラグによって変更することができます)。 -.It TAR_RSH -TAR_RSH 環境変数は、デフォルトシェルに優先して、 -.Nm tar -のデータ転送に使用されます。 -.El -.Sh 関連ファイル -.Bl -tag -width "/dev/sa0" -.It Pa /dev/sa0 -デフォルトのテープドライブ -.El -.Sh 互換性 -.Fl y -は FreeBSD だけの機能です。 -GNU -.Nm -メンテナは、 -.Fl j -を GNU -.Nm -1.13.18 以降における公式な -.Xr bzip2 1 -圧縮オプションとして採用しました。 -.Fl I -オプションは、Solaris の -.Nm -との互換性のためにあります。 -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr bzip2 1 , -.Xr compress 1 , -.Xr gzip 1 , -.Xr pax 1 , -.Xr rmt 8 -.Sh 歴史 -.Nm -フォーマットは立派な歴史を持っていて、Sixth Edition UNIX に -原点があります。 -この -.Nm -の実装は GNU 実装であり、 -.An John Gilmore -によって書かれた -パブリックドメイン -.Nm -が元になっています。 -.Sh 作者 -.An -nosplit -次の人を含む、大変多くの人々。[ソースの中の -.Pa ChangeLog -ファイルに記述されている人々] -.An John Gilmore -(オリジナルのパブリックドメイン版の作者), -.An Jay Fenlason -(最初の GNU 作者), -.An Joy Kendall , -.An Jim Kingdon , -.An David J. MacKenzie , -.An Michael I Bushnell , -.An Noah Friedman -そして -バグフィックスや追加を貢献してくれた無数の人々。 -.Pp -このマニュアルページは -.Nx 1.0 -release から、 -.Fx -グループが -取り込んだものです。 -.Sh バグ -特徴的な -.Fl C -オプションの動作は、伝統的な -.Nm -プログラムのそれとは異なるので、 -あまり頼りにはできません。 -.Pp -.Fl A -コマンドで任意の数の -.Nm -アーカイブを結合できればいいのですが、それはできません。 -これをやろうとしても、2 つ目以降のアーカイブの -end-of-archive ブロックが削除されずに残ってしまいます。 -.Pp -.Nm -ファイルフォーマットは準固定幅フィールドフォーマットであり、 -デバイス番号用のフィールドは 16 ビット用 -(メジャー 8 ビットでマイナ 8 ビット) -にデザインされており、我々の 32 ビット番号 -(メジャー 8 ビットでマイナ 16+8 ビット) -を吸収できません。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/aic.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/aic.4 deleted file mode 100644 index f0c01ec9ef..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/aic.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1994 James A. Jegers -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products -.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES -.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, -.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT -.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY -.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT -.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF -.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" %Id: aic.4,v 1.4 1997/02/22 13:25:10 peter Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.Dd November 29, 1994 -.Dt AIC 4 i386 -.Os -.Sh 名称 -.Nm aic -.Nd Adaptec の AIC-6260 と AIC-6360 の SCSI ドライバ -.Sh 書式 -.Cd "device aic0 at isa? port 0x340 bio irq 11" -.Sh 解説 -.Nm aic -ドライバは Adaptec の AIC-6260 と AIC-6360 の SCSI -コントローラチップのサポートを提供します。 -これは、Adaptec 152x と Creative -Labs SoundBlaster SCSI ホストアダプタを含みます。 -.Pp -これらのコントローラチップを用いた多くのシステムは -ブート ROM を持っていません。したがって、ここからブートはできません。 -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr cd 4 , -.Xr ch 4 , -.Xr intro 4 , -.Xr sd 4 , -.Xr st 4 - - diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/apm.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/apm.4 deleted file mode 100644 index 779f0a77f1..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/apm.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,160 +0,0 @@ -.\" LP (Laptop Package) -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1994 by HOSOKAWA, Tatsumi -.\" -.\" This software may be used, modified, copied, and distributed, in -.\" both source and binary form provided that the above copyright and -.\" these terms are retained. Under no circumstances is the author -.\" responsible for the proper functioning of this software, nor does -.\" the author assume any responsibility for damages incurred with its -.\" use. -.\" -.\" %Id: apm.4,v 1.9 1998/12/18 03:08:57 jkoshy Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.Dd November 1, 1994 -.Dt APM 4 i386 -.Os -.Sh 名称 -.Nm apm -.Nd APM BIOS インタフェース -.Sh 書式 -.Cd device apm0 at isa? -.Sh 解説 -.Nm apm -はラップトップ PC の Intel / Microsoft APM (Advanced Poewr Management) -BIOS へのインタフェースです。 -.Pp -.Nm apm -は次の電源管理機能を提供します。 -.Bl -enum -offset indent -.It -システムがサスペンドモードから復帰した時に、 -.Nm apm -はシステムの時計を RTC に合わせます。 -.It -システムがサスペンドモードから復帰した時に、 -システムが復帰した時刻とサスペンドモード中に経過した時間で構成される -メッセージを、 -.Nm apm -は -.Xr syslogd 8 -に通知します。 -.It -.Nm apm -はシステムの活動 (実行可能なプロセス、割り込みなど) がない時に -CPU のクロックを減速します。 -この機能は APM が CPU のアイドリングをサポートしているシステムでのみ有効です。 -.It -.Nm apm -はキャラクタ型デバイスとしてアプリケーションインタフェースを提供します。 -アプリケーションはこのインタフェースを介して APM を制御したり、 -APM の状態情報を引き出したりすることができます。 -.Nm apm -は次のインタフェースを提供します。これらのシンボルは -.Dq Pa /usr/include/machine/apm_bios.h -で定義されています。 -.Bl -tag -width 4n -offset indent -.It Sy APMIO_SUSPEND -システムをサスペンドします。 -.It Sy APMIO_GET -電源管理情報を入手します。 -.It Sy APMIO_ENABLE -.It Sy APMIO_DISABLE -電源管理を有効 / 無効にします。 -.It Sy APMIO_HALTCPU -.It Sy APMIO_NOTHALTCPU -カーネルコンテキスト切り替えルーチンでの HLT の実行を制御します。 -.Pp -HLT -.Pq 割り込みが発生するまで CPU を停止 -命令を -.Dq Pa Idle CPU -呼び出しの中で実行する APM の実装もありますし、そうでないものもあります。 -ですからこれを有効にすると、 -.Dq Pa Idle CPU -を呼び出すカーネルコンテキスト切り替えルーチンが -元々 HLT 命令を実行することにより、 -余分な HLT 命令を実行することになる可能性があります。 -この結果、システムのピーク性能を減少させる可能性があります。 -.Pp -また、カーネルコンテキスト切り替えルーチンでの HLT 命令を無効にした場合、 -マシンの APM の実装が -.Dq Pa Idle CPU -で HLT を実行しない場合には、システムはハングアップします。 -CPU クロックの減速をサポートしていない実装では、APM は HLT -を実行しないかもしれません。 -そのようなマシンでは、 -.Nm apm -は -.Sy APMIO_NOTHALTCPU -の操作を無効にします。 -.Pp -現在のバージョンの -.Nm apm -は、クロックの減速がサポートされていない場合には、 -カーネルコンテキスト切り替えルーチンから -.Dq Pa Idle CPU -を呼び出さず、デフォルトでは HLT 命令を実行します。 -したがって、大抵の場合にはこれらの 2 つの操作を行う必要はありません -.El -.Pp -これらのインタフェースは -.Xr apm 8 -と -.Xr apmconf 8 -が使用します。 -.It -.Nm apm -は APM イベントをポーリングし、次のイベントを処理します。 -.Bl -column PMEV_POWERSTATECHANGEXXX "suspend system xxxxx" -.It Sy "名称 " "動作 " "解説" -.It Dv "PMEV_STANDBYREQ " No "サスペンド " "待機要求" -.It Dv "PMEV_SUSPENDREQ " No "サスペンド " "サスペンド要求" -.It Dv "PMEV_USERSUSPENDREQ " No "サスペンド " "ユーザサスペンド要求" -.It Dv "PMEV_CRITSUSPEND " No "サスペンド " "非常サスペンド要求" -.It Dv "PMEV_NORMRESUME " No "レジューム " "通常の復元" -.It Dv "PMEV_CRITRESUME " No "レジューム " "非常復元" -.It Dv "PMEV_STANDBYRESUME " No "レジューム " "待機復元" -.It Dv "PMEV_BATTERYLOW " No "メッセージ通知 " "電池不足" -.It Dv "PMEV_UPDATETIME " No "時計合わせ " "時刻を更新" -.El -.El -.Sh バグ -警告! -現在のところ、ラップトップマシンの APM BIOS の実装は、 -ほとんどとまではいかなくてもバグだらけです。 -このインタフェースを使用すると LCD ディスプレイや電池を -危険にさらす可能性があります。 -(これが MS-Windows で問題とならない理由はリアルモードインタフェース -を使用しているからです。) -このコードを使用してあなたのシステムが奇妙な動作をするのを発見した場合には、 -電源プラグと電池を直ちにとまではいかなくてもできるだけ早く抜き、 -このコードを無効にしてください。 -.Pp -私達はこのコードが動作するようになることに関心を持っています。 -異常な動作の観察結果をぜひ私達に連絡してください。 -.Pp -.Nm apm -が有効である時、ホットキーを使って BIOS 設定ルーチンを呼び出すと -システムレジューム時に重大な障害を引き起こす可能性があります。 -BIOS 設定プログラムはブートストラップ時または DOS から呼び出すべきです。 -.Pp -APM の実装によっては、電源ボタンを押したことやカバーを閉じるといった -イベントを扱うことができない場合があります。 -そのような実装でシステムをサスペンドする場合には、 -.Ar 必ず -.Xr apm 8 -または -.Xr zzz 8 -.Ar だけ -を使用してください。 -.Pp -ディスク減速、LCD バックライト制御、パワーオンデマンドは -現在のバージョンではサポートされていません。 -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr apm 8 , -.Xr apmconf 8 , -.Xr zzz 8 -.Sh 作者 -Tatsumi Hosokawa diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ar.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ar.4 deleted file mode 100644 index 561ef5afaf..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ar.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,108 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1995 John Hay. All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software -.\" must display the following acknowledgement: -.\" This product includes software developed by John Hay. -.\" 4. Neither the name of the author nor the names of any co-contributors -.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software -.\" without specific prior written permission. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY John Hay ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL John Hay BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" %Id: ar.4,v 1.9 1998/10/22 14:12:55 bde Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.\" WORD: link level layer リンクレベルの層 -.\" -.Dd November 19, 1995 -.Dt AR 4 i386 -.Os -.Sh 名称 -.Nm ar -.Nd -同期 Arnet デバイスドライバ -.Sh 書式 -.Cd "device ar0 at isa? port 0x300 net irq 10 iomem 0xd0000" -.Cd "device ar1 at isa? port 0x310 net irq 11 iomem 0xd0000" -.Pp -.Cd "pseudo-device sppp" -.Sh 解説 -.Nm ar -ドライバは HD64570 チップを使用した Arnet SYNC/570i ISA カードを -サポートします。 -2 ポートと 4 ポートの両方のカードをサポートし、自動検出します。 -.Pp -回線速度は最大で 2Mbps まで得られます。この速度では 486DX プロセッサで -帯域の約 85 % を使用することができます。 -.Pp -リンクレベルの層に、標準の -.\" link level layer は OSI モデルでは data link layer に相当するもの -.\" もしくは data link layer の一部に相当するものと思いますが、原文を -.\" 尊重して「リンクレベルの層」としたい -.Tn FreeBSD -sppp コードを使用します。 -デフォルトのプロトコルは PPP です。 -Cisco HDLC プロトコルは -.Xr ifconfig 8 -に -.Ar link2 -を追加することによって使用できます。 -.Sh 番号 -カーネル設定ファイルでは、カード毎に 1 行のみが必要です。 -最初のカードのポートは、ar0 から導入されます。 -次のカードの番号は、最初のカードで止まった所から続けます。 -つまり、もし最初のカードが 2 ポートのカードなら、そのカードは ar0 と ar1 -を使います。そして次のカードは、ar2 から始めます。 -.Pp -カードは IRQ 3, 5, 7, 10, 11, 12, 15 のみをサポートします。 -.Pp -iomem 領域は、16Kb ブロックであり、16Kb 境界から始まる必要があります。 -.Pp -.Sh 診断 -.Bl -diag -.It "ar%d: Warning illegal interrupt %d." -カードが指定された割り込みを使用できません。他の割り込みを選んでください。 -.El -.Sh 関連ファイル -.Bl -tag -width /sys/i386/isa/ic/hd64570.h -compact -.It Pa /sys/i386/isa/ic/hd64570.h -.It Pa /sys/i386/isa/if_arregs.h -.It Pa /sys/i386/isa/if_ar.c -.El -.Sh バグ -現時点で V.35 と X.21 インタフェースだけを試験しています。 -他のものではクロック部分のコードを微調整する必要があるでしょう。 -.Pp -このコードには、おそらく最適化の余地があります。 -.Pp -このコードは、まだできたばかりですから非常に多くのバグがあるでしょう。 -バグは jhay@mikom.csir.co.za へ報告してください。 -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr cx 4 , -.Xr netintro 4 , -.Xr ifconfig 8 , -.Xr lsdev 8 -.Sh 作者 -.Nm ar -デバイスドライバは -.An John Hay Aq jhay@mikom.csir.co.za -が作成しました。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/cs.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/cs.4 deleted file mode 100644 index fa87b907ed..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/cs.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1998 Michael Smith -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" %Id: cs.4,v 1.2 1998/10/22 14:12:55 bde Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.Dd July 20, 1998 -.Dt CS 4 i386 -.Os FreeBSD -.Sh 名称 -.Nm cs -.Nd イーサネットデバイスドライバ -.Sh 書式 -.Cd "device cs0 at isa? port 0x300 net irq ?" -.Cd "device cs1 at isa? port 0x300 net irq 10 iomem 0xd0000" -.Sh 解説 -.Nm -ドライバは -.Nm Crystal Semiconductor CS8900 と CS8920 -NIC をベースにした ISA イーサネットアダプタをサポートします。 -これらのデバイスは CS89x0 ファミリの欠点を補うだけの -高い完成度と小型化および低価格化を実現した、 -.Nm IBM EtherJet ISA -アダプタおよび同デバイスを組み込んだ多くの製品において使われています。 -.Pp -.Nm -ドライバは設定パラメータを、設定エントリまたはカードのどちらからでも -取得できます。設定エントリで指定されたパラメータがもし存在すれば -そちらを使用しますが、カードはソフトウェアで設定できるので、 -これらの設定は適正な値になっていると思われます。 -CS8920 ベースのアダプタは、通常 PnP 設定を提供するので、ドライバは -.Nm IBM EtherJet -と -.Nm CSC6040 -を自動的に検出します。 -.Pp -CS8900 は 4 つの IRQ 値に限定されていることに注意してください。これらの値は -通常 5, 10, 11, 12 となっています。CS8920 にはそのような制限はありません。 -.Pp -メモリマップと DMA 動作は現時点ではサポートされていません。 -.Sh 診断 -.Bl -diag -.It "cs%d: full/half duplex negotiation timeout" -ハブとの全二重設定ネゴシエート試行がタイムアウトを起こしました。 -このことはケーブル接続に問題があるか、欠陥か、互換性のないハブであることを -示しています。 -.It "cs%d: failed to enable " -CS89x0 は指示されたメディアの選択に失敗しました。そのメディアが存在しないか、 -操作が正しくありません。 -.It "cs%d: No EEPROM, assuming defaults" -CS89x0 に EEPROM がないか、絶望的に損傷しています。設定エントリがアダプタの -値に適した値になっていた場合にしか操作できません。 -.It "cs%d: Invalid irq" -設定エントリで指定された IRQ がアダプタにあっていません。 -.It "cs%d: Could not allocate memory for NIC" -致命的なメモリ不足です。アダプタは動きません。 -.It "cs%d: Adapter has no media" -アダプタは特定のメディアタイプに設定されていません。 -メディアタイプは手動でセットする必要があります。 -.It "This is a %s, but LDN %d is disabled" -PnP 探査コードは処理可能なアダプタを検出しましたが、 -アダプタは無効化されています。 -.It "failed to read pnp parms" -PnP アダプタが検出されましたが、そのアダプタ用の設定パラメータが読めません。 -.It "failed to pnp card parametars" -PnP 経由で得たパラメータをドライバは受けとれませんでした。アダプタはたぶん -動かないでしょう。 -.Sh 警告 -CS89x0 ファミリのアダプタは、とても小さな RAM バッファ (4K) しか -持っていません。このことは極端に高いネットワーク負荷や -爆発的なネットワークトラフィック下では問題を起こすかもしれません。 -実際、NFS 操作はオーバランを防ぐために、 1k の読み書き処理に -制限するべきです。 -.Sh 作者 -.Nm -デバイスドライバは -.An Maxim Bolotin -と -.An Oleg Sharoiko -が書きました。 -このマニュアルページは -.An Michael Smith -が書きました。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/cx.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/cx.4 deleted file mode 100644 index ab92ab9b43..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/cx.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,289 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" %Id: cx.4,v 1.4 1997/06/23 04:02:37 steve Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.Dd December 12, 1994 -.Dt CX 4 i386 -.Os FreeBSD -.Sh 名称 -.Nm cx , -.Nm if_cx -.Nd 同期/非同期 Cronyx-Sigma アダプタドライバ -.Sh 設定 -.Cd "device cx0 at isa? port 0x240 irq 15 drq 7" -.Cd "device cx1 at isa? port 0x260 irq 12 drq 6" -.Cd pseudo-device sppp -.Pp -i/o ベースアドレスは、ボード上のジャンパで設定されます。 -DMA チャネルと割り込みリクエスト番号は、 -アダプタ初期化時にソフトウェアで設定されます。 -通常の値は以下の通りです。 -.Pp -.Bl -tag -compact -width Port -.It Port -0x240, 0x260, 0x280, 0x300, 0x320, 0x380 -.It IRQ -3, 5, 7, 10, 11, 12, 15 -.It DMA -5, 6, 7 -.Sh 解説 -Cronyx-Sigma ドライバはモデル 100, -400, 500, 401, 404, 410, 440, 703, 801, 810, 840 をサポートします。 -モデルが異なると、チャネルのセットが異なります。 -.Pp -.Bl -tag -compact -width Cronyx-Sigma-999 -.It モデル -チャネル -.It Cronyx-Sigma-100 -0 -.It Cronyx-Sigma-400 -4, 5, 6, 7 -.It Cronyx-Sigma-500 -0, 4, 5, 6, 7 -.It Cronyx-Sigma-401 -0, 1, 2, 3 -.It Cronyx-Sigma-404 -0, 1, 2, 3 -.It Cronyx-Sigma-410 -0, 1, 2, 3 -.It Cronyx-Sigma-440 -0, 1, 2, 3 -.It Cronyx-Sigma-703 -0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 -.It Cronyx-Sigma-801 -0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 -.It Cronyx-Sigma-810 -0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 -.It Cronyx-Sigma-840 -0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 -.El -.Pp -ふたつのアダプタは、ボード間接続用の短い専用ケーブルで接続することができます。 -ふたつの接続されたアダプタは、同じ IRQ と DMA チャネルを使用し、 -ドライバから見ればひとつの 16 チャネルマルチプレクサとして動作します。 -接続されたボードの片方が ``マスタ'' に、もう一方が ``スレーブ'' になります。 -.Pp -スレーブになったボードのチャネルは、 -ドライバによって 8 から始まる番号が割り当てられます。 -たとえばモデル 100 と モデル 500 を接続すると、 -0, 8, 12, 13, 14, 15 番のチャネル番号が割り当てられます。 -.Pp -RS-232C インタフェースをもつチャネルは、 -同期モードと非同期モードのどちらでも動作することが可能 -(cxconfig ユーティリティによってソフトウェア的に選択します) であり、 -そのため ``ユニバーサルチャネル'' と呼ばれます。 -.Pp -Cronyx-Sigma アダプタ用のデバイス型特殊ファイル -.Pa /dev/* -は、 -.Xr MAKEDEV 8 -によっ作られます。 -たとえば、以下のように作ります: -.Bd -literal -cd /dev -sh MAKEDEV cronyx ttyx0 ttyx1 ttyy0 -.El -.Sh 非同期ドライバ -.Pp -非同期チャネルのデバイスファイルには次のような名前が付けられます: -.Pa /dev/ttyx# -- はアダプタ cx0 に、 -.Pa /dev/ttyy# -- はアダプタ cx1 に、 -.Pa /dev/ttyz# -- はアダプタ cx2 に付けられます。 -ここで # は 0-9-a-f の、16 進数でのチャネル番号です。 -.Pp -ドライバは以下の標準 ioctl を受け付けます ( -.Xr ioctl -を参照): -.Pp -.Bl -tag -width TIOCXXXXX -compact -.It Dv TIOCSBRK -BREAK を送信開始します。 -.It Dv TIOCCBRK -BREAK の送信を停止します。 -.It Dv TIOCSDTR -DTR 信号をセットします (DTR := 1)。 -DTR 信号は最初の open(2) で必ずセットされ、 -.Dv TIOCCDTR , -.Dv TIOCSDTR , -.Dv TIOCMSET , -.Dv TIOCMBIS , -.Dv TIOCMBIC -の ioctl により変更可能です。 -.It TIOCCDTR -DTR 信号をクリアします (DTR := 0)。 -.It TIOCMSET -DTR 信号と RTS 信号に、指定した値をセットします ( := data)。 -DTR 信号と RTS 信号は、 -ioctl システムコールの引数中の -.Dv TIOCM_DTR -と -.Dv TIOCM_RTS -のビットにより制御可能です。 -.It TIOCMBIS -DTR 信号と RTS 信号をセットします ( |= data)。 -DTR 信号と RTS 信号は、 -ioctl システムコールの引数中の -.Dv TIOCM_DTR -と -.Dv TIOCM_RTS -のビットにより制御可能です。 -.It TIOCMBIC -DTR 信号と RTS 信号をクリアします ( &= ~data)。 -DTR 信号と RTS 信号は、 -ioctl システムコールの引数中の -.Dv TIOCM_DTR -と -.Dv TIOCM_RTS -のビットにより制御可能です。 -.It TIOCMGET -ライン上のモデム信号の状態を判定します。 -呼び出しのあと、引数のデータは下記のビットを保持しています: -.Pp -.Bl -tag -width TIOCM_XXX -compact -.It TIOCM_LE -常にセット (ラインイネーブル状態) -.It TIOCM_DSR -データセットレディ信号 (DSR) 受信済 -.It TIOCM_CTS -送信可能信号 (CTS) 受信済 -.It TIOCM_CD -データキャリア検出信号 (CD) 受信済 -.It TIOCM_DTR -データ端末レディ (DTR) 信号送信済 -.It TIOCM_RTS -送信要求 (RTS) 送信済 -.El -.El -.Sh 同期ドライバ -.Pp -同期チャネルとユニバーサルチャネルは、 -.Xr cxconfig 8 -ユーティリティによって同期モードに設定すると、 -ネットワークインタフェース ``cx#'' -(# は 0 から 47 までのチャネル番号) としてアクセス可能です。 -すべての標準的なネットワークインタフェースパラメータは、 -.Xr ifconfig 8 -によって設定可能です。 -また -.Xr cxconfig 8 -コマンドは、拡張されたチャネルオプションの変更や、 -上位レベルのソフトウェアプロトコル -(PpP や Cisco HDLC など) の設定に使用されます。 -.Pp -ユニバーサルチャネルは同期モードでも非同期モードでも使用することができます。 -デフォルトでは非同期モードに設定されており、モードは -.Xr cxconfig 8 -ユーティリティによって変更可能です。 -チャネルがビジー状態 (非同期チャネルがオープン状態の場合や、 -ネットワークインタフェースが動作中 (up) の場合) -の間、モードはブロックされます。 -.Sh 同期ポイントツーポイントプロトコル -.Pp -Cronyx-Sigma ドライバは、組み込みの同期ポイントツーポイントプロトコル -(sppp) を使用します。 -本プロトコルには、PpP/HDLC や Cisco/HDLC、keepalive パケットによる -自動的なコネクションロス検出もサポートしています。 -sppp プロトコルセットは独立したモジュールとして実装され、 -他の同期シリアルチャネルのドライバによって使用することも可能です。 -BSD/386 (BSDI) 用の -ドライバでは、OS 側で実装されている一般的な同期プロトコルのセットも使用 -可能です。外部プロトコルセットは、``cxconfig ext'' コマンド -( -.Xr cxconfig 8 -を参照) によって選択可能です。 -.Sh チャネルオプションの管理 -.Pp -.Xr cxconfig 8 -ユーティリティは、チャネルオプションを設定するのに使用されます。 -チャネルオプションは、通常、オペレーティングシステムが起動する際に (たとえば -.Pa /etc/rc -ファイルなどで) 設定されます。 -すべての場合において、 -すべてのオプションが意味を持つとは限らないことに注意してください。 -また、 -オプションの設定によっては、 -チャネルもしくはアダプタ全体のハングアップの原因になります。 -.Pp -実際のチャネルオプションの制御機能は、 -デバイス型特殊ファイル /dev/cronyx に対する -いくつかの ioctl を経由する形で実装されており、以下の ioctl が使用できます。 -.Pp -.Bl -tag -width CXIOCXXXXXXX -compact -.It CXIOCGETMODE -チャネルオプションの値を取得します。 -.It CXIOCSETMODE -チャネルオプションの値を設定します。 -.El -.Pp -ioctl コールのデータ引数は以下のオプション構造体のアドレスを持ちます: -.Bd -literal -typedef struct { - unsigned char board; /* アダプタ番号であり、0..2 */ - unsigned char channel; /* チャネル番号であり、0..15 */ - unsigned char type; /* チャネルタイプ (読み込み専用) */ - unsigned char iftype; /* chan0 インタフェース */ - unsigned long rxbaud; /* 受信速度 */ - unsigned long txbaud; /* 転送速度 */ - cx_chan_mode_t mode; /* チャネルモード */ - cx_chan_opt_t opt; /* 共通のチャネルオプション */ - cx_opt_async_t aopt; /* 非同期モードオプション */ - cx_opt_hdlc_t hopt; /* hdlc モードオプション */ - cx_opt_bisync_t bopt; /* bisync モードオプション */ - cx_opt_x21_t xopt; /* x.21 モードオプション */ - cx_soft_opt_t sopt; /* ソフトウェアオプションと状態フラグ */ -} cx_options_t; /* ユーザが設定可能なオプション */ -.Ed -.Pp -.Bl -tag -width rxbaudxxx -.It Fa board -0..2 の、アダプタ番号 -.It Fa channel -0..15 の、チャネル番号 -.It Fa type -チャネルのタイプ (読み取り専用の引数) -.It Fa iftype -0 番 (と 8 番) チャネルのインタフェースタイプ。 0 - RS-232, 1 - RS-449/V.35。 -.It Fa rxbaud -受信ボーレート -.It Fa txbaud -送信ボーレート -.It Fa mode -チャネルモード: 非同期/HDLC/Bisync/X.21 -.It Fa opt -共通のチャネルオプション -.It Fa aopt -非同期モードオプション -.It Fa hopt -HDLC モードオプション -.It Fa bopt -Bisync モードオプション -.It Fa xopt -X.21 モードオプション -.It Fa sopt -ソフトウェアプロトコルオプション -.El -.Sh 関連ファイル -.Bl -tag -width /dev/cxXXXX -compact -.It Pa /dev/cx?? -非同期チャネル -.It Pa /dev/cronyx -チャネルオプション管理用のデバイス型特殊ファイル -.El -.Pp -ドライバを含んでいるソースファイルは以下の通りです: -.Pp -.Bl -tag -width /dev/cxXXXX -compact -.It Pa /sys/i386/isa/cronyx.c -.It Pa /sys/i386/isa/cx.c -.It Pa /sys/i386/isa/if_cx.c -.It Pa /sys/i386/isa/cronyx.h -.It Pa /sys/i386/isa/cxreg.h -.It Pa /sys/net/if_spppsubr.c -.It Pa /sys/net/if_sppp.h -.El -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr cxconfig 8 , -.Xr ifconfig 8 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/el.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/el.4 deleted file mode 100644 index 674a44c505..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/el.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1994 James A. Jegers -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products -.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES -.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, -.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT -.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY -.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT -.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF -.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" %Id: el.4,v 1.7 1998/10/22 14:12:55 bde Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.Dd July 10, 1995 -.Dt EL 4 i386 -.Os FreeBSD -.Sh 名称 -.Nm el -.Nd 3Com Etherlink 3C501 デバイスドライバのためのイーサネットドライバ -.Sh 書式 -.Cd "device el0 at isa? port 0x300 net irq 9" -.Sh 解説 -.Nm -インタフェースは、 -3Com 3c501 8 ビット ISA イーサネットカードのサポートを提供します。 -3c501 カードはかなり遅いことが知られていますので、 -もし可能なら他のイーサネットカードを用いるべきです。 -しかし、10 Mb/s イーサネットネットワークへのアクセスとしては安価です。 -.Pp -有効な I/O ポートは 0x280-0x3f0 の範囲です。 -.Sh バグ -ドライバはカードがカーネルと同じ IRQ に設定されていると仮定します。 -これが正しいかどうか確かめるプローブやチェックは行われていません。 -.Pp -現在、DMA はサポートしていません。 -.Pp -現在、マルチキャストはサポートしていません。 -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr ed 4 , -.Xr eg 4 , -.Xr ep 4 , -.Xr ie 4 , -.Xr intro 4 , -.Xr le 4 , -.Xr ifconfig 8 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ep.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ep.4 deleted file mode 100644 index 6fdb3ba408..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ep.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1994 Herb Peyerl -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software -.\" must display the following acknowledgement: -.\" This product includes software developed by Herb Peyerl -.\" 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products -.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES -.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, -.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT -.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY -.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT -.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF -.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" %Id: ep.4,v 1.9 1998/10/22 14:12:55 bde Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.Dd February 04, 1993 -.Dt EP 4 i386 -.Os -.Sh 名称 -.Nm ep -.Nd -3Com Etherlink III イーサネットデバイスドライバ (3c5x9) -.Sh 書式 -.Cd "device ep0 at isa? port 0x300 net irq 10" -.Sh 解説 -.Nm ep -ドライバは 3c509 (ISA) と 3c579 (EISA) のサポートを提供します。 -これらのカードのさまざまなモデルは、コネクタの配列がそれぞれ異なります。 -.Pp -.Bl -tag -width xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx -.It AUI/DIX -標準 15 ピンコネクタ -.It 10Base2 -BNC (シンケーブルとしても知られているもの) -.It 10BaseT -UTP (ツイストペアとしても知られているもの) -.El -.Pp -デフォルトで使用されるポートは、 -セットアップユーティリティで選択されているポートです。 -これをオーバライドするには、 -.Xr ifconfig 8 -または -.Pa /etc/rc.conf -ファイルで次のフラグを使用します。 -.Pp -.Bl -tag -width xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx -.It link0 -AUI ポートを使用 -.It link1 -BNC ポートを使用 -.It link2 -UTP ポートを使用 -.El -.Pp -コンピュータに複数のカードを装着している場合は、次の順番で探されます。 -最初に 3c579 EISA カードが探されます -- -これらは EISA スロット番号順に検出されます。 -次に、3c509 ISA カードが探されます -- -イーサネットアドレスの昇順に検出されます。 -次に、どのようにプローブされるかの例を示します。 -.Pp -ep0 at isa0 port 0x6000-0x600f irq 10: aui/bnc address 00:60:8c:70:e5:c5 -ep1 at isa0 port 0x300-0x30f irq 3: aui/bnc/utp address 00:20:af:10:62:ab -.Pp -カードが発見されることが期待されるポートと IRQ を指定することもできますが、 -この指定は必ずしも必要ではありません。 -カードは ISA バス上での自分の居場所を我々に伝えるに -十分なインテリジェンスを備えているのです。 -.Pp -.Sh 注釈 -3c509 カードにはアドレスを設定するジャンパがありません。 -3Com はカードのアドレスを設定するソフトウェアを提供しています。 -ISA バス上でこのカードを見つけるために、 -カーネルは IO アドレス 0x110 で複雑なスキャン操作を行います。 -注意してください! このアドレスに他のカードを配置することは避けてください。 -.Pp -.Sh 診断 -ep0: reset (status: %x) -.in +4 -ドライバは FIFO のアンダランまたはオーバランを検出しました。ドライバが -カードをリセットし、パケットが失われます。これは致命的ではありません。 -.in -4 -ep0: eeprom failed to come ready -.in +4 -EEPROM の準備ができていません。おそらくカードが死んでいます。 -.in -4 -ep0: 3c509 in test mode. Erase pencil mark! -.in +4 -誰かがカードの上のテスト領域に鉛筆で落書きをしているかもしれません。鉛筆書き -の跡を消してリブートしてください (これはジョークではありません)。 -.in -4 -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr ed 4 , -.Xr eg 4 , -.Xr el 4 , -.Xr ie 4 , -.Xr intro 4 , -.Xr le 4 , -.Xr vx 4 , -.Xr ifconfig 8 -.Sh 規格 -は偉大なり。豊富な選択肢があります。 - diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ex.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ex.4 deleted file mode 100644 index d7e46e0d6d..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ex.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1997 David E. O'Brien -.\" -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPERS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES -.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DEVELOPERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, -.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT -.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY -.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT -.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF -.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" %Id: ex.4,v 1.6 1998/10/22 14:32:20 bde Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.\" WORD: Plug-N-Play プラグアンドプレイ -.\" -.Dd January 19, 1997 -.Dt EX 4 i386 -.Os FreeBSD -.Sh 名称 -.Nm ex -.Nd -Intel EtherExpress Pro/10 と Pro/10+ イーサネットデバイスドライバ -.Sh 書式 -.Cd "device ex0 at isa? port? net irq ?" -.Sh 解説 -.Nm -ドライバは Intel i82595 チップを搭載した 16 ビット PCI の -Intel EtherExpress Pro/10 と Pro/10+ イーサネットカードの -サポートを提供します。 -.Pp -ポートの開始アドレスが見つからなければ、 -I/O アドレスの 0x200 から 0x3a0 の範囲からカードを探します。 -IRQ が指定されていなければ、カードの EEPROM から読み出されます。 -新しめのカードでの正しい操作のためには -プラグアンドプレイのサポートを無効にすべきです。 -.Pp -.Sh 診断 -.Bl -diag -.It "ex%d: Intel EtherExpress Pro/10, address %6D, connector %s" -デバイスプローブはインストールされたカードを発見して、 -デバイスドライバを正しくインストールすることができました。 -.It "ex%d: WARNING: board's EEPROM is configured for IRQ %d, using %d" -デバイスプローブはカーネル設定ファイルで指定されたものとは -異なる割り込みが設定されているボードを検出しました。 -.It "ex%d: invalid IRQ." -デバイスプローブは不正な IRQ 設定を検出しました。 -.El -.Pp -.Sh バグ -現在は、ドライバはマルチキャストをサポートしていません。 -.Pp -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr arp 4 , -.Xr netintro 4 , -.Xr ifconfig 8 -.Sh 歴史 -.Nm -デバイスドライバは -.Fx 2.2 -に初めて登場しました。 -.Sh 作者 -.Nm -デバイスドライバは -.ie t .An Javier Mart\)'in Rueda -.el .An Javier Martin Rueda -によって書かれました。 -このマニュアルページは -.An David E. O'Brien -によって書かれました。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/fe.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/fe.4 deleted file mode 100644 index cb1bdb394a..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/fe.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,284 +0,0 @@ -.\" All Rights Reserved, Copyright (C) Fujitsu Limited 1995 -.\" -.\" This document may be used, modified, copied, distributed, and sold, in -.\" both source and printed form provided that the above copyright, these -.\" terms and the following disclaimer are retained. The name of the author -.\" and/or the contributor may not be used to endorse or promote products -.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission. -.\" -.\" THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND THE CONTRIBUTOR ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR THE CONTRIBUTOR BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" Contributed by M. Sekiguchi . -.\" for fe driver. -.\" -.\" %Id: fe.4,v 1.11 1998/10/22 13:01:19 bde Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\"" lair events -> typo of "rare" events (approved by original writer) -.Dd March 3, 1996 -.Dt FE 4 i386 -.Sh 名称 -.Nm fe -.Nd 富士通 MB86960A/MB86965A をベースとしたイーサネットアダプタ -.Sh 書式 -.Cd "device fe0 at isa? port 0x300 net irq ?" -.Sh 解説 -.Nm fe -は、富士通 MB86960A, MB86965A またはその他の互換チップをベースとした -イーサネットアダプタのためのネットワークデバイスドライバです。 -.Pp -このドライバは、アダプタのハードウェアが対応していれば、 -I/O ポートアドレスと IRQ の設定を自動的に行ないます。 -.Pp -このドライバはプログラム I/O データ転送技術を使用しており、 -まずまずのパフォーマンスが得られます。 -アダプタがたとえ持っていたとしても、共有メモリは使用しません。 -.Pp -このドライバは現在のところ、ISA 用の富士通 FMV-180 シリーズ、 -ISA 用の アライドテレシス AT1700 シリーズと RE2000 シリーズ、 -富士通 MBH10302 PC カードに対応しています。 -.Ss パラメータ -カーネル設定ファイルにおいて、2 つのパラメータ -.Ar port -と -.Ar irq -には、アダプタのハードウェア設定を反映した値を指定する必要があります。 -もう 1 つオプションとして -.Ar flags -パラメータがあり、付加的な設定を行なうことができます。 -その他の device 文におけるパラメータは書式に書かれているとおりに -書く必要があります。 -.Pp -.Ar port -パラメータは、アダプタのベース I/O ポートアドレスを指定します。 -この値はアダプタのハードウェア設定と合致している必要があります。 -.Ar port -は、 -.Dq Li \&? -にして、指定せずに残しておくこともできます。 -その場合、ドライバは I/O アドレスに関するハードウェア設定の検出を -自動的に試みます。 -この機能はアダプタハードウェアによっては動かないかもしれません。 -.Pp -.Ar irq -パラメータは、アダプタが使用する IRQ 番号を指定します。 -この値はアダプタのハードウェア設定と合致している必要があります。 -.Ar irq -は、 -.Dq Li \&? -にして、指定せずに残しておくこともできます。 -その場合、ドライバは IRQ に関するハードウェア設定の検出を -自動的に試みます。 -この機能はアダプタハードウェアによっては動かないかもしれません。 -.Pp -.Ar flags -は、様々なデバイス設定の組み合わせからなる数値です。 -現在のバージョンでは以下の flags が定義されています。 -2 つ以上の設定をデバイスに設定するには、 -それぞれの flag 値を数値で加算してください。 -以下で指定されていない flag ビットは予約されており、0 にしなければ -なりません。実際には、それぞれのビットは単に無視されるか、テスト用や -ドライバの文書化されていない機能を制御するために使われます。 -文書化されていない機能については、プログラムのソースを参照してください。 -.Bl -tag -width "99999999" -.It Li 0x007F -これらの flag ビットは、 -.Ar flags -の -.Li 0x0080 -ビットが設定されている時に、MB86960A/MB86965A チップの DLCR6 レジスタを -初期化するために使用されます。 -DLCR6 上書き機能に関する詳細は以下を参照してください。 -将来のバージョンにおけるドライバの互換性を保持するために、 -.Li 0x0080 -ビットがセットされていない場合以外、 -.Li 0x007F -flag ビットは 0 にしておいてください。 -.It Li 0x0080 -この flag は、MB86960A/MB86965A チップの DLCR6 レジスタに対する -デフォルト設定を flag 値の 低位 7 bit を用いて上書きします。 -この flag は問題解決用のものであり、アダプタハードウェアに関する -知識がある人のみが使用してください。 -DLCR6 設定に関する詳細な情報は、富士通のマニュアルを参照してください。 -.El -.Sh オプション -.Nm fe -ドライバはカーネル設定ファイルにおいて、 -.Dq option -文で指定できるいくつかの私的なオプションを持っています。 -以下に私的オプションをリストします。 -ドライバはこれ以外にも文書化されていないオプションを受け付けます。 -それらの名前には全て -.Dv "FE_" -という固定された接頭辞が付けられています。 -文書化されていないオプションについては、プログラムのソースを参照してください。 -.Bl -tag -width "FE_" -.It Dv "FE_DEBUG=" Ns Ar level -このオプションは、デバイスと (または) ドライバのデバッギングレベルを -制御する数値を受けとります。 -.Dv "FE_DEBUG" -ここにリストされていない値にオプションを設定すると、 -文書化されていない動作を引き起こすかもしれません。 -このオプションに関するデフォルトの設定値は 1 です。 -.Bl -bullet -.It -.Dv "FE_DEBUG=0" -を設定すると、正当性の確認を含めた多くのデバッグ用コードが、 -ドライバのオブジェクトコードから除かれます。 -この設定は最も速くて小さなオブジェクトコードを生成します。 -この設定であっても、いくつかの非常時メッセージは記録されます。 -.It -.Dv "FE_DEBUG=1" -を設定すると、最低限のデバッグ用コードが含まれ、 -最小量のメッセージが記録されます。 -この設定では致命的なエラーメッセージのみが記録されます。 -.It -.Dv "FE_DEBUG=2" -を設定すると、標準的なデバッグ用コードが含まれ、 -中間量のメッセージが記録されます。 -この設定では滅多にないイベントや怪しげな状態でのメッセージが記録されます。 -.It -.Dv "FE_DEBUG=3" -を設定すると、全てのデバッグ用コードが含まれ、 -最大量のメッセージが記録されます。 -この設定では通常動作の報告やレジスタ値のダンプなどの -冗長なメッセージが記録されます。 -.El -.El -.Sh ハードウェアモデルに特有の機能 -.Nm fe -ドライバには、アダプタのハードウェアモデルに特有の機能や制限が -いくつかあります。 -以下はそのような性質の概略です。 -.Ss 富士通 FMV-180 シリーズアダプタ -これらのアダプタでは、IRQ と I/O ポートアドレスの両方が -自動的に検出可能です。 -.Pp -FMV-180 シリーズでは -.Nm fe -の自動 I/O ポートアドレス検出機能はたいていの場合具合良く動きます。 -もしシステムに 2 つ以上の FMV-180 があったとしても、 -ちゃんと動きます。 -しかし、それ以外のアダプタとの組み合わせは、ドライバを混乱させるかも -しれません。 -ハードウェア検出で何か困難を感じた時は、 -.Em "port ?" -を使わないことをお勧めします。 -.Pp -FMV-180 シリーズでは -.Nm fe -の自動 IRQ 検出機能は確実に動きます。 -FMV-180 には常に -.Em "irq ?" -を使うことをお勧めします。 -IRQ のハードウェア設定は、カーネル設定ファイルにおいて IRQ 値が指定されて -いたとしても、アダプタの EEPROM 設定から読み込まれます。 -ドライバはカーネル設定ファイルで指定された IRQ が EEPROM に保存された値と -違っていた場合、警告メッセージを生成し、 -設定ファイルで指定された値を使用します -(この振舞は前回のリリースより変更になっています)。 -.Ss アライドテレシス AT1700 シリーズと RE2000 シリーズアダプタ -アライドテレシス AT1700 シリーズと RE2000 シリーズでは、 -自動 I/O ポートアドレス検出機能は動きますが、 -FMV-180 シリーズよりは確実度が落ちます。 -アライドテレシスのアダプタでこの機能を使用するのはお勧めできません。 -.Pp -自動 IRQ 検出も制限つきですが可能です。 -.Nm fe -ドライバは設定ファイルで -.Dq irq \&? -が設定されていた場合、ボードの EEPROM 設定より IRQ 設定を得ようとします。 -不幸なことに、AT1700 シリーズと RE2000 シリーズには 2 種類のモデルが -あるように思えます; -あるタイプは IRQ を 3/4/5/9 から選択可能で、もう片方は 10/11/12/15 から選択 -可能です。 -これらのモデルの識別方法は、良く知られていません。 -このため、アライドテレシスのアダプタでの自動 IRQ 検出は確実でないようです。 -何かトラブルが起きた時は、正確な IRQ 番号を指定してください。 -.Pp -AT17000 シリーズと RE2000 シリーズの違いや、 -これらのシリーズ内でのマイナモデルの見分けはしていません。 -.Ss 富士通 MBH10302 PC カード -.Nm fe -ドライバは富士通 MBH10302 と互換 PC カードをサポートしています。 -動作には PC カード (PCMCIA) サポートパッケージが必要です。 -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr netstat 1 , -.Xr crd 4 , -.Xr ed 4 , -.Xr netintro 4 , -.Xr ifconfig 8 , -.Xr pccardd 8 -.Sh バグ -以下は、既知の大きなバグです: -.Pp -.Nm fe -ドライバによって保たれているコリジョン数の統計は正確ではありません; -.Xr netstat 1 -の -.Fi i -オプションは実際のコリジョン数より若干少ない値を示します。 -.Pp -思ったよりも多くの mbuf クラスタが消費されます。 -パケット受信ルーチンが、mbuf クラスタの割り当てポリシに、わざ -と違反しているからです。 -不必要に割り当てられたクラスタは短い生存期間で解放されるため、 -長い目で見ればカーネルメモリ消費量には影響しません。 -.Pp -XNS と IPX へのサポートがドライバには含まれていますが、 -一度もテストはされておらず、たくさんのバグがあるはずです。 -.Sh 作者、著作権、免責条項 -.Pp -.Nm fe -ドライバは -.An David Greenman -が書いた -.Nm ed -ドライバを模範として、 -.An M. Sekiguchi Aq seki@sysrap.cs.fujitsu.co.jp -が独自に作成して寄贈しました。 -.Nm fe -における PC カードサポートは -.An Hidetoshi Kimura Aq h-kimura@tokyo.se.fujitsu.co.jp -が書きました。 -このマニュアルページは -.An M. Sekiguchi -が書きました。 -.Pp -.Em "All Rights Reserved, Copyright (C) Fujitsu Limited 1995" -.Pp -This document and the associated software may be used, modified, -copied, distributed, and sold, in both source and binary form provided -that the above copyright, these terms and the following disclaimer are -retained. The name of the author and/or the contributor may not be -used to endorse or promote products derived from this document and the -associated software without specific prior written permission. -.Pp -THIS DOCUMENT AND THE ASSOCIATED SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR -AND THE CONTRIBUTOR -.Dq AS IS -AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, -THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR -PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR THE -CONTRIBUTOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, -EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, -PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR -PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF -LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING -NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS -DOCUMENT AND THE ASSOCIATED SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE -POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.Sh 歴史 -.Nm -ドライバは -.Fx 2.0.5 -から登場しました。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ie.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ie.4 deleted file mode 100644 index 7c314c8cc9..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/ie.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1994, Wilko Bulte -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" %Id: ie.4,v 1.7 1998/10/22 14:12:55 bde Exp % -.\" -.Dd September 23, 1994 -.Dt IE 4 i386 -.Os -.Sh 名称 -.Nm ie -.Nd -イーサーネットデバイスドライバ -.Sh 書式 -.Cd "device ie0 at isa? port 0x360 net irq 7 iomem 0xd0000" -.Sh 解説 -.Nm ie -ドライバは、8 ビット及び 16ビットの Intel i82586 チップをベースにした、 -ISA イーサネットカードのサポートを提供します。 -これは AT&T の Starlan 10 及び Starlan Fiber、 -EN100、Intel EtherExpress 16、3COM 3C507 及び RACAL Interlan NI5210 -をサポートします。 -.Pp -.Sh 診断 -.Bl -diag -.It "ie%d: unknown board type code %d" -i82586 チップは見つかりましたが、 -ドライバはプローブ中に実際のボードタイプを決定できませんでした。 -.It "ie%d: kernel configured maddr %x doesn't match board configured maddr %x" -デバイスプローブは、 -カーネル設定ファイルに指定された maddr と異なる maddr を検出しました。 -.It "ie%d: can't find shared memory" -デバイスプローブは、 -共有メモリの大きさを得るためのアクセスができませんでした。 -.It "ie%d: kernel configured msize %d doesn't match board configured msize %d" -デバイスプローブは、 -共有メモリの大きさがカーネル設定ファイルに指定されたサイズと異なることを -検出しました。 -.It "ie%d: kernel configured irq %d doesn't match board configured irq %d" -デバイスプローブは、 -ボードの割り込み設定がカーネル設定ファイルに指定された設定と異なることを -検出しました。 -.It "ie%d: reset" -Intel i82586 はドライバによりリセットされる必要がありました。 -.It "ie%d: transceiver problem" -ドライバは、イーサーネットトランシーバに問題を検出しました。 -これは、 -外付けトランシーバを使用しているときにトランシーバケーブルが緩んでいる、 -もしくは破損していることを意味します。 -もしこの問題をカード上のトランシーバで経験した場合には、 -カードが外付けトランシーバを使用するように -誤ってジャンパ設定されているかもしれません。 -最悪の場合、オンボードトランシーバは壊れているかもしれません。 -.It "ie%d: TDR detected an open %d clocks away" -ドライバは、 -イーサーネットケーブルの回路がオープンになっていることを検出しました。 -同軸ケーブルと終点抵抗を確認してください。 -.It "ie%d: TDR detected a short %d clocks away" -ドライバは、 -イーサーネットケーブルが短絡していることを検出しました。 -同軸ケーブルと終端抵抗を確認してください。 -.It "ie%d: TDR returned unknown status %x" -ドライバは、イーサーネットケーブル試験で不明な状態を得ました。 -.It "ie%d: multicast address setup command failed" -カードは、マルチキャストモードに入れませんでした。 -.It "ie%d: configure command failed" -カードは、設定中に正常に応答することを拒否しました。 -.It "ie%d: individual address setup command failed" -イーサネットの MAC アドレスをプログラムすることに失敗しました。 -.El -.Sh 警告 -Racal Interlan NI5210 には、 -共有メモリが 8K バイトのものと 16K バイトのものとがあります。 -16K バイトのものを使用することを強く推奨します。 -8K バイトカードは、追加の RAM チップを加えることにより、 -16K バイトにすることができます。 -.Pp -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr arp 4 , -.Xr netintro 4 , -.Xr ifconfig 8 -.Sh 作者 -.Nm -デバイスドライバは、 -.An William F. Jolitz -及び Lawrence Berkeley Laboratories のコードを基に -.An Garrett A. Wollman -が作成しました。 -.Tn 3C507 -サポートは -.An Charles M. Hannum -が作成しました。 -このマニュアルページは -.An Wilko C. Bulte -が記述しました。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/io.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/io.4 deleted file mode 100644 index fabd384abc..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/io.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1996 Joerg Wunsch -.\" -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" This program is free software. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPERS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES -.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DEVELOPERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, -.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT -.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY -.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT -.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF -.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" %Id: io.4,v 1.5 1997/03/21 20:13:45 mpp Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.Dd Jan 1, 1996 -.Dt IO 4 i386 -.Os -.Sh 名称 -.Nm io -.Nd I/O 特権ファイル -.Sh 解説 -特殊ファイル -.Pa /dev/io -は制御下にあるセキュリティホールで、 -.Pq 通常はカーネルの内部コードに予約された -I/O 特権を得ることをプロセスに許可します。 -.Pa /dev/io -を開いたファイル記述子を持ったどんなプロセスでも、 -フラグレジスタセットの中の -.Em IOPL -ビットを得ることができます。 -すなわち、直接 I/O を操作することが許されます。 -これは、ハードウェアを直接操作する -ユーザランドのプログラムを書くために役立ちます。 -.Pp -アクセス制御全体は -.Pa /dev/io -のファイルアクセスパーミッションによって管理されていますので、 -このデバイスに正しいパーミッションを与えるように -注意する必要があります。 -読み込み専用のアクセスでさえ、すべての I/O 特権を -与えてしまうことに注意してください。 -.Sh ファイル -.Bl -tag -width Pa -compact -.It Pa /dev/io -.El -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr mem 4 -.Sh 歴史 -.Nm io -ファイルは -.Fx 1.0 -で登場しました。 - - - diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/lnc.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/lnc.4 deleted file mode 100644 index d98101a2e5..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/lnc.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1997 David E. O'Brien -.\" -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPERS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES -.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DEVELOPERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, -.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT -.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY -.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT -.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF -.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" %Id: lnc.4,v 1.6 1998/11/06 09:46:02 obrien Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.Dd January 19, 1997 -.Dt LNC 4 i386 -.Os FreeBSD -.Sh 名称 -.Nm lnc -.Nd -AMD Lance/PCnet イーサネットデバイスドライバ -.Sh 書式 -.Cd "device lnc0 at isa? port 0x280 net irq 10 drq 0" -.Sh 解説 -.Nm -ドライバは、Am7990 と Am79C960 含む AMD ファミリを利用している -Lance/PCnet Ethernet NIC をサポートするために用意されています。 -.Nm -インタフェースによってサポートされているイーサネットカードは次の通りです: -.Bl -tag -width -offset ident -compat -.It Novell NE2100 -.It Novell NE32-VL -.It Isolan BICC -.It Digital DEPCA -.It Hewlett Packard Vectra 486/66XM -.It Hewlett Packard Vectra XU -.El -.Sh 診断 -.Bl -diag -.It "lnc%d: Framing error" -フレーミングエラーが発生しました。 -これはまた、CRC エラーも発生したことを意味しています。 -この結果、 -ドライバはフレーミングエラーを含んでいるパケットを落としました。 -.It "lnc%d: Receive CRC error" -受信したイーサネットフレームは、CRC チェックサムに失敗しました。 -この結果、 -ドライバがチェックサムに失敗したパケットを落としました。 -.It "lnc%d: Packet dropped, no mbufs" -ドライバは mbuf を使い果してしまいました。 -おそらく資源の問題だと思われます。 -.It "lnc%d: Couldn't allocate memory for NIC" -致命的エラーです。 -この状況下では、カードに対してドライバはアタッチされません。 -.It "lnc%d: Memory allocated above 16Mb limit" -ISA と ESIA カードは、 -16MB 以上の領域に DMA 転送を行うために、バウンスバッファが必要となります。 -Am7990 と Am79C960 のアドレスラインは 24 本しかありませんので、 -物理メモリのうち、下位の 16MB にしかアクセスできません。 -.Nm -ドライバは、自己が割り当てるメモリが下位 16MB の範囲内にあると仮定しています。 -これはあまり妥当な仮定ではありませんが、 -これ以外の方法は今のところ何もできません。 -共有メモリを利用した NIC に関しては関係ありません。 -.It "lnc%d: Device timeout -- Resetting" -デバイスはネットワークに応答するのを停止したか、あるいは、 -ネットワーク接続 (ケーブル) に関する問題が発生しました。 -使用中のネットワーク接続とカードの設定が同じになっているか -どうか確認してください。 -.It "lnc%d: Transmit late collision -- Net error?" -.It "lnc%d: Loss of carrier during transmit -- Net error?" -.It "lnc%d: Transmit of packet failed after 16 attempts -- TDR = %d" -.It "lnc%d: Heartbeat error -- SQE test failed" -.It "lnc%d: Babble error - more than 1519 bytes transmitted" -.It "lnc%d: Missed packet -- no receive buffer" -.It "lnc%d: Memory error -- Resetting" -.It "lnc%d: Couldn't get mbuf for transmit packet -- Resetting" -.It "lnc%d: Receive buffer error" -.It "lnc%d: Receive overflow error" -.It "lnc%d: Receive interrupt with buffer still owned by controller -- Resetting" -.It "lnc%d: Receive interrupt but not start of packet -- Resetting" -.It "lnc%d: Start of packet found before end of previous in receive ring -- Resetting" -.It "lnc%d: End of received packet not found -- Resetting" -.It "lnc%d: Transmit interrupt with buffer still owned by controller -- Resetting" -.It "lnc%d: Transmit interrupt but not start of packet -- Resetting" -.It "lnc%d: Start of packet found before end of previous in transmit ring -- Resetting" -.It "lnc%d: End of transmitted packet not found -- Resetting" -.It "lnc%d: Transmit buffer error -- Resetting" -.It "lnc%d: Transmit underflow error -- Resetting" -.El -.Sh バグ -このドライバは、 -どのイーサネットドライバよりも冗長に作られている可能性があります。 -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr arp 4 , -.Xr netintro 4 , -.Xr ifconfig 8 -.Sh 歴史 -.Nm -デバイスドライバは -.Fx 2.2 -から登場しました。 -.Sh 作者 -.Nm -デバイスドライバは -.An Paul Richards -が作成しました。 -このマニュアルページは -.An David E. O'Brien -が書きました。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/mcd.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/mcd.4 deleted file mode 100644 index fb25731e30..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/mcd.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1994 Keith E. Walker -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products -.\" derived from this software withough specific prior written permission -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES -.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, -.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT -.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY -.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT -.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF -.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" %Id: mcd.4,v 1.6 1998/10/22 14:12:55 bde Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.Dd December 8, 1994 -.Dt MCD 4 i386 -.Os FreeBSD 2.0 -.Sh 名称 -.Nm mcd -.Nd Mitsumi CD-ROM ドライバ -.Sh 書式 -.Cd "device mcd0 at isa? port 0x300 bio irq 10" -.Sh 解説 -.Nm mcd -ドライバは Mitsumi 製 CD-ROM プレイヤに対して、データとオーディオの -インタフェースを提供します。 -CD-ROM プレイヤは、Mitsumi 専用のコントローラ -ボードの 1 つを経てISA バスに接続されていることが必要です。 -サポートされているコントローラボードは LU002S, LU005S, FX001, そして一般的な -FX001D です。 -.Pp -.Nm mcd -ドライバはディスク固有の -.Fn ioctl -コマンド、すなわち -.Dv DIOCGDINFO , -.Dv DIOCGPART , -.Dv DIOCWDINFO , -.Dv DIOCSDINFO , -コマンドに対して応答します。 -他のディスク固有の -.Fn ioctl -コマンドにはエラーを返すものもあるでしょう。 -.Pp -.Nm mcd -ドライバは、特別な CD-ROM -.Fn ioctl -コマンドに対しても応答します。これらのコマンドは、CD-ROM プレイヤの -オーディオ機能を制御します。 -コマンドは次の通りです: -.Pp -.Bl -tag -width CDIOCREADSUBCHANNEL -compact -offset indent -.It CDIOCREADSUBCHANNEL -ディスクを再生中の現在の状態におけるサブチャネルの情報を取得します。 -.It CDIOCREADTOCHEADER -目次ヘッダを取得します。 -.It CDIOCREADTOCENTRYS -全ての目次を取得します。 -.It CDIOCPLAYTRACKS -指定された位置において、オーディオ再生を始めます。 -.It CDIOCPLAYBLOCKS -.Dv EINVAL -エラーで失敗します。 -.It CDIOCPLAYMSF -指定された位置において、オーディオ再生を始めます。 -.It CDIOCRESUME -あらかじめ一時停止したディスクの再生をレジュームします。 -.It CDIOCPAUSE -ディスクの再生を一時停止します。 -.It CDIOCSTART -ディスク再生を始めます。 -.It CDIOCSTOP -あらかじめ再生中のディスクを停止します。 -.It CDIOCEJECT -ディスクトレーをオープンします -(クローズするコマンドはサポートされていません)。 -.It CDIOCRESET -あらゆる再生を停止し、Mitsumi コントローラボードをリセットします。 -.It CDIOCSETDEBUG -カーネルは -.Nm mcd -ドライバについてのデバッグメッセージをコンソールに出力します。 -.It CDIOCCLRDEBUG -カーネルは -.Nm mcd -ドライバについてのデバッグメッセージの出力を終了します。 -.El -.Pp -上記で定義した -.Fn ioctl -コマンドは -.Nm mcd -ドライバがサポートするコマンドだけです。( -.Dv CDIOCSETVOL -や -.Dv CDIOCSETSTERIO -のような) CD-ROM 関連 -.Fn ioctl -コマンドも存在しますが、そのようなコマンドは -ドライバの将来のバージョンでサポートされるかも知れません。 -.Sh 関連ファイル -.Bl -tag -width /dev/(r)mcd0a -compact -.It Pa /dev/(r)mcd0a -ディスク上の BSD パーティションにアクセスします。通常、CD-ROM ディスク -上に存在するファイルシステムは単一です。 -.It Pa /dev/(r)mcd0c -raw デバイスにアクセスします。 -.El -.Sh 注 -.Nm mcd -ドライバのキャラクタモードデバイスは、 -オーディオ機能に限定してアクセスするために使うべきです。 -データ機能にアクセスすると、性能がひどく悪いからです。 -.Pp -ドライバの現在のバージョンは、生成されたあらゆる IRQ に対して割り込み -ハンドラを保持しているにもかかわらず、インタフェースボードの DMA と -IRQ 機能のどちらも用いていません。 -ともかく DMA 機能がサポートされるまで、ボード -の生成する割り込みだけはドライバによってサポートされません。 -.Sh 関連項目 -.Pa /usr/include/sys/cdio.h -.Sh 作者 -ドライバは -.An Holger Veit -(データ部分) 及び -.An Brian Moore -(オーディオ部分) が書きました。それに対する変更が -.An Gary Clark II , -.An Andrew A. Chernov , -.An Jordan K. Hubbard -によって提供されました。 -.Sh 歴史 -.Nm mcd -ドライバは -.Fx 1.0 -で最初に登場しました。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/npx.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/npx.4 deleted file mode 100644 index f44bbaabde..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/npx.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1993 Christopher G. Demetriou -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software -.\" must display the following acknowledgement: -.\" This product includes software developed by Christopher G. Demetriou. -.\" 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products -.\" derived from this software withough specific prior written permission -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES -.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, -.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT -.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY -.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT -.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF -.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" from: npx.4,v 1.1 1993/08/06 10:58:03 cgd Exp -.\" %Id: npx.4,v 1.5 1998/10/22 14:22:13 bde Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.\" WORD: Numeric Processing Extension coprocessor 数値演算コプロセッサ -.\" -.Dd August 28, 1993 -.Dt NPX 4 i386 -.Os FreeBSD -.Sh 名称 -.Nm npx -.Nd 数値演算コプロセッサとエミュレータ -.Sh 書式 -.Cd "options MATH_EMULATE" -.\" XXX this is awful hackery to get it to work right... -- cgd -.Cd "device npx0 at isa? port IO_NPX tty irq 13" -.Sh 解説 -.Nm npx -ドライバは、システムに数値演算コプロセッサがあれば、 -それを利用できるようにします。 -拡張数値演算機能 (NPX) は、 -.Sy 486DX -CPU を使ったシステムや、 -.Sy 387 -または -.Sy 487SX -コプロセッサを使ったシステムに存在します。 -.Nm npx -ドライバは NPX が存在するか否かに関わらず、 -システムが正常に動作するために必要です。 -.Pp -もし NPX がシステムに存在しない場合には、 -カーネル設定ファイルに "MATH_EMULATE" オプションが -記述されていることが必要です。 -これにより、通常は NPX で実行される命令がサポートされます。 -システムに NPX が存在せず、カーネルが数学エミュレーションを付けずに -構築されている場合には、システムは起動しません。 -.Sh 警告 -エミュレータは NPX コプロセッサと比べて非常に遅いです。 -そのため、エミュレータを使わなければならないときには、 -浮動小数点演算の性能が悪くなります。 -.Sh バグ -たくさんあります。特に安っぽいマザーボード上で使った時にはそうです。 -NPX から CPU への割り込みラインが正しく結線されていない -マザーボードがあります。 -もしこのような場合に、システムが常に正常な動作をすることを望むならば、 -エミュレータを使うことが必要です。 -.Pp -超越関数命令のエミュレーションは不正確です。 -それ以外の命令のエミュレーションも怪しいです。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/pcf.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/pcf.4 deleted file mode 100644 index 7f14fc2530..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/pcf.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1998, Nicolas Souchu -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.Dd August 6, 1998 -.Dt PCF 4 -.Os FreeBSD -.Sh 名称 -.Nm pcf -.Nd -Philips I2C バスコントローラ -.Sh 書式 -.Cd "controller pcf0 at isa? port? irq 5" -.Pp -1 つ以上の iicbus バスに対し -.Cd "controller iicbus0" -.Sh 解説 -.Em pcf -ドライバは -.Xr iicbus 4 -システム用の Philips PCF8584 I2C コントローラのサポートを提供します。 -.Pp -PCF8584 は CMOS テクノロジで設計された集積回路であり、 -ほとんどの標準的なパラレルバスマイクロコントローラ/マイクロプロセッサと -シリアル I2C バスとの間のインタフェースを提供します。 -PCF8584 はマスタとスレーブの両方の機能を提供します。 -I2C バスとの通信は割り込みかポーリングハンドシェークを使い、 -バイトを基本として実行されます。 -また、I2C バス特有のシーケンス、プロトコル、調停、タイミングの全てを -制御します。 -PCF8584 はパラレルバスシステムの I2C バスとの双方向通信を可能にしています。 -.Pp -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr iicbus 4 -.Sh 歴史 -.Nm -マニュアルページは -.Fx 3.0 -で登場しました。 -.Sh 作者 -このマニュアルページは -.An Nicolas Souchu -が書きました。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/perfmon.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/perfmon.4 deleted file mode 100644 index 16d20578b0..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/perfmon.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,225 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright 1996 Massachusetts Institute of Technology -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and -.\" its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby -.\" granted, provided that both the above copyright notice and this -.\" permission notice appear in all copies, that both the above -.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all -.\" supporting documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used -.\" in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the -.\" software without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. makes -.\" no representations about the suitability of this software for any -.\" purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied -.\" warranty. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY M.I.T. ``AS IS''. M.I.T. DISCLAIMS -.\" ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, -.\" INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF -.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT -.\" SHALL M.I.T. BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, -.\" SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT -.\" LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF -.\" USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND -.\" ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, -.\" OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT -.\" OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" %Id: perfmon.4,v 1.6 1998/03/12 07:30:36 charnier Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.Dd March 26, 1996 -.Dt PERFMON 4 i386 -.Os FreeBSD 2.2 -.Sh 名称 -.Nm perfmon -.Nd CPU の性能モニタリングをするインタフェース -.Sh 書式 -.Cd cpu \&"I586_CPU\&" -.Cd cpu \&"I686_CPU\&" -.Cd options PERFMON -.Sh 解説 -.Nm perfmon -ドライバにより -.Tn Intel -の -.Tn Pentium -と -.Tn "Pentium Pro" -の -CPU 内部の性能モニタリング機能にアクセスできます。 -これらのプロセッサには多彩なイベントについて発生回数または -(CPU サイクルでの) 持続時間のどちらかを測定するように設定できる -2 個の内部カウンタと、同じくクロックサイクルを数える -1 個のサイクルカウンタが実装されています。 -.Nm -ドライバではこれらの機能に対してデバイス形式によるインタフェースを提供 -します。 -.Pp -性能モニタリングをするカウンタへの全てのアクセスは -デバイス型特殊ファイルの -.Dq Pa /dev/perfmon -を媒介として処理されます。 -このデバイスが提供する -.Xr ioctl 2 -リクエストは多くあり -.Aq Pa machine/perfmon.h -の中で定義され、このファイルの中には -.Tn Pentium -と -.Tn "Pentium Pro" -プロセッサの両方の色々なカウンタの定義もあります。 -.Pp -.Sy 注意事項: -利用可能なイベントの集合はプロセッサ毎に異なります。 -使用されるイベントコードが測定される CPU の型式に対して -適正であることを確認することはプログラマの責任です。 -.Pp -以下の -.Xr ioctl 2 -リクエストが定義されています: -.Bl -tag -width PMIOTSTAMP -.It Dv PMIOSETUP -.Pq Li "struct pmc" -構造体に定義されているパラメータとフラグでカウンタを設定します。 -以下のフィールドが -.Li struct pmc -に定義されています: -.Bl -tag -width "u_char pmc_eventx" -.It Li "int pmc_num" -指定するカウンタ番号です。 -.Dv NPMC -(現在は 2) より小さくなければなりません。 -.It Li "u_char pmc_event" -モニタすべき特定のイベントコードで、 -.Aq Pa machine/perfmon.h -に定義されています。 -.It Li "u_char pmc_unit" -イベントの型に対応する装置のマスクの値です ( -.Tn Intel -の文書を参照)。 -.It Li "u_char pmc_flags" -カウンタの働きを変更するフラグ (下記参照) です。 -.It Li "u_char pmc_mask" -カウンタのマスクの値です。つまり、本来、この値は指定された数のクロック -以上 (又は以下) の間継続するイベントにカウントを制限する為に使用されるしきい値 -です。 -.El -.Pp -次のような -.Li pmc_flags -の値が定義されています: -.Bl -tag -compact -width PMCF_USRxx -.It Dv PMCF_USR -イベントをユーザモードでカウントします。 -.It Dv PMCF_OS -イベントをカーネルモードでカウントします。 -.It Dv PMCF_E -イベントを持続時間ではなくその数でカウントします。 -.It Dv PMCF_INV -カウンタのマスクの比較の意味を逆転します。 -.El -.It Dv PMIOGET -.Pq Li "struct pmc" -指定されたカウンタの現在の設定を返します。 -.It Dv PMIOSTART -.It Dv PMIOSTOP -.Pq Li int -指定したカウンタを起動 (停止) します。ハードウェアの欠陥により、番号順に -起動と停止をしなければなりません。 -(即ち、カウンタ 0 は必ずまずカウンタ 1 を停止してから停止しなければなりません)。 -ドライバではこの制約を -.Sy 強制していません -(と言うのも将来の CPU ではこの制約はなくなるかも知れません)。 -.It Dv PMIORESET -.Pq Li int -指定されたカウンタを 0 にリセットします。カウンタはリセットする前に -.Dv PMIOSTOP -により停止されなければなりません。全てのカウンタは自動的に -.Dv PMIOSETUP -によってリセットされます。 -.It Dv PMIOREAD -.Pq Li "struct pmc_data" -カウンタの現在の値を取り出します。 -.Li pmc_data -構造体には次のような 2 個のフィールドが定義されています: -.Pp -.Bl -tag -compact -width "quad_t pmcd_value" -.It Li "int pmcd_num" -読み出すカウンタの番号。 -.It Li "int pmcd_value" -64 ビットの符号付き整数での終了値。 -.El -.Pp -将来、 -.Tn "Pentium Pro" -プロセッサから -カウンタを直接読み出す為に -.Li RDPMC -命令を使用出来る様になるでしょう。 -.It Dv PMIOTSTAMP -.Pq Li "struct pmc_tstamp" -タイムスタンプカウンタを読み出します。 -.Li pmc_tstamp -構造体では 2 個のフィールドが定義されています: -.Pp -.Bl -tag -compact -width "quad_t pmct_value" -.It Li "int pmct_rate" -カウンタの MHz でのおおよその速度です。 -.It Li "quad_t pmct_value" -64 ビット整数でのカウンタの現在の値です。 -.El -.Pp -.Li pmct_rate -フィールドに与えられるカウンタの速度は、 -校正が困難な事やクロックの進行が不完全な為に、 -往々にして正確ではないことに注意する事が大切です。 -このフィールドについては -クロックが刻む速度を実際に表示するものというよりも -手がかりか又は適正さの検査くらいに考えるべきです。 -.El -.Sh 関連ファイル -.Bl -tag -compact -width "/usr/include/machine/perfmon.h" -.It Pa /dev/perfmon -カウンタへの文字型デバイスのインタフェース -.It Pa /usr/include/machine/perfmon.h -構造体とイベントコードを定義しているインクルードファイル -.It Pa /usr/share/examples/perfmon -全ての -.Fn ioctl -コマンドの使用を具体的に例示したサンプルのソースコード -.El -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr ioctl 2 -.Rs -.%A Intel Corporation -.%B Pentium Pro Family Developer's Manual -.%D January 1996 -.%V vol. 3 -.%O Operating System Writer's Manual -.Re -.\"訳者注開始 -.Rs -.%A インテルジャパン株式会社 -.%B Pentium Pro ファミリー ディベロッパーズ マニュアル -.%D January 1996 -.%V 下巻 -.%O オペレーティング システム ライターズ マニュアル -.Re -.\"訳者注終り -.Sh 歴史 -The -.Nm -デバイスは -.Fx 2.2 -で初めて現れました。 -.Sh 作者 -.Nm -ドライバは -.An Garrett A. Wollman , -MIT Laboratory for Computer Science -が書きました。 -.\"Translated by Tetsuro Furuya , Dec. 1999. -.\"ML Checked by Tetsuya Isaki (井崎哲也) , -.\" Satoru Koizumi (小泉 悟 ) -.\"Final Checked by diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/pnp.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/pnp.4 deleted file mode 100644 index ea64430402..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/pnp.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,221 +0,0 @@ -.\" pnp(4) - manual page for the scanner device driver `asc' -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1997 Luigi Rizzo -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software -.\" must display the following acknowledgements: -.\" This product includes software developed by Luigi Rizzo. -.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products -.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES -.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, -.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT -.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY -.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT -.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF -.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" %Id: pnp.4,v 1.2 1998/03/12 07:30:36 charnier Exp % -.\" -.\" Based on Japanese translation by Yasuhito FUTATSUKI -.\" [man-jp 1426] -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.Dd September 7, 1997 -.Dt PNP 4 i386 -.Os FreeBSD -.Sh 名称 -.Nm pnp -.Nd PnP デバイスのサポート -.Sh 書式 -.Cd controller pnp0 -.Sh 解説 -.Fx -の PnP デバイスサポートによって、ユーザが PnP カードの設定を -強制設定することが可能になります。また、デバイスドライバが PnP カードの -パラメータを取得・変更することが可能になります。 -.Pp -手動で強制設定する機能を用いるためには、カーネルを -.Cd options USERCONFIG -付きでコンパイルする必要があります。 -このときカーネルは、PnP デバイスの設定を記録するための -一定の大きさのテーブル (デフォルトで 20 エントリ) を確保します。 -PnP カード 1 つが複数の独立したデバイスから構成されている -こともあります (5 つ 6 つもあるということは異常ではありません)。 -.Pp -カーネルを -.Dq Fl c -フラグ付きでブートすることで、 -PnP カードの設定変更のコマンドを使用できます。コマンドは -.Dl pnp CSN LDN -というシーケンスから始まります。ここで、CSN ならびに LDN は -それぞれ、デバイスに振られているカード選択番号 -.Pq Card Select Number -および論理デバイス番号 -.Pq Logiacal Device Number -です。 -このシーケンスに続けて、以下のコマンドの任意の組み合わせが使えます。 - -.Bl -tag -width "mmmmmmmmmm"" -.It Dv irqN Ar line -カード上の割り込み 0 または 1 -.Pq 訳注: N で指定 -に使用する IRQ 線を設定します。 -.Ar line -に 0 を指定することは、IRQ 線を使用しないことを意味します。 -.It Dv drqN Ar n -カード上の DMA 0 または 1 -.Pq 訳注: N で指定 -に使用する DRQ チャネルを設定します。 -チャネルに 4 を指定することは、チャネルを使用しないことを意味します。 -.It Dv portN Ar address -N 番目のポート領域 -.Pq port's range -の基底アドレス -.Pq base address -を設定します (N=0..7)。 -.Ar address -に 0 を指定することは、ポートを使用しないことを意味します。 -.It Dv memN Ar address -N 番目のメモリ領域 -.Pq memory's range -の基底アドレス -.Pq base address -を設定します (N=0..3)。 -.Ar address -に 0 を指定することは、メモリ領域を使用しないことを意味します。 -.It Dv bios -PnP デバイスの設定として、BIOS が設定したものを使用します。 -これはデフォルトであり、 -BIOS が PnP をサポートしている場合には通常はこれでよいでしょう。 -BIOS 設定を使用する場合には -.Dq Dv flags -以外のパラメータは無視されます。 -.It Dv os -PnP デバイスの設定に、このエントリで指定したものを使用します。 -.It Dv enable -PnP デバイスを有効にします。 -.It Dv disable -PnP デバイスを無効にします。 -.It Dv delete -デバイスに使用されているエントリを開放し、別の CSN/LDN の組を持つ -他のデバイスで使用できるようにします。 -.It Dv flags -デバイスドライバに渡す 32 ビットの flags エントリの値を設定します。 -flags は、特別な動作モードを指定するのに使われることがあります。 -(例えば、ある種のサウンドカードで SB と WSS のエミュレーションを -切り替える、など) -.El -.Pp -現在のテーブル内の設定値は、userconfig の -.Ic ls -コマンドで表示されます。 -このテーブルは、ユーザが行なった変更に加え、 -PnP デバイスドライバがアクセスしたすべての論理デバイスのエントリを -保持します。 -.Pp -テーブルの変更結果は、 -.Xr dset 8 -コマンドによってファイルシステム上のブートイメージに保存されます。 -.Pq 訳注: カーネルの ELF 化により dset コマンドは廃止されました -.Pp -.Sh PnP をサポートするデバイスドライバ -カーネルは PnP デバイスを自動的に認識して設定します。 -PnP デバイスは以下のデータ構造で識別します。 -.Bd -literal -struct pnp_device { - char *pd_name; - char *(*pd_probe ) (u_long csn, u_long vendor_id); - void (*pd_attach ) (u_long csn, u_long vend_id, char * name, - struct isa_device *dev); - u_long *pd_count; - u_int *imask; - struct isa_device dev; -}; -.Ed -.Pp -プローブ (probe) ルーチンは、渡される vendor_id が自分が -認識するものであるか、 -カード中の必要なデバイスが有効になっているかをチェックし、 -チェックに -失敗した場合には NULL 値を、成功した場合には NULL でない値 -(一般にデバイス名を指すポインタ) を返します。 -プローブルーチン内において、論理デバイスが有効であるかどうかの -チェックには、 -.Fn read_pnp_parms -を使用できます。 -.Pp -アタッチ (attach) ルーチンは、 -PnP カードを ISA アクセス可能にする、 -設定を取得する、デバイスの ISA ドライバを呼ぶ、 -といった必要な初期化をすべて行うことが必要です。 -.Pp -次のルーチンとデータ構造が使用できます。 -.Bl -tag -width "xxxxxxxxxx" -.It Dv struct pnp_cinfo -このデータ構造 -.Po -.Pa /usr/i386/isa/pnp.h -で定義されている -.Pc -は、 -PnP 論理デバイスに関連するすべての情報を含んでいます。 -.It Fn read_pnp_parms "struct pnp_cinfo *d" "int ldn" -この関数は要求された論理デバイスの設定を返します。 -この関数はプローブおよびアタッチの -ルーチンから呼ばれることだけを想定しているため、 -CSN を指定することはできません。 -.It Fn write_pnp_parms "struct pnp_cinfo *d" "int ldn" -この関数は要求された論理デバイスのパラメータを設定します。 -同時に、カーネルの強制設定用テーブルのエントリを更新します。 -BIOS や (userconfig を使用する) ユーザの方が、 -どうパラメータを設定すべきかをよく知っているはずなので、 -デバイスドライバは通常デバイスの設定を変更すべきでは -.Em ありません。 -特に、 -userconfig による強制設定メカニズムを破綻させてしまうため、 -無効になっている論理デバイスを -.Em 有効にしてはなりません。 -デバイスドライバは論理デバイスやポート領域などを無効にしても -かまいませんが、これは、 -特定のデバイスやパラメータが問題を起こすことがわかっている場合に -限るべきです。 -.It Fn enable_pnp_card void -この関数はアタッチルーチン内部で -.Em のみ、 -カードの ISA ポート/メモリのアドレス領域にアクセスする前に -.Em 呼ばなければなりません。 -.El -.Pp -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr dset 8 -.Pq 訳注: 廃止されました -.Sh バグ -ビジュアルコンフィギュレーションには、PnP デバイス設定のサポートが -ありません。 -userconfig のコマンドで PnP デバイスの設定を取得することができれば -素晴らしいことでしょう。 -.Sh 作者 -PnP サポートは -.An Sujal Patel -が初めに手掛けたものを元に、 -.An Luigi Rizzo -が書きました。 -.Sh 歴史 -.Nm -は -.Fx 2.2.5 -に初めて登場しました。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/scd.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/scd.4 deleted file mode 100644 index e730f7b6e8..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/scd.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Jordan K. Hubbard -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products -.\" derived from this software withough specific prior written permission -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES -.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, -.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT -.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY -.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT -.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF -.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" %Id: scd.4,v 1.6 1998/03/12 07:30:37 charnier Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.Dd January 1, 1995 -.Dt SCD 4 i386 -.Os FreeBSD 2.0.5 -.Sh 名称 -.Nm scd -.Nd Sony CDU31/33 CD-ROM ドライバ -.Sh 書式 -.Cd "device scd0 at isa? port 0x230 bio" -.Sh 解説 -.Nm scd -ドライバは Sony CDU31 及び CDU33A CD-ROM ドライブに対する -データインタフェースを提供します。 -ドライブは、 -Sony 固有のインタフェースカードか互換カードに接続する必要があります。 -.Sh 関連ファイル -.Bl -tag -width /dev/[r]scd0a -compact -.It Pa /dev/[r]scd0a -ディスク上の BSD パーティションにアクセスします。通常、CDROM ディスク -上には単一のファイルシステムのみ存在します。 -.It Pa /dev/[r]scd0c -raw デバイスにアクセスします。 -.Sh 関連項目 -.Pa /sys/i386/isa/scd.c -.Sh 作者 -本ドライバは、 -.An Holger Veit -と -.An Brian Moore -が寄贈したコードを用いて、 -.An Mikael Hybsch -が書きました。 -.Sh 歴史 -.Nm scd -ドライバは -.Fx 2.0.5 -で最初に登場しました。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/spkr.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/spkr.4 deleted file mode 100644 index 0e702a1c9d..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/spkr.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" %Id: spkr.4,v 1.10 1998/03/12 07:30:38 charnier Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.Dd November 7, 1993 -.Dt SPKR 4 i386 -.Os FreeBSD -.Sh 名称 -.Nm speaker , -.Nm spkr -.Nd コンソールスピーカのデバイスドライバ -.Sh 書式 -.Cd pseudo-device speaker -.Fd #include -.Sh 解説 -スピーカデバイスドライバは、 -.Tn FreeBSD -が走っている -.Tn IBM-PC -互換 PC 上で、 -アプリケーションがコンソールスピーカを制御できるようにします。 -.Pp -いかなるときでも、このデバイスをオープンできるのは -ただ 1 つのプロセスだけです。 -このため、このデバイスのロックと解放には、 -.Xr open 2 -と -.Xr close 2 -を使用します。 -他のプロセスがデバイスを独占している時にオープンしようとすると、 -.Er EBUSY -エラーを示して -1 を返します。 -デバイスへの書き込みは、 ASCII 文字で単純にメロディを表記した -演奏文字列 (`play string') として解釈されます。 -.Xr ioctl 2 -リクエストによる任意の周波数の発音もサポートされています。 -.Pp -発音することでプロセッサを独占することはありません。 -実際には、ドライバは PC ハードウェアが音を発している間の -ほとんどの時間をスリープして待っています。 -他のプロセスはドライバが走っている間にビープを鳴らすことができます。 -.Pp -アプリケーションは、スピーカのファイル記述子に対して -.Xr ioctl 2 -呼び出しをすることにより、スピーカドライバを直接制御可能です。 -.Xr ioctl 2 -インタフェースについての定義は -.Pa /usr/include/machine/speaker.h -にあります。 -これらの呼び出しに使われる -.Li tone_t -構造体には、 -周波数 (ヘルツ) と持続時間 (1/100 秒単位で) を指定する -2 つのフィールドがあります。 -周波数 0 は、休符と解釈されます。 -.Pp -現在そのような -.Xr ioctl 2 -呼び出しは 2 つあります。 -.Dv SPKRTONE -は、第 3 引数に単一の tone 構造体へのポインタ 1 個を受け取り、 -それを演奏します。 -.Dv SPKRTUNE -は、単一の tone 構造体配列の先頭へのポインタ 1 個を受け取り、 -それらを順番に演奏します。 -この配列は末尾が持続時間 0 のメンバで終っていることが必要です。 -.Pp -演奏文字列の語法は -.Tn IBM -Advanced BASIC 2.0 の PLAY 文の習慣を模倣しています。 -PLAY 文の -.Li MB , -.Li MF , -.Li X -要素は時分割環境では役に立たないため除かれます。 -`オクターブ追従' 機能とスラー記号は新しく追加されたものです。 -.Pp - 7 オクターブ 84 音が使用可能で 1-84 の番号がついています。 -.\" 原文では 1-83 となっている。 send-pr 済み。 -それぞれのオクターブは C から B まで続いていて 0-6 の番号がついています。 -音階は A440 に合わせて調律されていて、オクターブ 3 は真中の C から始まります。 -デフォルトでは演奏機能は半秒の音符を発音し、そのうち最後の 1/16 秒は休みます。 -.Pp -演奏文字列は左から右へと、演奏コマンドグループの連続として解釈されます。 -大文字小文字は区別されません。演奏コマンドグループは次の通りです: -.Bl -tag -width CDEFGABxx -.It Li CDEFGAB -A から G までの文字は対応する音を現在のオクターブで鳴らします。 -音符文字にはオプションで、 # + - のうちいずれかひとつの -.Dq Em "臨時記号" -を続けることができます。このうち最初の 2 つは音を半音高くし、 -最後のものは音を半音低くします。 -また音符文字の後には音長を表す数字と付点記号 (後述) をつけることもできます。 -音長は次の L コマンドの場合と同様に解釈されます。 -.It Ns Li O Sy n -もし -.Sy n -が数字なら、以後のオクターブを設定します。 -.Sy n -に -.Li L -または -.Li N -のいずれかを指定することにより、 -オクターブ追従を有効または無効にすることができます -(デフォルトでは無効です)。 -オクターブ追従が有効になっている時は、1 組の音符を解釈すると、 -音符間での音程の差が最小になるように必要に応じてオクターブが変化します。 -したがって、 ``olbc'' は ``olb>c'' のように、 -``olcb'' は ``olc と < と O[0123456] に続く、1 音符については無効です。 -(オクターブ追従機能は -.Tn IBM -BASIC ではサポートされていません。) -.It Li > -現在のオクターブを 1 つ上げます。 -.It Li < -現在のオクターブを 1 つ下げます。 -.It Ns Li N Sy n -音符 -.Sy n -を演奏します。 -.Sy n -は 1 から 84 か、現在の音長の休符として 0 です。 -付点記号を続けることもできます。 -.It Ns Li L Sy n -音符の音長を設定します。デフォルトは -.Li L4 -で、四分音符です。 -この値は 1 から 64 までが認められます。 -.Li L1 -は全音符に、 -.Li L2 -は二分音符に、 -.Li L4 -は四分音符に、などと設定されます。 -.It Ns Li P Sy n -.Sy n -を -.Ns Li L Sy n -と同様に解釈した休符です。付点記号をつけることもできます。 -.Li ~ -と書くこともできます。 -.It Ns Li T Sy n -1 分あたりの四分音符の数を設定します。デフォルトは 120 です。 -よくあるテンポの音楽名: - -.Bd -literal -offset indent - テンポ 分あたり拍数 -とても遅い Larghissimo - Largo 40-60 - Larghetto 60-66 - Grave - Lento - Adagio 66-76 -遅い Adagietto - Andante 76-108 -中くらい Andantino - Moderato 108-120 -速い Allegretto - Allegro 120-168 - Vivace - Veloce - Presto 168-208 -とても速い Prestissimo -.Ed -.It Li M[LNS] -調音を設定します。 -.Li MN -.Ns No ( Li N -は普通 (normal) を示します) がデフォルトで、音符の最後 1/8 を休みます。 -レガート (休みなし) にするには -.Li ML -を、スタッカート (1/4 休む) にするには -.Li MS -を設定できます。 -.El -.Pp -音符 (つまり -.Li CDEFGAB -または -.Li N -コマンド文字グループ) には付点記号 (.) を続けることができます。 -.\" dot とは . であるが日本語では明示しないとわからない -それぞれの付点記号は 1 つにつき、音符の音長を 1.5 倍にします。 -したがって、付点記号が 1 つついた音符はついていないものの 3/2 の音長に、 -2 つついた音符は 9/4 の音長に、 -3 つついた音符は 27/8 の音長になります。 -.Pp -音符と付点記号にはスラー記号 (_) を続けることができます。 -これによって音符の後に普段ある小さな休みが埋められて、 -音符を次の音符にスラーでつなげます。(スラー機能は -.Tn IBM -BASIC ではサポートされていません。) -.Pp -演奏文字列中の空白は単に飛ばされるので、 -楽節を分けるのに使うことができます。 -.Sh バグ -音程テーブルの丸めや、発音ハードウェアやタイマハードウェアの -こぼれ (どちらも精度を考慮していない) のため、 -音程の正確さやタイミングは数学的に厳密ではありません。 -音量調節はありません。 -.Pp -2 つ以上の付点記号の動作は標準的な音楽記号を反映していません。 -標準的には、それぞれの付点記号は前の付点の半分だけ音長を長くするのであり、 -付点によって修正された音符の半分ではありません。 -つまり、付点記号が 1 つついた音符はついていないものの 3/2 の音長に、 -2 つついた音符は 7/4 の音長に、 -3 つついた音符は 15/8 の音長になります。 -それでも、3/2 倍にする解釈は -.Tn IBM -BASIC マニュアルに記されているため、 -互換性のためにそのままにしています。 -.Pp -非常に長い (システムの物理 I/O ブロックよりも長い) 演奏文字列では、 -ブロック境界をまたがるために、 -音符の修飾や数値が時々間違って解釈されることがあります。 -.Sh 関連ファイル -.Bl -tag -width /dev/speakerxx -.It Pa /dev/speaker -スピーカデバイスファイル -.El -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr spkrtest 8 -.Sh 作者 -.An Eric S. Raymond Aq esr@snark.thyrsus.com -1990 年 6 月 -.Sh 移植者 -.An Andrew A. Chernov Aq ache@astral.msk.su -.Sh 歴史 -.Nm -デバイスは -.Fx 1.0 -に初めて登場しました。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/sr.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/sr.4 deleted file mode 100644 index 04ca6393ff..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/sr.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,119 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1996 John Hay. All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software -.\" must display the following acknowledgement: -.\" This product includes software developed by John Hay. -.\" 4. Neither the name of the author nor the names of any co-contributors -.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software -.\" without specific prior written permission. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY John Hay ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL John Hay BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" %Id: sr.4,v 1.10 1998/10/22 14:12:55 bde Exp % -.\" -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.Dd July 4, 1996 -.Dt SR 4 i386 -.Os -.Sh 名称 -.Nm sr -.Nd 同期 RISCom/N2 / WANic 400/405 デバイスドライバ -.Sh 書式 -.Cd "device sr0 at isa? port 0x300 net irq 10 iomem 0xd0000" -.Cd "device sr1 at isa? port 0x310 net irq 11 flags 0x1 iomem 0xd0000" -.Pp -.Cd "pseudo-device sppp" -.Sh 解説 -.Nm sr -ドライバは、HD64570 チップを使用した、 -RISCom/N2 ISA カードと WANic 400/405 PCI カードをサポートします。 -.Pp -リンクレベルの層に、標準の -.Tn FreeBSD -sppp コードを使用します。 -デフォルトのプロトコルは PPP です。 -Cisco HDLC プロトコルは -.Xr ifconfig 8 -に -.Em link2 -を追加することによって使用できます。 -.Pp -.Em flags -フィールドは省略可能です。省略した場合、ドライバは次のように仮定します: -.Pp -.Bl -hang -offset indent -.It "カードには 2 ポートあります。" -.It "シリアルポートのクロックは外部のものを使用しており、" -送信と受信のクロックは同じです。 -.El -.Pp -.Em flags -はビットフィールドであり、デフォルト以外の動作をさせるために使用します。 -.Pp -.Bl -hang -offset indent -.It Em 0x01 -カードには 1 ポートだけあります。 -.It Em 0x10 -ポート 0 で、送信と受信で別々の外部クロックを使用します。 -.It Em 0x40 -ポート 1 で、送信と受信で別々の外部クロックを使用します。 -.El -.Pp -.Sh 番号 -カーネル設定ファイルでは、カード毎に 1 行のみが必要です。 -最初のカードのポートは sr0 から振られます。 -次のカードの番号は、最初のカードの終った所から続けられます。 -つまり、もし最初のカードが 2 ポートのカードなら、そのカードは sr0 と sr1 -を使います。そして次のカードは sr2 から始まります。 -.Pp -カードは IRQ 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 11, 12, 15 のみをサポートします。 -.Pp -iomem 領域は、16Kb ブロックであり、16Kb 境界から始まる必要があります。 -.Pp -.Sh 診断 -.Bl -diag -.It "sr%d: Warning illegal interrupt %d." -カードが指定された割り込みを使用できません。他の割り込みを選んでください。 -.El -.Sh 関連ファイル -.Bl -tag -width /sys/i386/isa/ic/hd64570.h -compact -.It Pa /sys/i386/isa/ic/hd64570.h -.It Pa /sys/i386/isa/if_srregs.h -.It Pa /sys/i386/isa/if_sr.c -.It Pa /sys/pci/if_sr_p.c -.El -.Sh バグ -現時点で X.21 インタフェースだけを試験しています。 -他のものでは、クロック選択コードを微調整する必要があるでしょう。 -.Pp -このコードには、おそらく最適化の余地があります。 -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr ar 4 , -.Xr cx 4 , -.Xr netintro 4 , -.Xr ifconfig 8 , -.Xr lsdev 8 -.Sh 作者 -.Nm sr -デバイスドライバは -.An John Hay Aq jhay@FreeBSD.org -が作成しました。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/vx.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/vx.4 deleted file mode 100644 index 149c73366d..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/vx.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1996, Fred Gray -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software -.\" must display the following acknowledgement: -.\" This product includes software developed by David Greenman. -.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products -.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" %Id: vx.4,v 1.7 1998/03/12 07:30:39 charnier Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.Dd January 15, 1996 -.Dt VX 4 i386 -.Os -.Sh 名称 -.Nm vx -.Nd -PCI イーサネットデバイスドライバ -.Sh 書式 -.Cd "device vx0" -.Sh 解説 -.Nm vx -ドライバは、 -3Com の 3c590 と 3c595、すなわち EtherLink III と Fast EtherLink III の -PCI イーサネットカードを、10 Mbps モードでサポートします。 -次の -.Xr ifconfig 8 -コマンドへの link フラグによって、媒体を選択可能です。 -.Pp -.Bl -tag -width LINK0X -compact -.It Em link0 -AUI ポートを使用します。 -.It Em link1 -BNC ポートを使用します。 -.It Em link2 -UTP ポートを使用します。 -.El -.Sh 診断 -.Bl -diag -.It "vx%d: not configured; kernel is built for only %d devices." -システムにあるアダプタ数に対して、カーネル設定ファイル内の -デバイス数が十分ではありません。 -設定ファイルにデバイスを追加し、 -カーネルを再構築してリブートして下さい。 -.Pp -他のすべての診断はハードウェアの問題かドライバのバグを示しています。 -.Sh 警告 -初期のいくつかの 3c590 カードには問題があり、 -受信あふれの被害を受けます。 -その結果として、パケット損失を引き起こします。 -作者は、3 Com から提供される情報を基に、 -このようなリビジョンの検査を実装しようとしました。 -しかし、検査の出力の大部分は疑わしい警告にすぎません。 -.Pp -カードのバスマスタリング機能を使用せず -ポーリングモードの I/O のみを使用することから、 -このドライバの性能はいくらか制限されます。 -.Sh バグ -.Nm vx -ドライバはいくつかのシステム上でワームブートの後、アダプタを正しく -リセットしないことが知られています。 -.Pp -.Nm vx -ドライバは、サポートしているとされるカードのすべてのモデルで -徹底的にテストを行なっているわけではありません。 -.Sh 歴史 -.Nm vx -デバイスドライバは -.Fx 2.1 -で最初に登場しました。 -これは -.Nm ep -ドライバに由来していて、多くの制限を継承しています。 -.Sh 作者 -.Nm vx -デバイスドライバとこのマニュアルページは、 -.An Herb Peyerl -の作業とその他の多くの人の援助を基に -.An Fred Gray Aq fgray@rice.edu -によって書かれました。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/wd.4 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/wd.4 deleted file mode 100644 index d1a7de23c8..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man4/man4.i386/wd.4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1994 Wilko Bulte -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products -.\" derived from this software withough specific prior written permission -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES -.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, -.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT -.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY -.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT -.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF -.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" %Id: wd.4,v 1.10 1998/10/22 14:12:55 bde Exp % -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.\" -.Dd August 31, 1994 -.Dt WD 4 i386 -.Os FreeBSD -.Sh 名称 -.Nm wd -.Nd -一般的な WD100x/IDE ディスクコントローラ用ドライバ -.Sh 書式 -.Cd "controller wdc0 at isa? port" \&"IO_WD1\&" bio irq 14 -.Cd "disk wd0 at wdc0 drive 0 -.Cd "disk wd1 at wdc0 drive 1 -.Pp -CMD640b IDE コントローラ用: -.Cd "options" \&"CMD640\&" -.Sh 解説 -このドライバで、Western Digital WD100x シリーズをエミュレートする -コントローラに接続されたディスクにアクセスできるようになります。 -これには、WD1003 ST412 コントローラ、WD1007 ESDI コントローラ、 -そしてほとんどのマザーボードにある一般的な IDE コントローラを含みます。 -.Pp -WD100x シリーズとの互換性については、通常、コントローラの資料に説明があります。 -.Pp -.Ar flags -パラメータを使って、ドライバにヒントや指令を伝えることができます。 -.Pp -16 ビット整数のフラグがドライブ毎にあり、 -それぞれに 4 (訳注: 実際には 6) 個のビットフィールドがあります: -.\" By mzaki@e-mail.ne.jp (Mar 1 1999) -.Bl -tag -width 0x0000 -offset 1c -.It 0x8000 -ドライブの 32 ビット転送機能が使えれば使います。 -.It 0x4000 -ドライブがスリープモードから脱しているところであるようならば、 -混乱しているとみなして再初期化します。 -.It 0x2000 -最近の PCI チップセットにあるバスマスタ DMA 機能があるか調べて利用します。 -.It 0x1000 -デフォルトの CHS アドレッシングではなく、LBA アドレッシングを使います。 -.It 0x0f00 -ヘッドの数を ((flags & 0xf00)>>8) と見なして、 -それに合うようにシリンダ数を計算し直します。 -.It 0x00ff -ドライブのマルチセクタ転送モードが使えれば使います。 -最大で (flags & 0x00ff) セクタの転送を試みます。 -.El -.Pp -このフラグは drive 行に 16 ビット整数で指定するか、 -あるいは controller 行に 32 ビット整数で指定します。 -この場合、上位 16 ビットが番号の大きなドライブに適用されます。 -.Pp -.Dq Dv CMD640 -オプションによって、CMD640b IDE コントローラの欠陥に対処するようになります。 -このオプションが指定されていて、 -かつ PCI サブシステムがこのチップを検出した場合には、 -プライマリとセカンダリのコントローラは同時には使われません。 -.Sh 関連ファイル -.Bl -tag -width Pa -compact -.It Pa /dev/wd* -ディスクのブロックデバイスノード -.It Pa /dev/rwd* -ディスクのキャラクタデバイスノード -.It Pa /sys/i386/conf/GENERIC -.\" 原文 -.\" sample generic kernel config file for (a.o.) wd based systems -.\" の a.o. ってなんでしょう? -wd によるシステムのためのジェネリックカーネルの設定ファイルのサンプル -.It Pa /sys/i386/isa/wd.c -ドライバのソース -.El -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr bad144 8 -.Sh 注釈 -このコントローラとディスクの組合わせは、 -自動的にバッドブロックを処理をするための機構を備えていません。 -バッドブロックを調べるには -.Xr bad144 8 -を実行する必要があります。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man8/man8.i386/apm.8 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man8/man8.i386/apm.8 deleted file mode 100644 index 9f963ae745..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man8/man8.i386/apm.8 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -.\" LP (Laptop Package) -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1994 by Tatsumi Hosokawa -.\" -.\" This software may be used, modified, copied, and distributed, in -.\" both source and binary form provided that the above copyright and -.\" these terms are retained. Under no circumstances is the author -.\" responsible for the proper functioning of this software, nor does -.\" the author assume any responsibility for damages incurred with its -.\" -.\" %FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/apm/apm.8,v 1.16.2.5 2002/03/08 12:49:11 keramida Exp % -.\" -.\" use. -.\" -.\" $FreeBSD$ -.Dd November 1, 1994 -.Dt APM 8 -.Os -.Sh 名称 -.Nm apm , zzz -.Nd APM BIOS の制御を行い、その情報を表示する -.Sh 書式 -.Nm -.Op Fl ablstzZ -.Op Fl d Ar enable -.Op Fl e Ar enable -.Op Fl h Ar enable -.Op Fl r Ar delta -.Pp -.Nm zzz -.Sh 解説 -.Nm -は、 Intel / Microsoft APM (Advanced Power Management) BIOS を制御し、 -ラップトップ PC 上の APM の現在の状態を表示します。 -.Nm zzz -は、 APM 制御によって、システムをサスペンドします。 -.Pp -以下のオプションが -.Nm -で利用可能です -( -.Nm zzz -には、オプションはありません)。 -オプションが与えられなかった場合は、 -.Nm -は、現在の APM の状態や情報を冗長モードで表示します。 -複数の表示オプションが指定された場合、 -ここに示す順番で値を 1 行に 1 つずつ表示します。 -.Bl -tag -width indent -.It Fl a -現在の AC 電源の状態を整数値で表示します。 -0, 1がそれぞれ -.Dq 外れている (off-line) -状態と -.Dq つながっている (on-line) -状態をあらわします。 -.It Fl b -整数値で、現在のバッテリ状態を表示します。 -0, 1, 2, 3という値はそれぞれ、 -.Dq 良好 (high) -状態、 -.Dq 低バッテリ (low) -状態、 -.Dq 危険 (critical) -状態、 -.Dq 充電 (charging) -状態をあらわします。 -.It Fl d Ar enable -通常のサスペンドとディスプレイのサスペンドを別に扱わない/別に扱うを、 -ブール値 -.Ar enable -で制御します。 -この引数は Libretto 30CT や 50CT を含む -多種のラップトップで動作しないようです。 -.It Fl e Ar enable -ブール値引数 -.Ar enable -に依存して、コンピュータの APM 機能の有効/無効を切り替えます。 -.It Fl h Ar enable -ブール値引数 -.Ar enable -に依存して、 -カーネルコンテキストスイッチルーチン中の HLT 命令の有効/無効を切り替えます。 -これらのオプションは、ほとんど全ての APM の実装においては不要ですが、 -.Dq Pa Idle CPU -呼び出しが CPU クロックの減速と HLT 命令を同時に実行する場合は、 -そのピーク性能の減少からシステムをまもるために -.Fl t -オプションが必要です。 -詳細については、 -.Xr apm 4 -を参照してください。 -.It Fl l -現在のバッテリの残り割合を表示します。 -もし、あなたのラップトップがこの機能を提供していない時には、 -255 が表示されます。 -.It Fl r Ar delta -ラップトップがサポートしている場合、 -レジュームウェイクアップタイマを有効にします。 -これによりラップトップがサスペンドされるわけではありませんが、 -ラップトップがサスペンドされ -サスペンドからのレジュームがサポートされている場合、 -.Ar delta -秒後にラップトップがレジュームします -(サスペンドした時刻を起点とするのではなく、 -本コマンドを実行した時間を起点とします)。 -.It Fl s -APM サポート状態を整数値で表示します。0, 1 という値はそれぞれ、 -.Dq 利用不可 (disabled) -状態 -.Dq 利用可能 (enabled) -状態 -をあらわします。 -.It Fl t -残りのバッテリ時間を予測して、秒単位で表示します。 -分からない場合には -1 を表示します。 -.It Fl Z -スタンバイモードに移行します。 -本モードではフルパワーモード未満、サスペンドモード以上の電力消費となります。 -タイマもしくはリングインジケータイベントにより、 -この状態からレジュームする機能をサポートするラップトップがあります。 -apm の出力により、ラップトップが何をサポートすると主張しているかが分かります。 -.It Fl z -システムをサスペンドします。これは、 -.Nm zzz -と等価です。 -.El -.Sh バグ -いくつかの APM 実装では、 -.Nm -が必要とするパラメータが提供されていません。 -そのようなシステムに於いては、 -.Nm -は、それらを知らないと表示します。 -.Pp -いくつかの APM 実装では、電源スイッチを押したことやカバーが -閉められたことなどのイベントを扱うことができません。 -そのような実装に於いては、 -システムは -.Nm -か -.Nm zzz -.Ar だけを -つかってサスペンドする -.Ar べき -です。 -.Sh 注 -.Xr apmconf 8 -は -.Xr apm 8 -にマージされ、 -.Xr apm 8 -が全機能を置き換えました。 -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr apm 4 -.Sh 作者 -.An Tatsumi Hosokawa Aq hosokawa@jp.FreeBSD.org diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man8/man8.i386/apmd.8 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man8/man8.i386/apmd.8 deleted file mode 100644 index 1b53302484..0000000000 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man8/man8.i386/apmd.8 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,293 +0,0 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Mitsuru IWASAKI -.\" Copyright (c) 1999 KOIE Hidetaka -.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Yoshihiko SARUMARU Aq -.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Norihiro Kumagai -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" @(#)apmd.8 1.1 (FreeBSD) 6/28/99 -.\" %FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/apmd/apmd.8,v 1.7.2.5 2001/08/16 15:55:38 ru Exp % -.\" -.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man8/apmd.8,v 1.12 2001/08/18 23:50:44 horikawa Exp $ -.\" -.Dd June 28, 1999 -.Dt APMD 8 -.Os -.Sh 名称 -.Nm apmd -.Nd Advanced Power Management 監視デーモン -.Sh 書式 -.Nm -.Op Fl d -.Op Fl f file -.Op Fl v -.Sh 解説 -.Nm -は、指定した Advanced Power Management -.Pq Tn APM -イベントを監視し、 -いずれかのイベントが発生した場合、 -対応するコマンドシーケンスを実行します。 -設定ファイルで指定されたイベントのみが -.Nm -へ通知され、それ以外のイベントは無視されます。 -APM BIOS によって発行された -イベントに対して、 -.Nm -は設定ファイルで指定されたコマンドシーケンスを実行します。 -.Nm -をサスペンド/スタンバイを監視するようにして起動すると、 -カーネルはそれらの要求イベントに対する -処理を行いません。そのためそれらのイベント発生時に -処理をさせたい場合は、適切なコマンドまたは組み込み関数を -明示的に設定ファイルに指定する必要があります。 -.Pp -.Nm -は以下の実行時オプションを理解します。 -.Bl -tag -width -f_file -.It Fl d -デバッグモードで起動します。 -デーモンモードではなくフォアグラウンドで動作します。 -.It Fl f Ar file -デフォルトの設定ファイル -.Pa /etc/apmd.conf -の代りに使用する、別の設定ファイル -.Ar file -を指定します。 -.It Fl v -冗長モードで動作します。 -.El -.Pp -.Nm -は起動時に設定ファイル -(デフォルトは -.Pa /etc/apmd.conf ) -を読み込み、 -監視すべきイベントを APM デバイスドライバへ通知します。 -終了時には APM デバイスドライバはイベントの監視を自動的に解除します。 -.Pp -.Nm -プロセスがシグナル SIGHUP を受信すると、設定ファイルを読み込み直して、 -設定の変更内容を APM デバイスドライバに通知します。 -.Pp -.Nm -は、デバイスファイル -.Pa /dev/apmctl -を経由して、イベントの受け取りや APM システム制御用の -.Xr ioctl 2 -要求を発行します。このデバイスファイルは排他制御されてオープンされるため、 -.Nm -プロセスは同時に 1 つのみ起動可能です。 -.Pp -.Nm -が APM イベントを受け取ると、設定ファイルで指定された -イベントに対応するコマンドリストを実行するために -子プロセスを生成し、再び APM イベントの待ち状態になります。 -生成された子プロセスは、 -指定されたコマンドを 1 つずつ列挙された順番に実行します。 -.Pp -.Nm -が SUSPEND/STANDBY 要求に対するコマンドリストを処理している間、 -カーネル内の APM デバイスドライバは、APM BIOS に対して -毎秒 1 回以上通知を発行し続けます。 -これによって BIOS は、コマンド処理中であり要求が -まだ完結していないことを認識します。 -.Pp -.Nm -デーモンはファイル -.Pa /var/run/apmd.pid -を作成し、プロセス ID を記録します。これは -.Nm -を kill や、設定ファイルを読み込ませるために使えます。 -.Sh 設定ファイル -.Nm -の設定ファイルの構造は非常にシンプルです。例えば次のようになります。 -.Pp -.Bd -literal -apm_event SUSPENDREQ { - exec "sync && sync && sync"; - exec "sleep 1"; - exec "zzz"; -} -.Ed -.Pp -この例では、APM イベント -.Ql SUSPENDREQ -(ディスプレイを閉じた時などに発生します) を -.Nm -が受け取ると、 -.Ql sync -コマンドを 3 回実行し、少し待ったあとに -.Nm zzz ( Ns Nm apm Fl z ) -を実行してシステムをサスペンドさせます。 -.Pp -.Bl -bullet -.It -apm_event キーワード -.Bd -ragged -offset indent -.Ql apm_event -はキーワードであり、イベントごとの設定の開始を指示します。 -.Ed -.It -APM イベント -.Bd -ragged -offset indent -複数のイベントに対して同じ処理を実行したい場合は、それらのイベント名を -コンマで区切って指定します。有効なイベント名は次の通りです。 -.Bl -item -.It -- -.Nm -が起動されているとカーネルでの処理を行わなくなるイベント: -.Pp -.Bl -tag -width USERSUSPENDREQ -compact -offset indent -.It STANDBYREQ -.It USERSTANDBYREQ -.It SUSPENDREQ -コマンドリストに sync を含めることをおすすめします -.It USERSUSPENDREQ -コマンドリストに sync を含めることをおすすめします -.It BATTERYLOW -コマンドリストは zzz のみをおすすめします -.El -.It -- カーネルの処理終了後に -.Nm -へ通知されるイベント: -.Pp -.Bl -tag -width USERSUSPENDREQ -compact -offset indent -.It NORMRESUME -.It CRITRESUME -.It STANDBYRESUME -.It POWERSTATECHANGE -.It UPDATETIME -.It CAPABILITIESCHANGE -.El -.Pp -上記以外のイベントは -.Nm -へ通知されません。 -.El -.Ed -.It -コマンドライン文法 -.Bd -ragged -offset indent -前述の例では、 -.Ql exec -から始まる 3 行はイベントに対するコマンドです。 -それぞれの行はセミコロンで終了している必要があります。 -イベントに対するコマンドリストは -.Ql { -と -.Ql } -で囲みます。 -.Nm -はダブルクォーテーションで囲まれたコマンドの実行に -.Xr system 3 -と同様に -.Pa /bin/sh -を使用します。各コマンドはコマンドリストの最後に到達するか 0 以外の -終了コードで終わるまで順番に実行されます。 -.Nm -は、失敗したコマンドの終了コードを、 -.Xr syslog 3 -経由で報告します。 -加えて APM BIOS からの要求イベントを取り消します。 -.Ed -.It -組み込み関数 -.Bd -ragged -offset indent -コマンド行の代りに -.Nm -の組み込み関数を指定できます。組み込み関数はコマンド行と同様に -セミコロンで終了します。次の組み込み関数が現在サポートされています。 -.Bl -item -.It -- reject: -.Bd -ragged -offset indent -APM BIOS からの直前の要求を拒否します。ディスプレイを閉じた時に発生す -る SUSPEND 要求を拒否して、代りに STANDBY 状態にしたい場合などに使用し -ます。 -.Ed -.El -.Ed -.El -.Sh 使用例 -設定ファイルのサンプルには、以下のものが含まれています。 -.Bd -literal -apm_event SUSPENDREQ { - exec "/etc/rc.suspend"; -} - -apm_event USERSUSPENDREQ { - exec "sync && sync && sync"; - exec "sleep 1"; - exec "apm -z"; -} - -apm_event NORMRESUME, STANDBYRESUME { - exec "/etc/rc.resume"; -} - -# resume event configuration for serial mouse users by -# reinitializing a moused(8) connected to a serial port. -# -#apm_event NORMRESUME { -# exec "kill -HUP `cat /var/run/moused.pid`"; -#} - -# suspend request event configuration for ATA HDD users: -# execute standby instead of suspend. -# -#apm_event SUSPENDREQ { -# reject; -# exec "sync && sync && sync"; -# exec "sleep 1"; -# exec "apm -Z"; -#} -.Ed -.Sh 関連ファイル -.Bl -tag -width /etc/apmd.conf -compact -.It Pa /etc/apmd.conf -.It Pa /dev/apmctl -.It Pa /var/run/apmd.pid -.El -.Sh 関連項目 -.Xr apm 4 , -.Xr apm 8 -.Sh 作者 -.An Mitsuru IWASAKI Aq iwasaki@FreeBSD.org -.An KOIE Hidetaka Aq koie@suri.co.jp -.Pp -また、 -.An Warner Losh Aq imp@FreeBSD.org , -.An Hiroshi Yamashita Aq bluemoon@msj.biglobe.ne.jp , -.An Yoshihiko SARUMARU Aq mistral@imasy.or.jp , -.An Norihiro Kumagai Aq kuma@nk.rim.or.jp , -.An NAKAGAWA Yoshihisa Aq nakagawa@jp.FreeBSD.org , -.An Nick Hilliard Aq nick@foobar.org -による貢献がありました。 -.Sh 歴史 -.Nm -コマンドは -.Fx 3.3 -から登場しました。 diff --git a/share/sgml/freebsd.ent b/share/sgml/freebsd.ent index 65bb0a29a7..1fa6b48347 100644 --- a/share/sgml/freebsd.ent +++ b/share/sgml/freebsd.ent @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ - - + + diff --git a/zh/FAQ/FAQ.sgml b/zh/FAQ/FAQ.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 9bf088483a..0000000000 --- a/zh/FAQ/FAQ.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - %includes; - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -]> - -
- - FreeBSD 2.X �`┌維紀彊 - - FreeBSD ゅン�p�e - - - $Date: 1999-11-12 08:34:11 $ - - - �o��ゅン�O FreeBSD 2.X �艮`┌維紀彊�C娃�DΤ�S�O�[漁�A�_�h�o�捻�ヘ械�A - ノ�� FreeBSD 2.0.5 の�H�瓷昏�セ�C�p�G汚ヘず�eいΤ <XXX> �h�O�|ゼ - ЧΘ�些.��C�p�G�z刻�鵲Uセ�p�e�唆i�网蛙浬讓左棔A出�H�@�聞q�l�lン�� - FreeBSD ゅン�p�e�� mailing list �C - �z�i�H�q �絵豎o��ゅン�些矛s��セ�C�z�]�i�H - �Qノ HTTP �咾U厚セゅン�� �A - �A - �A - �略O �A�略O�gパ - - �咾U厚 gzip'd �昏�セ�C�z�粒\�]�Q - �C - - - - - -&preface; -&install; -&hardware; -&troubleshoot; -&commercial; -&applications; -&kernelconfig; -&admin; -&x; -&network; -&serial; -&misc; -&hackers; -&acknowledgments; - -
- -- cgit v1.3